Loading...
HomeMy WebLinkAboutPermit D18-0098 - JCPENNEY - STYLING SALON IMPROVEMENTJC PENNY 1249 SOUTHCENTER MALL D18-0098 Parcel No: Address: 11) City of Tukwila Department of Community Development 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 Tukwila, Washington 98188 Phone: 206-431-3670 Inspection Request Line: 206-438-9350 Web site: htto://www,TukwilaWA.aov DEVELOPMENT PERMIT 9202470080 1249 SOUTHCENTER MALL Project Name: JC PENNEY Permit Number: D18-0098 Issue Date: 6/6/2018 Permit Expires On: 12/3/2018 Owner: Name: Address: Contact Person: Name: Address: Contractor: Name: Address: License No: Lender: Name: Address: WESTFIELD PROPERTY TAX DEPT PO BOX 130940 , CARLSBAD, OH, 92013 KRISTINA LACH 3121 BRIDGE AVE , CLEVELAND, OH, 44113 TRI -NORTH BUILDERS INC PO BOX 259568, MADISON, WI, 53725 -9568 TRINOB101102 JC PENNEY CORP INC PO BOX 10001 TAX DEPT M/S 1217, DALLAS, TX, 75301 Phone: (216) 588-0741 Phone: (608) 271-8717 Expiration Date: 6/20/2019 DESCRIPTION OF WORK: REFRESH OF THE INTERIOR FINISHES AND SALES FIXTURES OF THE EXISTING STYLING SALON (APPROX. 3256 SQ FT) LOCATED WITHIN THE EXISTING JC PENNEY STORE. THE SCOPE OF WORK: REPAINTING, REPLACE FLOOR TILE, FLOOR BASE, CEILING TILE REPLACEMENT IF STAINED OR DAMAGED. Project Valuation: $38,574.00 Type of Fire Protection: Sprinklers: YES Fire Alarm: YES Type of Construction: IIB Electrical Service Provided by: TUKWILA Fees Collected: $1,443.43 Occupancy per IBC: B Water District: TUKWILA Sewer District: TUKWILA Current Codes adopted by the City of Tukwila: International Building Code Edition: International Residential Code Edition: International Mechanical Code Edition: Uniform Plumbing Code Edition: International Fuel Gas Code: 2015 2015 2015 2015 2015 National Electrical Code: WA Cities Electrical Code: WAC 296-46B: WA State Energy Code: 2017 2017 2017 2015 Public Works Activities: Channelization/Striping: Curb Cut/Access/Sidewalk: Fire Loop Hydrant: Flood Control Zone: Hauling/Oversize Load: Land Altering: Landscape Irrigation: Sanitary Side Sewer: Number: 0 Sewer Main Extension: Storm Drainage: Street Use: Water Main Extension: Water Meter: No ji Volumes: Cut: 0 Fill: 0 Permit Center Authorized Signature: Date: I hearby certify that I have read and examined this permit and know the same to be true and correct. All provisions of law and ordinances governing this work will be complied with, whether specified herein or not. The granting of this permit does not presume to give authority to violate or cancel the provisions of any other state or local laws regulating construction or the performance of work. I am authorized to sign and obtain this development permit and agree to the condi ttached to this permit. Signature: Print Name: Date: 6 70ti � 8 This permit shall become null and void if the work is not commenced within 180 days for the date of issuance, or if the work is suspended or abandoned for a period of 180 days from the last inspection. PERMIT CONDITIONS: 1: ***BUILDING PERMIT CONDITIONS*** 2: Work shall be installed in accordance with the approved construction documents, and any changes made during construction that are not in accordance with the approved construction documents shall be resubmitted for approval. 3: All permits, inspection record card and approved construction documents shall be kept at the site of work and shall be open to inspection by the Building Inspector until final inspection approval is granted. 4: All construction shall be done in conformance with the Washington State Building Code and the Washington State Energy Code. 5: There shall be no occupancy of a building until final inspection has been completed and approved by Tukwila building inspector. No exception. 6: Remove all demolition rubble and loose miscellaneous material from lot or parcel of ground, properly cap the sanitary sewer connections, and properly fill or otherwise protect all basements, cellars, septic tanks, wells, and other excavations. Final inspection approval will be determined by the building inspector based on satisfactory completion of this requirement. 7: All plumbing and gas piping work shall be inspected and approved under a separate permit issued by the City of Tukwila Building Department (206-431-3670). 8: All electrical work shall be inspected and approved under a separate permit issued by the City of Tukwila Permit Center. e 1 9: VALIDITY OF PERMIT: The issuance or granting of a permit shall not be construed to be a permit for, or an approval of, any violation of any of the provisions of the building code or of any other ordinances of the City of Tukwila. Permits presuming to give authority to violate or cancel the provisions of the code or other ordinances of the City of Tukwila shall not be valid. The issuance of a permit based on construction documents and other data shall not prevent the Building Official from requiring the correction of errors in the construction documents and other data. 10: All mechanical work shall be inspected and approved under a separate permit issued by the City of Tukwila Permit Center (206/431-3670). 13: The total number of fire extinguishers required for an ordinary hazard occupancy with Class A fire hazards is calculated at one extinguisher for each 1,500 sq. ft. of area. The extinguisher(s) should be of the "All Purpose" (3A, 40B:C) dry chemical type. Travel distance to any fire extinguisher must be 75' or Tess. (IFC 906.3) (NFPA 10, 5.4) 11: Portable fire extinguishers, not housed in cabinets, shall be installed on the hangers or brackets supplied. Hangers or brackets shall be securely anchored to the mounting surface in accordance with the manufacturer's installation instructions. Portable fire extinguishers having a gross weight not exceeding 40 pounds (18 kg) shall be installed so that its top is not more than 5 feet (1524 mm) above the floor. Hand- held portable fire extinguishers having a gross weight exceeding 40 pounds (18 kg) shall be installed so that its top is not more than 3.5 feet (1067 mm) above the floor. The clearance between the floor and the bottom of the installed hand-held extinguishers shall not be less than 4 inches (102 mm). (IFC 906.7 and IFC 906.9) 12: Extinguishers shall be located in conspicuous locations where they will be readily accessible and immediately available for use. These locations shall be along normal paths of travel, unless the fire code official determines that the hazard posed indicates the need for placement away from normal paths of travel. (IFC 906.5) 14: Maintain fire extinguisher coverage throughout. 18: Fire protection systems shall be maintained in accordance with the original installation standards for that system. Required systems shall be extended, altered or augmented as necessary to maintain and continue protection whenever the building is altered, remodeled or added to. Alterations to fire protection systems shall be done in accordance with applicable standards. (IFC 901.4) 16: Sprinklers shall be installed under fixed obstructions over 4 feet (1.2 m) wide. (NFPA 13-8.6.5.3.3) 15: All new sprinkler systems and all modifications to existing sprinkler systems shall have fire department review and approval of drawings prior to installation or modification. New sprinkler systems and all modifications to sprinkler systems involving more than 50 heads shall have the written approval of Factory Mutual or any fire protection engineer licensed by the State of Washington and approved by the Fire Marshal prior to submittal to the Tukwila Fire Prevention Bureau. No sprinkler work shall commence without approved drawings. (City Ordinance No. 2436). 20: Maintain fire alarm system audible/visual notification. Addition/relocation of walls or partitions may require relocation and/or addition of audible/visual notification devices. (City Ordinance #2437) 19: All new fire alarm systems or modifications to existing systems shall have the written approval of The Tukwila Fire Prevention Bureau. No work shall commence until a fire department permit has been obtained. (City Ordinance #2437) (IFC 901.2) 21: The maximum flame spread class of finish materials used on interior walls and ceilings shall not exceed that set forth in Table No. 803.11 of the International Building Code. 17: Contact The Tukwila Fire Prevention Bureau to witness all required inspections and tests. (City Ordinances #2436 and #2437) 22: Any overlooked hazardous condition and/or violation of the adopted Fire or Building Codes does not imply approval of such condition or violation. 23: These plans were reviewed by Inspector 511. If you have any questions, please call Tukwila Fire Prevention Bureau at (206)575-4407. PERMIT INSPECTIONS REQUIRED Permit Inspection Line: (206) 438-9350 1700 BUILDING FINAL** 1400 FIRE FINAL \ 0606 GLAZING 0406 SUSPENDED CEILING NACITY OFTU.BA Ps&lk Wain Depastioast Permit Center 6300 SouthcenterBlvd, Suite 100 Tukwila, WA 98188 http://www.TukwilaWA.gov Bonding Permit No. US' q e) Project No. Date Application Ac cep ed.% �.. Date Applica ion Expies: t -2--1 (For office use only) CONSTRUCTION PERMIT APPLICATION Applications and plans must be complete in order to be accepted for plan review. Applications will not be accepted through the mail or by fax. **Please Print** SITE LOCATION King Co Assessor's Tax No.: 9202470080 Site Address: 1249 Southcenter Mall, Tukwila, WA 98188 Tenant Name: JCPenney Suite Number: Floor: New Tenant: ❑ Yes ..No PROPERTY OWNER Name: Kristina Lach Name: JCPenney Company, Inc. Cin': Cleveland state: OH zip: 44113 Address: 6501 Legacy Dr. Email: KLach@k2mdesign.com City: Plano State: TX Zip: 75024 CONTACT PERSON — prion wing all project commmication Name: Kristina Lach Address: 3121 Bridge Ave. Cin': Cleveland state: OH zip: 44113 Phone: (216) 588-0741 Fax: Email: KLach@k2mdesign.com GENERAL CONTRACTOR INFORMATION Company Name: tbd Address: Company Name: K2M Design, Inc. Engineer Name: Steven Grasley City: State: city: Cleveland state: OH Zip: Phone: Fax: City: Cleveland State: OH': Contr Reg No.: Phone: (216) 588-0756 Fax: Exp Date: Tukwila Business License No.: ILApp6catimWoors-MP Oa Lack2011 ApperatiosaamitAppiiaosReviea-8-9-1 Laos Revise& Aopt 2011 ARCHITECT OF RECORD Nom: "SS�e� lf-Funded by JCPenney Company Name: K2M Design, Inc. Company Name: K2M Design, Inc. Engineer Name: Steven Grasley Architect Name: Scott C. Maloney State: city: Cleveland state: OH Address: 3121 Bridge Ave. Phone: (216) 588-0759 Fax City: Cleveland State: OH': 44113 Phone: (216) 588-0756 Fax: Email: SMaloney@k2mdesign.com ENGINEER OF RECORD Nom: "SS�e� lf-Funded by JCPenney Company Name: K2M Design, Inc. Address: Engineer Name: Steven Grasley Address: 3121 Bridge Ave. State: city: Cleveland state: OH ZIP: 44113 Phone: (216) 588-0759 Fax Email: SGrasley@k2mdesign.com LEi RIBOND ISSUED (rewired for projects $5,000 or ginRCW 19.27.095) Nom: "SS�e� lf-Funded by JCPenney Address: City: State: Zip: Page 1 of 4 BUILDING PERMIT INFORMA 2S .431.3671 Valuation of Project (contractor's bid price): $ 38,574 Existing Building Valuation: $ Describe the scope of work (please provide detailed information): Refresh of the interior finishes and salon fixtures of the existing Styling Salon (approx. 3,256 SF) located within the existing JCPenney store. The scope of work: re -painting replace floor tile, floor base, ceiling tile replacement if stained or damaged. Will there be new rack storage? ❑ Yes 21.. No If yes, a separate permit and plan submittal will be required. Provide All Building Areas is Square Footage Below PLANNING DIVISION: Single family building footprint (area of the foundation of all structures, plus any decks over 18 inches and overhangs greater than 18 inches) 'For an Accessory dwelling, provide the following Lot Area (sq ft): Floor area of principal dwelling Floor area of accessory dwelling *Provide documentation that shows that the principal owner lives in nee of the dwellings as his or her primary residence. Number of Parking Stalls Provided: Standard: Compact Handicap: Will there be a change in use? 0 Yes IJ No If `fres", explain FIRE PROTECTION/HAZARDOUS MATERIALS: I.. Sprinklers 0 Automatic Fire Alarm ❑ .None ❑ Other (specify) Will there be storage or use of flammable, combustible or hazardous materials in the building? 0 Yes j No If yes : attach list of materials and storage locations on a separate 8-1/2" s 11" paper including quantities and Material Safety Data Sheets. SEPTIC SYSTEM 9 On-site Septic System — For on-site septic system, provide 2 copies of a current septic design approved by King County Health Det n:1App1'raiioslFvrm-Appbcrse Oa tiA2011 Apprzatimalaat AppL- Bevad- SA -t taloa Rewe& Agana 2011 bb • Page 2of4 Existing Intericx Remodel Addition to Existing &n one New Type of Cam per IHC Type of Occupancy per IBC l¢ Floor 80,201 3,256 Ya Floor 34 Floor Floors thea Basemc nt Act:emeryStructure* Attached Garage Detached Garage Attached Carport Detached Carport Covered Deck Uncovered Deck PLANNING DIVISION: Single family building footprint (area of the foundation of all structures, plus any decks over 18 inches and overhangs greater than 18 inches) 'For an Accessory dwelling, provide the following Lot Area (sq ft): Floor area of principal dwelling Floor area of accessory dwelling *Provide documentation that shows that the principal owner lives in nee of the dwellings as his or her primary residence. Number of Parking Stalls Provided: Standard: Compact Handicap: Will there be a change in use? 0 Yes IJ No If `fres", explain FIRE PROTECTION/HAZARDOUS MATERIALS: I.. Sprinklers 0 Automatic Fire Alarm ❑ .None ❑ Other (specify) Will there be storage or use of flammable, combustible or hazardous materials in the building? 0 Yes j No If yes : attach list of materials and storage locations on a separate 8-1/2" s 11" paper including quantities and Material Safety Data Sheets. SEPTIC SYSTEM 9 On-site Septic System — For on-site septic system, provide 2 copies of a current septic design approved by King County Health Det n:1App1'raiioslFvrm-Appbcrse Oa tiA2011 Apprzatimalaat AppL- Bevad- SA -t taloa Rewe& Agana 2011 bb • Page 2of4 Scope of Work (please provide detailed information): Refresh of the interior finishes and salon fixtures of the existing Styling Salon (approx. 3,256 SF) located within the existing JCPenney store. The scope of work inchides: to provide power as indicated and new LED track fixture at Salon sign, re -painting, replace floor tile, floor base, ceiling tiles, and diffuser locations. Call before you Dig: 811 Please refer to Public Works Bulletin #1 for fees and estimate sheet. Water District 0 ...Tukwila 0 ...Water District #125 0 ...Water Availability Provided Sewer District 0 ...Tukwila 0 ...Sewer Use Certificate D Highline 0 ...Valley View 9. Renton ...Sewer Availability Provided .. Renton D..Seattle Snide Svstem: 0 On-site Septic System — For on-site septic system, provide 2 copies of a current septic design approved by King County Heahh Department Submitted with AparwatiUn (mark boxes which =spiv): 0 ...Civil Plans Marianna Paper Size— 22"x 34") 0 ...Technical Information Report (Storm Drainage) 0.. Geotechnical Report 0 ...Traffic Impact Analysis 0 ...Bond .. Insurance 0 Easement(s) EJ. Maintenance Agreement(s) 0 ...Hold Harmless — (SAO) 0 ...Hold Harmless — (ROW) Proposed Activities (mark boxes that =dirk 0 ...Right-of-way Use - Nonprofit for less than 72 hours 9.. Right-of-way Use - Profit for less than 72 hours 0 ...Right-of-way Use - No Disturbance 0 Right-of-way Use — Potential Disturbance 0 ...Construction/Excavation/Fill - Right-of-way Non Right-of-way 0 0 ...ToOd Cut cubic yards 9.. Work in Flood Zone 0 ...Total Fill cubic yards 9.. Storm Drainage 0 ...Sanitary Side Sewer 0 Abandon Septic Tank .. Grease Interceptor 0 ...Cap or Remove Utilities .. Curb cut Channelization 0 ...Frontage Improvements 9.. Pavement Cut 0.. Trench Excavation 0 _Traffic Control 0.. Looped Fire Line 0.. Utility Undergrounding O ...Backflow Prevention - Fire Protection Irrigation f f Domestic Water 0 ...Permanent Water Meter Size... ,, WO # 0 ...Tenmorary Water Meter Size .. f 1 WO # 9 ...Water Only Meter Size fl WO # 0 _Deduct Water Meter Size 0 ...Sewer Main Extension. Public 0 Private 0 0 ...Water Main Extension Public 0 Private 0 If FINANCE INFORMATION Fire Line Size at Property Line Number of Public Fire Hydrant(s) 0 ...Water 0 ...Sewer 0 ...Sewage Treatment Monthly Service Billing to: Name: Day Telephone: Mailing Address: City State Tai Water Meter Reftmd/Billinw Name: Day Telephone: Mailing Address: City Sl IL-1Appilitatinaixass-Applicatims Oa LineA2011 AppixatioNAPasil Appricatioe Revised -11-9-111.doca RevAiwa 2011 es Page 3 ad 1 e PERMIT APPUCATION NOTES — Vault of Construction — In all cases, a value of construction amount should be entered by the applicant. This figure will be reviewed and is subject to possrble revision by the Permit Center to comply with current fee schedules. Expiration of Plan Review — Applications for which no permit is issued within 180 days following the date of application shall expire by Imitation. The Building Official may grant one or more extensions of time for additional periods not exceeding 90 days each. The extension shall be requested in writing and justifiable cause demonstrated. Section 1053.2 Intonational Building Code (current edition). I HEREBY CERTIFY THAT I HAVE READ AND EXAMINED THIS APPLICATION AND KNOW THE SAME TO BE TRUE UNDER PENALTY OF PERJURY BY THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF WASHINGTON, AND I AM AUTHORIZED TO APPLY FOR THIS PERMIT. BUILDING O' cal AUTHO_ + AGENT: Signature: Prig Name: Kristina A. Lach, K2M Design (applicant) Mailing Address: 3121 Bridge Ave. lEvitas6Otivas Fro.-Applintitaa Oa L. a Appirsiats,? it A.p4yo. Revised- S-s.u.aoa Ras cd AWNS( MI w, Date: 03/122018 Day Telephone: (216) 588-0741 Cleveland OH 44113 City stale Page 4 of 4 ;ash RegisterukwReceilaipt City �f T DESCRIPTIONS PermitTRAK ACCOUNT QUANTITY PAID $1,103.53 D18-0098 Address: 1249 SOUTHCENTER MALL Apn: 9202470080 $903.31 Credit Card Fee $26.31 Credit Card Fee R000.369.908.00.00 0.00 $26.31 DEVELOPMENT $835.45 PERMIT FEE R000.322.100.00.00 0.00 $830.95 WASHINGTON STATE SURCHARGE B640.237.114 0.00 $4.50 TECHNOLOGY FEE $41.55 TECHNOLOGY FEE R000.322.900.04.00 0.00 $41.55 PG18-0051 Address: 1249 SOUTHCENTER MALL Apn: 9202470080 $200.22 Credit Card Fee $5.83 Credit Card Fee R000.369.908.00.00 0.00 $5.83 PLUMBING $185.13 PERMIT FEE R000.322.100.00.00 0.00 $151.98 PERMIT ISSUANCE BASE FEE R000.322.100.00.00 0.00 $33.15 TECHNOLOGY FEE $9.26 TECHNOLOGY FEE TOTAL FEES PAID BY RECEIPT: R14663 R000.322.900.04.00 0.00 $9.26 $1,103.53 Date Paid: Wednesday, June 06, 2018 Paid By: KEN DUPAR Pay Method: CREDIT CARD 651851 Printed: Wednesday, June 06, 2018 1:39 PM 1 of 1 W.. . _ SYSTEMS e • CO TUKWILA ETRAKIT 6200 SOUTHCENTER BLVD TUKWILA, WA 98188 206-433-1870 CITY OF TUKWILA Date: 06/06/2018 01:38:05 PM CREDIT CARD SALE MASTERCARD CARD NUMBER: **********7902 K TRAN AMOUNT: $1,103.53 APPROVAL CD: 651851 RECORD #: 000 CLERK ID: Bill Thank you! Customer Copy Page 2 of 2 https://classic.convergepay.comNirtualMerchant/transaction.do?dispatchMethod=printTran... 6/6/2018 ash :RegistersReceipl Cityof Tukwila DESCRIPTIONS .: PermitTRAK ACCOUNT QUANTITY PAID $586.40 D18-0098 Address: 1249 SOUTHCENTER MALL Apn: 9202470080 $540.12 DEVELOPMENT $540.12 PLAN CHECK FEE R000.345.830.00.00 0.00 $540.12 PG18-0051 Address: 1249 SOUTHCENTER MALL Apn: 9202470080$46.28 PLUMBING $46.28 PLAN CHECK FEE TOTAL FEES PAID BY RECEIPT: R14133$586.40 , R000.322.103.00.00 s 0.00 $46.28 Date Paid: Monday, April 02, 2018 Paid By: IDEAL DUE DILIGENCE Pay Method: CHECK 1079 Printed: Monday, April 02, 2018 2:07 PM 1 of 1 retYPfSYSTEMS INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit briiS• 0418 INSPECTION NO. 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila. WA 98188 (206) 431-3670 Permit Inspection Request Line (206) 438-9350 PERMIT NO. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION PrrAect: J G P€r n� Type of Inspection: $t.i`i kt t-1•3 Ft N A% Address: /249 Sou c.enAdex 131.vel Date Called: Special Instructions: Date Wanted: CD 8-31-20a p.rn. Requester: I,. Phone No: 41/4p.267" 7039 Approved per applicable codes. Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: 6,H42-) c.�T /dins /�iAlA L Inspector:3 A ,. cy--- Date:$-31-2o18 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to next inspection. fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd.. Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. INSPECTION NUMBER INSPECTION RECORD, Retain a copf with permit 1)./c -do PERMIT NUMBERS CITY OF TUKWILA FIRE DEPARTMENT 206-575-4407 Project: \ L. v 1 S 4 /oil Typt of Inspection: ----P\ii?-7---- r-. [(IR Address: /Contact Suite #: C1. 4cj 5 C `yi L.- Person: /Q7 Special Instructions: Phone No.: Jfpproved per applicable codes. Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: v/ Sprinklers: Frizr- ic-fmnr-z, 4-ppo--av&-- Fire Alarm: (( C 1,► ✓ ?1 -- SGHt tJL E- s -ZV ► te- Gr=— Or716VtS1-t 5 6 se — f !'1'1 *4 1 n)Fere-4 z. -N-- Pre -Fire: Permits: Needs Shift Ins ection: v/ Sprinklers: g /30//45 Fire Alarm: (( Hood & Duct: 0 Monitor: L Pre -Fire: Permits: Occupancy Type: R Inspector: 5-4---- Date: g /30//45 Hrs.: $100.00 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. You will receive an invoice from the City of Tukwila Finance Department. Call to schedule a reinspection. Billing Address Attn: Company Name: Address: City: State: Zip:: Word/Inspection Record Form.Doc 3/14/14 T.F.D. Form F.P. 113 r JCPenney Company Salon Refresh Renovation at Existing JCPenney Store Southcenter Mall 1249 Southcenter Mall Tukwila, WA 98188 Project Manual JCPenney Store No. 0696 Owner JCPenney Company 6501 Legacy Drive Plano, TX 75024 Brittany Clemens, Project Manager p: (972) 431-3342 Architect Mechanical/ Electrical Engineer K2M Design, Inc. 3121 Bridge Avenue Cleveland, OH 44113 Kristina Lach p: (216) 588-0741 K2M Design, Inc. 5500 Walsh Lane, Suite 100 Rogers, AR 72758 James McGhee p: (479) 802-5511 Architect's Project Number 18052 Issued for Permit Review March 8, 2018 b(B�O8 REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED MAY 01 2018 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION IMCOVED CAT VUttlfifELA APR 02 2090 RE(WI$TERED AI#CliITECT r SCOTT"'C:MiAtONEY STATE OF WASHiNGITAr JCPENNEY #0696 TUKWILA, WA SALON REFRESH RENOVATION MARCH 8, 2018 NUMBER NAME OF SPECIFICATION TABLE OF CONTENTS 00 01 10 DIVISION 00 — PROCUREMENT AND CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS 00 01 10 00 65 19.18 00 65 19.30 TABLE OF CONTENTS AFFIDAVIT, WAIVER & RELEASE OF LIEN FOR CONTRACTOR AFFIDAVIT, WAIVER AND RELEASE OF LIEN FOR SUBCONTRACTOR OR MATERIALMAN DIVISION 01 — GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 01 25 00 01 26 63 01 32 13.01 01 33 23.00 01 33 23.01 01 77 00 SUBSTITUTIONS CHANGE ORDERS JCP GENERAL CONSTRUCTION BREAKDOWN FORM SAMPLES AND SHOP DRAWINGS SHOP DRAWING LOG CLOSE OUT DOCUMENT PROCEDURES DIVISION 02 —EXISTING CONDITIONS DIVISION 03 - CONCRETE DIVISION 04 - MASONRY DIVISION 05 - METALS DIVISION 06 - WOOD, PLASTICS AND COMPOSITES DIVISION 07 - THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION 07 90 00 JOINT PROTECTION DIVISION 08 - OPENINGS 08 71 00 08 83 00 DOOR HARDWARE MIRRORS DIVISION 09 - FINISHES 09 30 00 09 51 00 09 72 00 09 91 00 DIVISION 10 - DIVISION 11 - DIVISION 12 - DIVISION 13 - DIVISION 14 - TILING ACOUSTICAL CEILINGS WALL COVERINGS PAINTING SPECIALTIES EQUIPMENT FURNISHINGS SPECIAL CONSTRUCTION CONVEYING EQUIPMENT DIVISIONS 15 THROUGH 20 — RESERVED FOR FUTURE EXPANSION 00 01 10-1 Rev 03/25/16 ,— 10110 RE(i{TD ('hL1 ARCHITECT .. _ SCOT �` .. �"' STAT WAtslINGTON. J JCPENNEY #0696 TUKWILA, WA SALON REFRESH RENOVATION MARCH 8, 2018 TABLE OF CONTENTS 00 01 10 DIVISION 21 - FIRE SUPPRESSION DIVISION 22 - PLUMBING 22 01 00 22 05 00 22 05 23 22 05 29 22 05 48 22 07 00 22 10 00 22 11 00 22 13 00 PLUMBING SHOP DRAWINGS 0 & M COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR PLUMBING GENERAL DUTY VALVES FOR PLUMBING HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR PLUMBING PIPING AND EQUIPMENT VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROL FOR PLUMBING PIPING AND EQUIPMENT PLUMBING INSULTATION PLUMBING PIPING FACILITY WATER DISTRIBUTION FACILITY SANITARY DRAINAGE DIVISION 23 — HEATING VENTILATING AND AIR CONDITIONING DIVISION 24 — RESERVED FOR FUTURE EXPANSION DIVISION 25 — INTEGRATED AUTOMATION DIVISION 26 - ELECTRICAL 26 05 00 COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR ELECTRICAL 26 05 19.19 CONDUCTORS 26 27 26 WIRING DEVICES 26 50 00 LIGHTING DIVISION 27 - COMMUNICATIONS DIVISION 28 - ELECTRONIC SAFETY AND SECURITY DIVISIONS 29 THROUGH 30 - RESERVED FOR FUTURE EXPANSION DIVISION 31 - EARTHWORK DIVISION 32 - EXTERIOR IMPROVEMENTS DIVISION 33 - UTILITIES DIVISION 34 — TRANSPORTATION DIVISION 35 — WATERWAY AND MARINE DIVISIONS 36 THROUGH 39 — RESERVED FOR FUTURE EXPANSION DIVISIONS 40 — PROCESS INTEGRATION DIVISION 41 — MATERIAL PROCESSING AND HANDLING EQUIPMENT DIVISIONS 42 THROUGH 49 — NOT USED SUPPLEMENTAL SECTIONS TO SPECIFICATIONS END OF SECTION 00 01 10-2 Rev 03/25/16 ._J JCPENNEY #0696 TUKWILA, WA SALON REFRESH RENOVATION MARCH 8, 2018 AFFIIDAVIT, WAIVER AND RELEASE OF LIEN FOR CONTRACTOR 00 6519.18 CONTRACTOR'S AFFIDAVIT, WAIVER AND RELEASE OF LIEN JCP Store No. City County State , ("Affiant"), being duly sworn, depose and say that: 1. I am (title) of (name of corporation, partnership or other entity) (hereinafter referred to as "Contractor"), and am duly authorized to make this affidavit. 2. Contractor has entered into a contract with J. C. PENNEY CORPORATION, INC. (hereinafter referred to as "Owner") to construct: (specify nature of work, materials or services furnished) at the above captioned location (hereinafter referred to as the "Project"). 3. Under the contract between Owner and Contractor, the total contract price including all extras is $ of which sum $ has heretofore been paid, leaving a balance due of $ , of which balance Contractor is requesting payment of $ 4. The attached schedule is a true and complete itemization of all subcontractors, materialmen and other parties who have furnished labor, services and/or materials to Contractor, the nature of the labor, services and/or materials so furnished, the contract price therefore including all extras, the amounts paid by Contractor to date and the balance due. Please circle one: No subcontractors / See attached sheet 5. With respect to all prior applications for payment by Contractor, no amounts are now due and owing by Contractor to any subcontractor, materialmen, or other parties and there are no unpaid claims against Contractor, for (i) labor, services and/or materials fumished, or for other obligations incurred in connection with the labor, services and/or materials called for under the contract between Owner and Contractor, or for (ii) taxes, levies, charges or assessments imposed by law or any governmental agency relating to the Project. 6. The amounts requested in paragraph 3 above will be applied by Contractor as payment for all amounts now due and payable to Contractor, subcontractors, materialmen, and other parties as set forth in attachment as described in paragraph 4 above. I make this affidavit in order to induce Owner to make (partial) (final) payment to Contractor requested in paragraph 3 of this affidavit and hereby waive the right to file or otherwise claim any mechanic's, materialmen, supplier's or other liens against the land or improvements at the above captioned location on account of labor, services and/or materials heretofore furnished to or for said land or improvements, and do hereby release said land and improvements from any and every such lien, or right or claim of lien to the extent of the aforesaid amount received to date on account of said contract between Owner and Contractor, knowing that Owner will rely on the truth of the matters herein set forth. (Company Name) By Affiant Sworn before me this day of , 20 Notary Public My Commission Expires: 00 65 19.18-1 Rev 04/01/15 JCPENNEY #0696 TUKWILA, WA SALON REFRESH RENOVATION MARCH 8, 2018 AFFIDAVIT, WAIVER AND RELEASE OF LIEN FOR CONTRACTOR 00 6519.18 SUBCONTRACTOR/SUPPLIER PAYMENT SCHEDULE JCPenney Store #: Location: Contractor: To be al Waiver-; ched to JCPenney Lien NAME OF SUBCONTRACTOR NATURE OF LABOR, SERVICES AND/OR MATERIALS CONTRACT PRICE AMOUNT PAID TO DATE BALANCE DUE TOTALS $ 00 65 19.18-2 Rev 04/01/15 1 JCPENNEY #0696 TUKWILA, WA SALON REFRESH RENOVATION MARCH 8, 2018 AFFIDAVIT, WAIVER AND RELEASE OF LIEN FOR SUBCONTRACTOR OR MATERIALMAN 00 6519.30 SUBCONTRACTOR'S OR MATERIALMAN'S AFFIDAVIT, WAIVER AND RELEASE OF LIEN. JCP Store No. City County State I, , ("Affiant"),being duly sworn, depose and say that: 1. I am (insert title) of (insert name of corporation, partnership or other entity) (hereinafter referred to as "Subcontractor"), and am duly authorized to make this affidavit. 2. Subcontractor has entered into a contract with (insert name of General Contractor) (hereinafter referred to as "Contractor") to furnish: (specify nature of work, materials or services furnished) for the improvements being erected for J. C. PENNEY CORPORATION, INC. (hereinafter referred to as "Owner") by Contractor at the above captioned location (hereinafter referred to as the "Project"). 3. Under the contract between Contractor and Subcontractor, the total contract price including all extras is $ of which sum $ has heretofore been paid, leaving a balance due of $ , of which balance Subcontractor is requesting payment of $ 4. The attached schedule is a true and complete itemization of all sub -subcontractors, materialmen and other parties who have furnished labor, services and/or materials to Subcontractor, the nature of the labor, services and/or materials so furnished, the contract price therefore including all extras, the amounts paid by Subcontractor to date and the balance due. Please circle one; No sub -subcontractors / See attached sheet 5. With respect to all prior applications for payment by Subcontractor, no amounts are now due and owing by Subcontractor to any sub -subcontractor or other parties and there are no unpaid claims against Contractor, for (i) labor, services and/or materials furnished, or for other obligations incurred in connection with the labor, services and/or materials called for under the contract between Contractor and Subcontractor or for (ii) taxes, levies, charges or assessments imposed by law or any governmental agency relating to the Project. 6. The amounts requested in paragraph 3 above will be applied by Subcontractor as payment for all amounts now due and payable to Subcontractor and its sub -subcontractors, materialmen, and other parties as set forth on attachment as described in paragraph 4 above. I make this affidavit in order to induce Contractor to make (partial) (final) payment to Subcontractor requested in paragraph 3 of this affidavit and hereby waive the right to file or otherwise claim any Mechanic's, Materialmen's, Supplier's or other liens against the land or improvements at the above captioned location on account of labor, services and/or materials heretofore furnished to or for said land or improvements, and do hereby release said land and improvements from any and every such lien, or right or claim of lien to the extent of the aforesaid amount received to date on account of said contract between Contractor and Subcontractor, knowing that Contractor and Owner will rely on the truth of the matters herein set forth. Sworn before me this day of , 20 (Company Name) — Subcontrator Notary Public By My Commission Expires: Affiant 00 65 19 30-1 Rev. 04/01/15 JCPENNEY #0696 TUKWILA, WA SALON REFRESH RENOVATION MARCH 8, 2018 AFFIDAVIT, WAIVER AND RELEASE OF LIEN FOR SUBCONTRACTOR OR MATERIALMAN 00 6519.30 SUB-SUBCONTRACTOR/SUPPLIER PAYMENT SCHEDULE JCPenney Store #: Location: Contractor: To be attached to JCPenney Lien Waiver NAME OF SUB -SUBCONTRACTOR NATURE OF LABOR, SERVICES AND/OR MATERIALS CONTRACT PRICE AMOUNT PAID TO DATE BALANCE DUE TOTALS 00 65 19 30-2 Rev. 04/01/15 ..l 1 JCPENNEY #0696 TUKWILA, WA SALON REFRESH RENOVATION MARCH 8, 2018 SUBSTITUTIONS 01 25 00 PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY: A. This Section specifies administrative and procedural requirements for handling requests for substitutions made after award of the Contract. No request for substitutions will be considered by Owner prior to execution by Owner of its Contract with Contractor. B. Definitions used in this section are not intended to change or modify the meaning of other terms used in the Contract Documents. C. Substitutions: Requests for changes in products, materials, equipment and methods of construction required by Contract Documents proposed by the Contractor after award of the Contract are considered requests for "substitutions." The following are not considered substitutions: 1. Revisions to Contract Documents requested by Owner. 2. Specified options of products and construction methods included in Contract Documents. 3. The Contractor's determination of and compliance with governing regulations and orders issued by governing authorities. 1.02 SUBMITTALS: A. GROUNDS FOR REQUESTING A SUBSTITUTION: 1. Because any request by Contractor that Owner considers a substitution may delay Owner's review of the Shop drawings and delay the progress of the Work, Owner will consider a request from Contractor for approval of a substitution only for one of the following reasons: 2. The item of material or equipment specified is either not available or will not be available for installation in time to meet the date when such item must be installed in order to meet Owner's construction schedule; 3. Owner will obtain the advantage of a reduction in cost without any reduction in quality or utility and without any delay in the construction schedule; 4. Owner will obtain the advantage of a increase in quality or utility without an increase in cost and without any delay in Owner's construction schedule; or 5. Such substitute item or method of performing the Work will result in some other substantial advantage to Owner, such as, but not limited to, enabling Owner to advance the Scheduled Completion Date. B. PROCEDURE FOR REQUESTING APPROVAL OF SUBSTITUTION: 1. Except as otherwise specifically provided in the Contract Documents, Contractor may submit to Owner a request for approval of a substitution for any of the reasons specified at any time after Owner has executed and delivered a copy of the Contract with Contractor; provided, however, that Owner will not consider any request for substitution, if, in Owner's opinion, such, if granted, would adversely affect the meeting of the construction objectives shown on the progress schedule. Accordingly, it shall be Contractor's responsibility to make any such request for substitution sufficiently in advance of the date when the progress schedule calls for such item of material or equipment to be installed, or such method of performance of the work to commence, as the case may be, so as to permit adequate time for Owner to investigate the advisability of approving such substitution, the preparation of Shop Drawings or other submittals, and the fabrication and delivery of the substituted item of material or equipment. 01 25 00-1 Rev. 07/01/09 JCPENNEY #0696 TUKWILA, WA SALON REFRESH RENOVATION MARCH 8, 2018 SUBSTITUTIONS 01 25 00 2. Such submittal must have been approved by Architect and/or the consulting engineers retained by Architect for that portion of the Work, and a letter from the Architect and/or consulting engineer to such effect must accompany Contractor's request. 3. Together with such request, Contractor shall submit such material and data as Owner might require in order to determine whether it will approve such substitution, including, but not limited to, a comparison chart so that Owner can compare the item called for in Owner's Criteria/Contract Documents against the item which Contractor requests by substituted therefore. C. PROCESS OF APPROVAL: 1. The Contractor's substitution request will be received and considered by JCPenney when the following conditions are satisfied, as determined by JCPenney; otherwise requests will be returned without action except to record noncompliance with these requirements. 2. Contractor's Proposal must be based upon Owner's Criteria/Contract Documents; extensive revisions to Contract Documents are not required. 3. Wherever Owner's Criteria/Contract Documents specify certain materials, manufactured articles or processes by reference to a trade name or model number, with the words "or equal" or similar words, no substitution may be made without the prior written approval of Owner, and Owner retains the absolute right to require the use of the specified material, manufactured article or process and may deny the right to make substitutions; 4. No Shop Drawing may be submitted to Owner which differs from the requirements of Owner's Criteria/Contract Documents, unless the Contractor's transmittal letter specifically mentions such difference and requests approval thereof; 5. No deviations from Owner's Criteria/Contract Documents or substitutions may be made without Owner's prior written consent; 6. Contractor may be required to remove and replace any items which do not comply strictly with Owner's Criteria/Contract Documents, unless Contractor has received Owner's prior written approval to use such items. END OF SECTION 01 25 00-2 Rev. 07/01/09 J •i . JCPENNEY #0696 TUKWILA, WA SALON REFRESH RENOVATION MARCH 8, 2018 CHANGE ORDERS 01 26 63 PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 GENERAL: The standard AIA Form G701, "Change Order" as amended to date. 1.02 INITIATING THE CHANGE ORDER: Change Orders shall be undertaken only for valid reasons when differentiating from a cost agreement. 1.03 CHANGE ORDER PROCEDURES: A. The Change Order request is initiated by either the Architect, General Contractor, or JCP Construction Services Project Manager. B. The Change Order request is then submitted by the Architect to the General Contractor in the form of a bulletin for a "Cost F'roposal". C. The General Contractor's "Cost Proposal" is sent to the Architect, the JCP Resident Engineer, and JCP Project Manager for approval. Approval shall be obtained as expeditiously as possible. D. After the "Cost Approval" is obtained, the Architect shall prepare the Change Order and submit it to the General Contractor. E. The General Contractor signs the Change Order and submits it to the JCP Resident Engineer for review. F. The JCP Resident Engineer, if finding the Change Order satisfactory, initials it and submits it to the JCP Project Manager. G. The JCP Project Manager reviews the Change Order, initials and attaches all backup material, and then forwards it to the JCP Corporate Construction Services Manager. H. The JCP Corporate Construction Services Manager approves the Change Order and submits it to the JCP Contract Administration Manager. I. The JCP Contract Administration Manager submits copies of the fully approved Change Order to the Architect and to the JCP Project Manager who will make internal JCP distribution as required. The Architect shall then furnish the General Contractor with a copy of the Change Order. 1.04 SPECIAL DIESIGN/BUILD PROCEDURES: Under a Design/Build arrangement the Change Order Procedures are as attested in Paragraph 1.03. Sub paragraphs A through D vary from job to job and shall remain undefined. Before proceeding with the requirement of the sub paragraph E, the Architect/Engineer member of the Design/Build team shall review and indicate the validity of the claim. Sub paragraphs F thru I remain unchanged. 1.05 CHANGE ORDER FORMAT FOR FORM: Change Order form in addition should include the following: A. JOB NUMBER/J.C.PENNEY STORE NUMBER B. STATEMENT that this Change Order modifies the Original Contract. C. TIME EXTENSION or reduction, if any. D. OTHER CONTRACTS affected. E. INSTRUCTION for distribution of copies. END OF SECTION 01 26 63-1 Rev. 07/01/09 JCPENNEY #0696 TUKWILA, WA SALON REFRESH RENOVATION JCP GENERAL CONSTRUCTION BREAKDOWN FORM 01 32 13.01 Store Number Store Location Contractor Name Contact Name Signature Date A B C D E F G H I Description of Work for Material & Labor Scheduled Value Work Completed Materials Presently Stored (not in Store) Total Completed and Stored to Date (D+E+F) % G/C Balance To Finish (C -G) Retainage (10%) From Previous Application (D+E) This Period Demolition/ Removal Cost - - Asbestos - Survey/Abatement - - Concrete - - Masonry _ - - Metals - - Wood and Plastic - - Thermal and Moisture Protection - - Doors and Windows - - Finishes (All Other) - - All Flooring other than Carpet - - Carpet - Installation - - Perimeter Walls - - Interior Partition - - Paint/ Wall Covering - - Ceiling Tile/ Grid - - Fitting Rooms - Stud & Sheet Rock - - Fitting Rooms - Modular Installation - - Rest Rooms - - Specialties - - Equipment - - Furnishings - - Conveying Systems - - Mechanical - Plumbing/HVAC/Fire Protection - - Electrical (All Other) - - Lighting - Track/ Wall Washers - - Lighting - General Light Fixtures - - Lighting - Relocation of existing fixt. - - Point Of Sale - - Intrusion Alarm System - - Project Indirect - - Fixture - Repair/Reupholstery - - Fixture - Installation of New _ _ GRAND TOTALS - - - - - - - - 01 32 13.01-1 Rev. 09/04/09 JCPENNEY #0696 TUKWILA, WA SALON REFRESH RENOVATION JCP GENERAL CONSTRUCTION BREAKDOWN FORM 01 32 13.01 DESCRIPTION OF WORK: Section: Demolition/ Removal Cost: Removal of tile, carpet, interior walls, etc. and resulting debris. Section: Asbestos Abatement: The removal of all/partial asbestos found during the removal of walls and hard surfaces. This would also include the cost of any studies needed to determine the scope of work. Sections: Concrete, Masonry, Metals, Wood and Plastic, Doors and Windows: Self Explanatory. Section: Finishes All Flooring other than Carpet: This work includes all flooring material other than carpet, i.e. marble, VCT, wood, etc.. This also includes the cost to prepare the concrete slab for the proper installation of flooring material. Carpet: This work is to include any cost associated with the installation of carpet. Perimeter Walls: Specifies gypsum board assemblies and metal support systems including fire resistance rated walls and non -rated walls. Interior partitions: Non-structural merchandise display partitions used to divide selling floor space into display areas or used to display merchandise for sale to customer. The temporary merchandise display partitions do not support the building's structure and may be removed without affecting the building's integrity. This would include decorative soffits or "furr-downs" that are used for decorative and/ or architectural design purposes (not structural or mechanical). Paint/ Wall Coverings: Paint is to include primers, emulsions, enamels, stains, sealants and fillers as directed by JCP. Wall covering is to include vinyl -coated fabric provided by JCP. Ceiling tile/ Grid: Acoustical ceilings composed of panels and exposed "grid -like" suspension systems that are attached to building members. Fitting Rooms Stud & Sheetrock Partitions: Non-structural partitions used to divide selling floor space into customer changing and fitting rooms. The partitions do not support the building's structure and may be removed without affecting the building's integrity. Fitting Rooms Modular partitions: Modular partitions are made-up of plastic laminate faced systems with particleboard of plywood cores that are overhead braced, floor supported or ceiling hung. Sections: Specialties, Equipment, Fumishings, Conveying Systems: Self -Explanatory Section: Mechanical-Plumbing/HVAC/Fire Protection: Self Explanatory Section: Electrical Lighting Track/ Wall Washers: This type of lighting fixture is known as display or accent lighting. It is used to display merchandise or to create a certain effect. In addition to adding or relocating fixtures, include costs associated with electrical materials & methods, and supervision necessary for the operation of the fixture. Lighting General Fixtures: This type of lighting fixture is known as general lighting, usually fluorescent, located throughout the store, stockrooms, fitting rooms and service areas. In addition to adding or relocating fixtures, include costs associated with electrical materials & methods, and supervision necessary for the operation of the fixture. Point of Sale: Electrical low voltage wiring to a location, which includes a signal cable, PC signal cable, and phone cable. Section: Intrusion Alarm System: Self Explanatory Section: Project Indirect: The compensation for the performance work, design services, equipment rentals, storage and contractors overhead and profit, mobilization, permits & fees, etc. Section: Fixture Repair/ reupholster: Cost associated with the repair of fixtures. Reupholstering includes fumiture and fixtures, e.g., salon chairs and equipment. Fixture Installation of new: Any floor or wall fixtures. Documenting the Costs: Contractor is prime: Construction scope on an individual project bases or on an overall project level. Contractors construction contract. Pay application similar to AIA (G702) with attached schedule of values. Request the schedule be broken down as outlined on rollout form. Any Change Orders to the original contract will need the same cost break down. Foreman is prime and using local labor/contractors: Construction scope on an individual project bases or on an overall project level. Copy of LE's with supporting invoices. Final cost break down per the rollout form and matching LE documentation. Distribution of Form: 1. Completed forms must accompany Contractors pay applications. 2. JCP Foreman should send completed form to the assigned Construction Services Project Manager. 01 32 13.01-2 Rev. 09/04/09 JCPENNEY #0696 TUKWILA, WA SALON REFRESH RENOVATION MARCH 8, 2018 SHOP DRAWINGS, PRODUCT DATA AND SAMPLES 01 33 23 PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY: A. The Architect and General Contractor shall jointly be responsible for establishing and maintaining procedures for the preparation and processing of Shop Drawings and samples in accordance with the requirements set forth herein and the General Conditions. B. Shop Drawings and samples shall be submitted for all materials and equipment where called for in the respective sections of the Master Contract Specifications. C. The General Contractor shall keep and have available on the job one complete set of all approved Shop Drawings, cuts and samples. 1.02 SUBMITTALS: A SHOP DRAWINGS: Shop Drawings shall be complete and shall clearly show manufacturer, fabricator and installer and all model numbers or other designations. B. SAMPLES: All samples shall be Targe enough to clearly represent all physical characteristics which have a bearing on the selections and appearance of the material. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE: A Shop drawings must be reviewed by the Contractor and Architect, as well as the required agencies, prior to being issued for review by JCPenney. PART 2 — PRODUCTS 2.01 PRODUCT SUBMISSION REQUIREMENTS: A. All items shall be clearly identified with the manufacturer's name, item designation, project name and location. B. Each submission shall clearly show the date of the original submission and of each subsequent revision or resubmission. C. Individual Shop Drawings within a set shall be of uniform size, each with a title block and space for a review stamp in the lower right hand comer. Prints shall be sharp, clear and easily readable. D. Corrected drawings resubmitted for review and approval shall have no changes other than those called for in the review notes on the previous submission. If additional changes or revisions are made they shall be clearly indicated on the drawings and fully explained in writing with the submission. E. Contractor shall obtain approvals from required agencies prior to submitting Shop Drawings. All Shop Drawings, etc., which are to be reviewed by JCPenney are to be submitted to JCPenney only after being reviewed by the Contractor and Architect. F. The Contractor shall check all submittals for conformity with the working drawings and specifications and correct any errors, omissions, or deviations before transmitting same to Architect and JCPenney. All submittals shall bear the Contractor's dated stamp of approval as evidence that they have been checked and corrected. Any submittals not bearing such stamp shall not be considered by JCPenney. G. Unless specifically directed to the contrary, the submittal and resubmittal of Shop Drawings and related documents shall consist of one reproducible transparency (sepia) and one print or five (5) copies of related catalogs and catalog data for approval. 01 33 23-1 Rev. 07/01/09 JCPENNEY #0696 TUKWILA, WA SALON REFRESH RENOVATION MARCH 8, 2018 SHOP DRAWINGS, PRODUCT DATA AND SAMPLES 01 33 23 H. Following JCPenney approval of any Shop Drawings, Contractor shall furnish JCPenney one (1) sepia of the approved Shop Drawings. I. The Contractor shall submit to JCPenney Construction Services Project Manager a complete Shop Drawing schedule showing the sequence of submission dates and a schedule of dates for approval of all Shop Drawings. This schedule shall provide for a four (4) week check period by JCPenney, from the date of receipt of all Shop Drawings and related documents. J. In conjunction with the above, Contractor shall submit to JCPenney a complete list of materials and equipment he proposes to use in this contract, complete with manufacturers' names. The list shall be itemized by specification section numbers and list of all suppliers. Indicate suppliers named in the Specifications by adding "as specified" after the supplier listed. The list shall include size and type and shall call attention to any deviation from criteria items such as physical dimensions or operation. K. After final approval of each submittal, the General Contractor shall transmit a record copy of all shop drawings submittals to the JCPenney on-site Resident. When a JCPenney Resident is unavailable the General Contractor shall maintain a complete record shop drawing file for transfer to store management at completion of the job. 2.02 SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS: Sprinkler Shop Drawings shall be prepared and submitted following the special procedures and requirements as specified in Division 21, "Fire -Suppression Sprinkler Systems". 2.03 SUBMISSION CLASSIFICATION AND PROCEDURES: A. GENERAL: Shop Drawings submissions are categorized into three (3) classifications as defined below. These specifications are used to establish submission and review sequence and procedures. B. REVIEW STAMP: Each office reviewing Shop Drawings shall so indicate directly on the drawings by affixing a stamp which will contain among other items the name of the reviewing party, the date and outcome of the review and required further action. Any submittals not bearing such stamp shall not be considered by JCPenney. C. FOR ARCHITECTS APPROVAL ("AA"): Applies to general construction materials and items which require installation coordination only. Shop Drawings shall be reviewed and approved by the General Contractor prior to submission to the Architect for his review and approval. No submission is necessary to JCPenney except when material or item is at variance with the requirements and standards set forth herein. D. FOR JCPENNEY RECORD ("PR"): Applies to specialty materials and items which require installation coordination or which may influence the scope of work of future construction or alterations. Shop Drawings shall be reviewed and approved by the General Contractor prior to submission to the Architect for his review and approval. Only the final corrected and approved issue of Shop Drawings shall be forwarded by the Architect to JCPenney for their records. Where items submitted are in complete compliance with specifications, a list of manufacturers' numbers which can be checked against catalog data may be substituted in lieu of Shop Drawings. E. FOR JCPENNEY APPROVAL ("PA"): Applies to materials and items which require design coordination and which may adversely affect quality, performance and future maintenance. In addition, any item marked "AA" or "PR" which is not in complete compliance with the Master Contract Specifications shall be submitted for approval. Shop Drawings shall be reviewed and approved by both the General Contractor and the Architect in that order before being submitted. Shop drawings stamped "Not Approved" by the Architect, must be resubmitted to Contractor for correction before submitting to JCPenney. All Shop Drawings reviewed by JCPenney will contain the JCPenney review stamp, applicably marked as follows: 1. SUBMITTALS MARKED "APPROVED" - are submittals which require no corrections by the Architect. 01 33 23-2 Rev. 07/01/09 JCPENNEY #0696 TUKWILA, WA SALON REFRESH RENOVATION MARCH 8, 2018 SHOP DRAWINGS, PRODUCT DATA AND • SAMPLES 01 33 23 2. SUBMITTALS MARKED "APPROVED AS NOTED" - are submittals which require minor corrections as noted. This stamp shall mean that the checking is complete and fabrication may proceed, provided all corrections noted are adhered to. If fabrication or installation is not in strict accordance with the corrections noted, the work shall be rejected and all corrections shall be made at no cost to the JCPenney. 3. SUBMITTALS MARKED "REVISE & RESUBMIT" - are submittals in which items, as noted, shall be further clarified before acceptance can be given. Fabrication may not proceed on those items marked, but may proceed on those items that remain unmarked. 4. SUBMITTALS MARKED "NOT APPROVED" - are submittals which are not in accordance with the JCPenney criteria and/or the Contract Documents. No work may proceed under this mark. These submittals must be corrected and resubmitted for approval. 2.04 SUBSTITUTION: Substitution will only be considered when clearly indicated by the Contractor and include a statement that the material will perform equal to or better than the item specified. The Architect shall evaluate and recommend approval to JCPenney such substitution when the item specified is not available or if there is a cost saving or other advantage to JCPenney, as further defined in section 01 25 00. 2.05 ADDITIONAL INFORMATION: Provide additional Shop Drawings, catalog cuts, etc., as may be necessary for each individual project as requested by the JCPenney Construction Services Project Manager. PART 3 — EXECUTION 3.01 FABRICATION AND INSTALLATION: A. No fabrication or installation shall be undertaken prior to the approval of Shop Drawings by all parties as specified above. B. Refer to specifications section 01460A for a listing and log of all Shop Drawings and sample submissions specifically required by the Specifications. Category Code: AR - for Architect's Record AA - for Architect's Approval PR - for JCPenney Record PA - for JCPenney Approval * To be checked with reviewed pallet boards On ownership projects see Section 01 00 00.13D "Procedures for Ownership Projects with Criteria Package" for additional shop drawings that may be required. END OF SECTION 01 33 23-3 Rev. 07/01/09 .J SHOP DRAWING LOG 01460A REMARKS y N 0 H W ce W 1Q 0 0 WW F - Q cc 0 0 Z 1- 1— Lu W H 0 0 0 W a W N EARTH MOVING LAI iW 0 0 0 47 UNIT MASONRY 0 0 0 0 ci Qa Q O a STONE ASSEMBLIES - SAMPLES a O a O 0 L 0 U a STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING o Z CY O I--0 0 OU. UJ UJ U.1 h y as 0 es N O O STEEL ROOF DECKING M h O 2 I --O W 2 m OU. 0 O 14 V2 CC CL. Q Q O O OV'O O O DECORATIVE METAL HANDRAILS ROUGH CARPENTRY cc O O O e0 O FINISH CARPENTRY Q O O N <O O SOLID SURFACING FABRICATION Q CO i0 CO O SHEET WATERPROOFING cc 4 FLUID APPLIED WATERPROOFING cc O O N 1 O BENTONITE WATERPROOFING CC O O 1 O 01460A-1 Rev. 07/01/09 SHOP DRAWING LOG 01460A JCPENNEY #0696 T SALON REFRESH R O U 2 01460A-2 Rev. 07/01/09 REMARKS _ 1 CO M CLASS tf G w cLw DATE RECV'D at CII— TRANS DATE BITUMINOUS DAMPPROOFING CEMENTITIOUS AND REACTIVE WATERPROOFING METAL OXIDE WATERPROOFING WATER REPELLENTS THERMAL INSULATION EXTERIOR INSULATION FINISH SYSTEM color samples ROOFING AND SIDING PANELS i a E H METAL WALL PANELS SPRAYED -ON FIREPROOFING BUILT-UP ASPHALT ROOFING ELASTOMERIC MEMBRANE ROOFING product data O&M shop dwgs EPDM BALLASTED ROOFING product data co 0 shop dwgs COATED FOAM ROOFING product data ai 0 shop dwgs ELASTOMERIC TRAFFIC BEARING DECK COATING FLASHING & SHEET METAL ROOF SPECIALTIES ROOF ACCESSORIES METAL -FRAMED SKYLIGHTS JOIST PROTECTION O Q Q CC Q cr Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q lY Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Ct Q et Q Q Q et Q Q Q 1Z Q SPEC. SECTION L 07 11 13 07 16 00 0 0716 19 O O 0 r- 0 07 21 00 07 24 00 07 40 00 07 42 13 07 81 00 07 51 13 07 53 00 07 53 24 07 57 00 07 57 38 O O 0 co 0 07 71 00 07 72 00 08 63 00 07 90 00 01460A-2 Rev. 07/01/09 SHOP DRAWING LOG 01460A N H W re U WW H re 0 Z 1- H REMARKS W W H t0 to CO W 00 >" 111 N W a. co Z W 0 0 Z a J rx 0 N 2W U aw U) N 0 METAL DOORS & FRAMES cc 0 0 0 ec oaf a SPECIALTY DOORS AND FRAMES OVERHEAD COILING DOORS 013 0 OVERHEAD ROLLING GRILLES oe 0 SECTIONAL DOORS a oa O ALUMINUM FRAMED ENTRANCES & STOREFRONTS ce O 0 N U 0 Q GLAZED ALUMINUM CURTAINWALL irr DOOR HARDWARE a C 0) H ti J CO43. O CO O M O O r N Cs, M O O M CO O N CO O M O O O O CO CO M O O N N N O O O 01460A-3 Rev. 07/01/09 JCPENNEY #0696 TUKWILA, WA SALON REFRESH RENOVATION MARCH 8, 2018 SHOP DRAWING LOG 01460A SPEC. SECTION 0 TRANS RECV'D RET'D SUB 09 01 50 AA MAINTENANCE OF CEILINGS DATE DATE DATE CLASS REMARKS 09 30 00 PA TILE 09 75 00 09 75 00 AA AA PA mfgs specification sheets samples STONE FACING - DWGS STONE FACING - SAMPLES color only 09 51 00 AA ACOUSTICAL CEILINGS mfgs specification sheets samples 09 65 00 AA RESILIENT FLOORING samples 09 91 00 AA PAINTING paint labels literature 09 94 00 AA DECORATIVE FINISHING mfgs specification sheets samples 09 96 23 AA GRAFFITI RESISTANT COATINGS 01460A-4 Rev. 07/01/09 JCPENNEY #0696 TUKWILA, WA SALON REFRESH RENOVATION MARCH 8, 2018 SHOP DRAWING LOG 01460A SPEC. SECTION 0 TRANS DATE RECV'D DATE RET'D DATE SUB CLASS REMARKS 10 21 13.16 AR PLASTIC -LAMINATE -CLAD TOILET COMPARTMENTS samples 10 28 13 AA TOILET ACCESSORIES O&M 10 73 13 AA AWNINGS 11 13 00 AA LOADING DOCK adjustable dock levelers dock seals dock bumpers O&M 12 48 43 AR FLOOR MATS mfg specifications samples 14 24 00 AA HYDRAULIC ELEVATORS (PASSENGERS) shop dwgs cab details mfg specifications 14 24 00 AA entrance dwgs call buttons O&M HYDRAULIC ELEVATORS (FREIGHT) shop dwgs power doors call buttons O&M 01460A-5 Rev. 07/01/09 SHOP DRAWING LOG 01460A O _a O Z H d' tD t0 W ›- LJ N W pp 01 0 U Q —3 CO .0 REMARKS m CI W t < U W Q' W H ESCALATORS AND MOVING WALKS to a od ASPHALTIC BASE COURSES CONCRETE PAVING PLANTING FOUNDATION DRAINAGE Q O Q to N to M 01460A-6 Rev. 07/01/09 JCPENNEY #0696 TUKWILA, WA SALON REFRESH RENOVATION MARCH 8, 2018 SPEC. SECTION 0 SHOP DRAWING LOG 01 33 23.01 TRANS RECV'D RET'D SUB DATE DATE DATE CLASS REMARKS 21 13 00 AA SPRINKLER EQUIPMENT (REVIEWED BY CODE CONSULTANTS, INC.) AA AA drawings heads gauges fire dept connection fire hose & cabinet alarm valves check valves (riser) sprinkler control valves water gong/retard chamber supervisory switches backflow preventor hangers O&M 01 33 23.01-7 Rev.01/01/09 SHOP DRAWING LOG 01 33 23.01 O Q Q 0 W a' (0 0 N (0 W 0 a, W } W W WO EL J 7 CO 01 33 23.01-8 Rev.01 /01 /09 REMARKS CO (1) CLASS WENT 1 RET'D DATE R PLUMBING PIPING AND EQUII 1 DATE 4 TRANS W 1— Q Ci4 a GENERAL DUTY VALVES FOR PLUMBING HANGERS AND SUPPORTS horizontal piping supports supporting rods copper tubing support concrete inserts floor supports wall supports vertical piping supports copper tubing supports .0 to v 0 joist/joist girder supports --0 y VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROLS FO mountings isolation hangers an H .: p equipment flexible conntections accoustical wall seal oD 0 INSULATION pipe insulation tape & accessories exterior jackets 0 AR Q AR Q SPEC. SECTION 1 22 05 23 1 22 05 29 22 05 48 1 22 07 00 01 33 23.01-8 Rev.01 /01 /09 • J J SHOP DRAWING LOG 01 33 23.01 az 0 as Q Z F CK co I 0 coW co ›-LL W ce co Z = U UrQ.= F- W w 1- w F- 0 Ga Ga 0 0 Z 0 W U CL y 0 0 01 33 23.01-9 Rev.01 /01 /09 SHOP DRAWING LOG 01 33 23.01 O Q Q • J_ O z mw 1— re co 2 Qf N W u 0 It L LL W W Z Z Z W O O. J CO OD 0 N CO 2 0 d' Q 2 REMARKS m m 0 m Q J 0 a F- W w W 1Q 0 a > 0 w ec W 1- 0 z 1- 1— w I— < 0 flush valve UR -1 urinal flush valve LAV -1 general purpose d 3 LAV -2 styling salon toilet d CO CO LAV - 3 (modular lavatories) instantaneous water heaters SS -1 service sink SS -2 service sink d 3 w ta ato SS -3 mop sink 3 W N 3 W 0, 3 W EEW-1 emergency eyewash (salon dispensary) EEW-2 emergency eyewash (maintenance workroo Z 6a 0 0 01 33 23.01-10 Rev.01 /01 /09 SHOP DRAWING LOG 01 33 23.01 Qz O Q• J > LU H ° Cl) o w o � IL. }w Ill ix WCLO co 0 N a 0 2 N 1- w re U w re REMARKS w 1- w 1- COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC 0 O E motor starters VARIABLE SPEED DRIVES 0 GENERAL DUTY VALVES FOR HVAC PIPING w a globe & angle eccentric plug lubricated plug non -lubricated eccentric 0 pipe supports - (horiz/vertlwall) beam support joist/joist girder supports Q O Q O 0 N a 0 0 N 0 N Rev.01 /01 /09 0 Cr; M SHOP DRAWING LOG 01 33 23.01 w 0 N 2 2 u) H w U w N Z 0 2 0 ti z 0 U z 0 z Q 0 ti O 2 0 y 0 U Q O U J O ti W testing agency 0 HVAC INSULATION heavy duty pipe insulation flexible tube insulation flexible duct insulation accoustical duct insulation glass fiber semi-regid bd ins AP or ASJ Vaor barrier jacket insulation block foamglass pipe insulation 0 HYDRONIC PIPING HYDRONIC PIPING SPECIALTIES manual air vents pressuer reducing valves compression tanks a 0 Z O U H w aw m 0) 0 10 N 01 33 23.01-12 Rev.01 /01 /09 L JCPENNEY #0696 TUKWILA, WA SALON REFRESH RENOVATION MARCH 8 2018 SPEC. SECTION RECV'D CLASS L J SHOP DRAWING LOG 01 33 23.01 REMARKS flow balancing valves test plugs strainers pressure gauges & therm expansion joints DX refrig specialties 23 2123 23 25 00 PUMPS HVAC WATER TREATMENT condenser cooling water systems chilled water system material safety data sheets flushing & pre -cleaning 23 31 00 HVAC DUCT AND CASINGS shop drawings ductwork mater & construction access doors smoke detectors 01 33 23.01-13 Rev.01/01/09 JCPENNEY #0696 TUKWILA, WA SALON REFRESH RENOVATION MARCH 8 2018 SHOP DRAWING LOG 01 33 23.01 SPEC. SECTION 0 TRANS RECV'D REVD SUB 23 33 00 AR AIR DUCT ACCESSORIES AA volume dampers AA fire dampers AA extractors AA gravity backdraft dampers AA diffusers/grilles AA air intake or exhaust hood AA filters/filter frame O&M 23 34 00 AA AA HVAC FANS fans - exhaust centrifugal fans AA VAV boxes AA fan powered VAV boxes AA constant volume box AA O&M 23 62 13 PA PACKAGED AIR COOLED REFRIGERANT COMPRESSOR AND CONSENSER UNITS O&M 01 33 23.01-14 Rev.01 /01 /09 SHOP DRAWING LOG 01 33 23.01 0 N 0 re Q 2 CO N J 0 H w w 1- 4 4 0 (1) z 1- w Q 0 z J 0 0 0 W O O power factor correction capacitors 0 COOLING TOWERS cooling tower centrifugal seperator liquid recovery system ea 0 Q 0 ti CC ti 0 0 0 ea 0 ea 0 ea 0 COOLING COILS ea 0 SELF-CONTAINED AIR CONDITIONERS 0 a O a a a z 0 0 W • w N N O O O N 01 33 23.01-15 Rev.01/01/09 JCPENNEY #0696 TUKWILA, WA SALON REFRESH RENOVATION MARCH 8 2018 SHOP DRAWING LOG 01 33 23.01 SPEC. SECTION 0 TRANS RECV'D RET'D SUB DATE DATE DATE CLASS REMARKS 23 81 43 PA AIR SOURCE UNITARY HEAT PUMPS O&M 23 82 00 CONVECTION HEATING AND COOLING UNITS AA gas-fired heaters AA gas-fired duct heaters AA electric duct heaters AA unit heaters AA elec baseboard & convectors electric wall heater cabinet fans & electric heat AA O&M 01 33 23.01-16 Rev.01 /01 /09 i •_l ._1 0 01 33 23.01-17 Rev.01/01/09 Q a J _ m H t0 o to 4t w Z Z w a 0 SHOP DRAWING LOG 01 33 23.01 z 0 1- 4 > 0 z w ce 2 w re LL w z 0 J 4 N 0o O N C 2 0 re 4 2 01 33 23.01-18 Rev.01 /01 /09 REMARKS SUB CLASS RET'D DATE RECV'D DATE TRANS DATE COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR ELECTRICAL guarantees & certification as built dwgs operating & maintenance inst. O&M BOXES & POKE THRUS LIGHTING CONTROL DEVICES as o LOW -VOLTAGE TRANSFORMERS O&M SWITCHBOARDS 0&M 'ELECTRICAL SERVICE ENTRANCE co 0 PANELBOARDS eb 0 MOTOR CONTROL CENTERS 0&M LOW -VOLTAGE DISTRIBUTION EQUIPME? 0&M WIRING DEVICES ad O O Q Q Et Q PA AR PA PA AR AR AR AR SPEC. SECTION 26 05 00 26 05 33.16 26 09 23 26 22 00 1 26 24 13 26 24 13.13 26 24 16 26 24 19 26 27 00 26 27 26 01 33 23.01-18 Rev.01 /01 /09 .-J SHOP DRAWING LOG 01 33 23.01 • O Q • O LLII— to to Z co N � w 0U- ›- w rew Z Z Z wO 11 � G7 0o 0 (NI 00 2 U 2 m co 1— w cc U w cc REMARKS w Q w H w H O LOW -VOLTAGE CIRCUIT PROTECTIVE DEVICES Q N t0 N 0 PACKAGED GENERATOR ASSEMBLIES Q M O N 0 FACILITY LIGHTNING PROTECTION et t0 LIGHTING t0 N ELECTRONIC SAFETY AND SECUIRTY 0 WORK RESULTS FOR ELECTRONIC SAFETY AND SECURITY a 0 01 33 23.01-19 Rev.01/01/09 JCPENNEY #0696 TUKWILA, WA SALON REFRESH RENOVATION MARCH 8, 2018 CLOSEOUT DOCUMENT PROCEDURES 01 77 00 PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY: A. This Section refers to the JCPenney Contract Document Package. B. This Section includes references to 22 05 00, 22 01 00, 23 05 00 and 26 05 00. 1.02 SUBMITTALS: A. The Contractor shall submit one (1) printed set and one (1) electronic set of all closeout documents, in accordance with the Master Contract Specifications and as referenced in section 1.04.E below. All printed documents shall be in new condition with original signatures, as required. The Contractor shall submit all documents to the Architect for his review and approval no later than the building's Date of Substantial Completion. The Architect shall forward the complete set of approved documents to JCiPenney within two (2) weeks after this date. B. The Contractor shall supply all ON-SITE requirements in accordance with the Master Contract Specifications and as referenced in section 1.04.E below. All maintenance stock items shall be neatly stacked on shelving provided in the Receiving Area and shall be contained in manufacturers' original, labeled, sealed cartons. C. The Contractor shall submit one (1) printed set and one (1) electronic set of all Material Safety Data Sheets collected during the course of construction as per OSHA requirements. All printed documents shall be in like new condition. Any copies that are soiled will not be accepted. The Contractor shall submit all documents to the Architect for his review and approval no later than the building's Date of Substantial Completion. The Architect shall forward the complete set of approved documents to JCPenney within two (2) weeks after this date. D. The Contractor shall submit one (1) printed sets and one (1) electronic set, in PDF format, of As -Built Drawings. All printed drawings shall be in like new condition. Any copies that are soiled will not be accepted. The Contractor shall submit all documents to the Architect for his review and approval no later than the building's Date of Substantial Completion. The Architect shall forward the complete set of approved documents to JCPenney within two (2) weeks after this date. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE / PROJECT CONDITIONS: A. Operating Instructions and/or Maintenance Information (0 & M): 1. Printed 0 & M documents shall be presented in manuals organized in CSI format, divided and tabbed on reinforced paper, for each separate entry. Assemble 0 & M documents in 3 separate binders divided by discipline; Architectural, HVAC / Plumbing, and Electrical. Manuals shall be labeled in typed bold print on the spine as "Operating and Maintenance Manual", followed by discipline name, JCPenney store number, and location (store city and state). Binders shall be 3 -ring loose leaf binders, with protected spine label pockets, chrome -plated piano hinges, and hard coated covers. Small or large literature not easily inserted in binders shall be put individually in heavy manila envelopes. 2. Electronic 0 & M Documents shall be presented on one (1) electronic CD, organized in CSI format, divided by division and section. Each required document shall be in PDF format and a separate file. Files shall be named according to their corresponding specification section, followed by the suffix of "Operations" or "Maintenance". (ex. 08 56 00 Operations.PDF, 08 56 00 Maintenance.PDF) The CD shall be provided with a printed label stating "Operating and Maintenance Manual", JCPenney store number, and location (store city and state), and contained in a protective hard plastic jewel case. 01 77 00 - 1 Rev. 11/01/09 JCPENNEY #0696 TUKWILA, WA SALON REFRESH RENOVATION MARCH 8, 2018 CLOSEOUT DOCUMENT PROCEDURES 01 77 00 B. Warranties and Service Agreements: 1. Printed warranties and service agreements shall be presented in one (1) manual organized in CSI format, divided and tabbed on reinforced paper, for each separate entry. The manual shall be labeled in typed bold print on the spine as "Warranties and Service Agreements", followed by JCPenney store number, and location (store city and state). Binder shall be a 3 -ring loose leaf binder, with protected spine label pocket, chrome -plated piano hinge, and hard coated cover; and shall match that of the 0 & M Manuals. Small or large literature not easily inserted in binders shall be put individually in heavy manila envelopes. 2. Electronic copies of warranties and service agreements shall be presented on 1 electronic CD, organized in CSI format, divided by division and section. Each required document shall be in PDF format and a separate file.. Files shall be named according to their corresponding specification section, followed by the suffix of "Warranty" or "Service Agreement". (ex. 14 24 00 Warranty.PDF, 14 24 00 Service Agreement.PDF) The CD shall be provided with a printed label stating "Warranties and Service Agreements", JCPenney store number, and location (store city and state), and contained in a protective hard plastic jewel case. C. Certificates and Reports: 1. Printed certificates and reports shall be presented in one (1) manual organized in CSI format, divided and tabbed on reinforced paper, for each separate entry. The manual shall be labeled in typed bold print on the spine as "Certificates and Reports", followed by JCPenney store number, and location (store city and state). Binder shall be a 3 -ring loose leaf binder, with protected spine label pocket, chrome -plated piano hinge, and hard coated cover; and shall match that of the 0 & M Manuals. Small or large literature not easily inserted in binders shall be put individually in heavy manila envelopes. 2. Electronic copies of certificates and reports shall be presented on 1 electronic CD, organized in CSI format, divided by division and section. Each required document shall be in PDF format and a separate file. Files shall be named according to their corresponding specification section, followed by the suffix of the certificate or report name (ex. 07 50 00 VOC Certificate.PDF) The CD shall be provided with a printed label stating "Certificates and Reports", JCPenney store number, and location (store city and state), and contained in a protective hard plastic jewel case. D. Materials Safety Data Sheets: 1. Printed MSD Sheets shall be presented in one (1) manual organized in CSI format, divided and tabbed on reinforced paper, for each separate entry. The manual shall be labeled in typed bold print on the spine as "Materials Safety Data Sheets", followed by JCPenney store number, and location (store city and state). Binder shall be a 3 -ring loose leaf binder, with protected spine label pockets, chrome -plated piano hinge, and hard coated cover; and shall match that of the 0 & M Manuals. Small or large literature not easily inserted in binders shall be put individually in heavy manila envelopes. 2. Electronic MSD Sheets shall be presented on one (1) electronic CD, organized in CSI format, divided by division and section. Each required document shall be in PDF format and a separate file. Files shall be named according to their corresponding specification section, followed by the product name. (ex. 07 50 00 Polyisocyanurate.PDF) The CD shall be provided with a printed label stating "Materials Safety Data Sheets", JCPenney store number, and location (store city and state), and contained in a protective hard plastic jewel case. 01 77 00 - 2 Rev. 11/01/09 , 1 ._J J JCPENNEY #0696 TUKWILA, WA SALON REFRESH RENOVATION MARCH 8, 2018 E. As -built Drawings: CLOSEOUT DOCUMENT PROCEDURES 01 77 00 1. Printed as -built drawings shall be comprised of complete, collated, full-sized, bound sets divided by discipline. All disciplines shall be included; Architectural, Landscape, Structural, HVAC / Plumbing, Electrical and Fire Protection. Drawings shall be neatly and legibly marked up with all final as -built conditions notated. Each sheet shall be stamped "As -Built Condition", dated and initialed by the Contractor. 2. Electronic copies of as -built drawings shall be presented on 1 electronic CD, organized by discipline and drawing number. Each drawing shall be in PDF format and a separate file, and shall be a scanned copy of the above marked up and stamped drawing. Files shall be named according to their drawing number. (ex. A503.PDF, L200.PDF, S200.PDF, M201.PDF, P204.PDF, E403.PDF, FP203.PDF) The CD shall be provided with a printed label stating "As -Built Drawings", JCPenney store number, and location (store city and state), and contained in a protective hard plastic jewel case. 1.04 REQUIRED DOCUMENTS: A. Site Support Requirements: 1. Operating Instructions and/or Maintenance Information: The Contractor shall submit all required Operating Instructions and/or Maintenance Information as referenced in Master Contract Specifications sections stated below. Additional data may be included either at the discretion of the Contractor or as directed by the Architect, Engineer, or JCPenney. 04 70 00 07 53 38 08 11 74 08 30 00 08 33 23 08 33 26 08 41 13 08 42 29 08 56 00 08 71 00 08 81 00 09 64 00 09 65 00 Manufactured Masonry Elastomeric Traffic Bearing Deck Coating Sliding Metal Grilles Specialty Doors and Frames Overhead Coiling Doors Overhead Rolling Grilles Aluminum Framed Entrances and Storefronts Automatic Entrances Special Function Windows Door Hardware Glass & Glazing Wood Flooring Resilient Flooring 10 28 13 Toilet Accessories 11 13 00 Loading Dock Equipment 12 48 43 Floor Mats 14 24 00 Hydraulic Elevators 14 30 00 Escalators and Moving Walks 22 01 00 Plumbing Shop Drawings/O&M 23 05 00 Common Work Results for HVAC 26 05 00 Common Work Results for Electrical 26 29 00 Low -Voltage Controllers 26 24 13 Switchboards 26 32 00 Packaged Generator Assemblies 2. ON-SITE Requirements: The Contractor shall submit all ON-SITE Requirements as referenced in Master Contract: Specifications sections stated below. Additional data may be included either at the discretion of the Contractor or as directed by the Architect, Engineer, or JCPenney. 08 33 23 Overhead Coiling Doors 08 71 00 Door Hardware 09 30 00 Tiling 09 51 00 Acoustical Ceilings 09 64 00 Wood Flooring 09 65 00 Resilient Flooring 09 68 00 Carpet 14 24 00 Hydraulic Elevators 14 30 00 Escalators and Moving Walks 22 01 00 Plumbing Shop Drawings/O&M 22 05 23 General Duty Valves for Plumbing 21 13 00 Fire Suppression Sprinkler Systems 23 74 00 Packaged Outdoor HVAC Equipment 26 05 00 Common Work Results for Electrical 26 32 00 Packaged Generator Assemblies 01 77 00 - 3 Rev. 11/01/09 JCPENNEY #0696 TUKWILA, WA SALON REFRESH RENOVATION MARCH 8, 2018 CLOSEOUT DOCUMENT PROCEDURES 01 77 00 B. Warranties: In addition to the Contractor's General Warranty as covered in the Contract General Conditions, the Contractor shall submit all required written warranties as referenced in Master Contract Specifications sections stated below. Additional data may be included either at the discretion of the Contractor or as directed by the Architect, Engineer, or JCPenney. 04 70 00 Manufactured Masonry 06 10 00 Rough Carpentry 06 20 00 Finish Carpentry 07 16 00 Cementitious and Waterproofing 07 16 19 Metal Oxide Waterproofing 07 19 00 Water Repellant 07 24 00 07 40 00 07 42 13 07 50 00 07 51 13 07 53 23 07 53 24 07 57 00 07 63 00 07 81 00 08 14 16 08 44 13 08 56 00 09 23 00 Reactive Exterior Insulation Finish System Roofing and Siding Panels Metal Wall Panels Membrane Roofing Built-up Asphalt Roofing EPDM Fully Adhered Roofing EPDM Ballasted Roofing Coated Foam Roofing Metal -Framed Skylights Applied Fireproofing Flush Wood Doors Glazed Aluminum Curtainwall Special Function Windows Gypsum Plastering 09 64 00 Wood Flooring 09 65 00 Resilient Flooring 09 68 00 Carpet 09 97 00 Special Coatings 10 21 13.13 Stainless Steel Toilet Partitions & Screens 10 21 13.16 Laminated Plastic Toilet Partitions & Screens 10 73 13 Awnings 08 83 00 Mirrors 11 13 00 Loading Dock Equipment 14 24 00 Hydraulic Elevators 14 30 00 Escalators and Moving Wallks 22 05 00 Common Work Results for Plumbing 22 11 00 Facility Water Distribution 23 05 93 Testing, Adjusting, Balancing and Commissioning (Takeovers and New Construction) 23 05 94 Testing and Balancing 26 24 13 Switchboards 26 32 00 Packaged Generator Assemblies 28 00 00 Electronic Safety and Security 31 31 16 Termite Control C. Service Agreements: The Contractor shall submit all required written Service Agreements as referenced in Master Contract Specifications sections stated below. Additional data may be included either at the discretion of the Contractor or as directed by the Architect, Engineer, or JCPenney. 07 19 00 Water Repellants 07 57 00 Coated Foam Roofing 09 96 23 Graffiti Resistant Coatings 14 24 00 Hydraulic Elevators 14 30 00 Escalators and Moving Walks 28 00 00 Electronic Safety and Security D. Certificates and Reports: The Contractor shall submit all required Certificates and/or Reports as referenced in Master Contract Specifications sections stated below. Additional data may be included either at the discretion of the Contractor or as directed by the Architect, Engineer, or JCPenney. 01 32 23 Survey and Layout Data 01 32 23 Survey and Layout Data (Surveyor's Certificate) 01 33 13.01 Asbestos Material Certification 06 10 00 Rough Carpentry 06 20 00 07 81 00 07 51 13 08 33 23 08 44 13 Finish Carpentry Applied Fireproofing Built-up Asphalt Roofing Overhead Coiling Doors (Oversized Doors) Glazed Aluminum Curtainwall 09 23 00 Gypsum Plastering 09 56 00 Resilient Flooring 21 13 00 Fire Suppression Sprinkler Systems 23 05 93 Testing, Adjusting, Balancing, & Commissioning (New Construction) 23 05 94 Testing and Balancing 26 05 00 Common Work Results for Electrical 26 41 00 Facility Lightning Protection 28 00 00 Electronic Safety and Security 32 90 00 Planting 33 46 13 Foundation Drainage 01 77 00 - 4 Rev. 11/01/09 JCPENNEY #0696 TUKWILA, WA SALON REFRESH RENOVATION MARCH 8, 2018 CLOSEOUT DOCUMENT PROCEDURES 01 77 00 1.05 SUMMARY OF SUBMITTALS: A. Printed Documents: One (1) manual each. Architectural 0 & M Manual HVAC / Plumbing 0 & M Manual Electrical 0 & M Manual Warranties and Service Agreements Manual Certificates and Reports Manual MSDS Manual As -Built drawings B. Electronic Documents: One (1) electronic CD each. O & M Manual HVAC / Plumbing 0 & M Manual Electrical 0 & M Manual ,.J Warranties and Service Agreements Manual Certificates and Reports Manual MSDS Manual As -Built drawings END OF SECTION 01 77 00 - 5 Rev. 11/01/09 JCPENNEY #0696 TUKWILA, WA SALON REFRESH RENOVATION MARCH 8, 2018 JOINT PROTECTION 07 90 00 PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. RELATED DOCUMENTS: Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and supplementary Conditions and Division -1 Specification sections, apply to work of this Section. B. DESCRIPTION OF WORK: 1. The extent of each form and type of joint sealer is indicated on drawings and by provisions of this Section. 2. The applications for joint sealers as work of this Section include the following: Concrete construction joints Flashing and coping joints Floor joints (interior) Interior wall/ceiling joints Pavement and sidewalk joints Wall joints (exterior) Other joints as indicated 1.02 SUBMITTALS: Product Data: Submit manufacturer's product specifications, handling/installation /curing instructions, and performance tested data sheets for each elastomeric product required. 1.03 JOB CONDITIONS: Do not proceed with installation of liquid sealants under unfavorable weather conditions. Install elastomeric sealants when temperature is in lower third of temperature range recommended by manufacturer for installation. PART2-PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS: General Sealer Performance Requirements: Provide colors indicated or, if not otherwise indicated, as selected by Architect from manufacturer's standard colors. Select materials for compatibility with joint surfaces and other indicated exposures, and except as otherwise indicated select modulus of elasticity and hardness or grade recommended by manufacturer for each application indicated. Where exposed to foot traffic, select non -tracking materials of sufficient strength and hardness to withstand stiletto heel traffic without damage or deterioration of sealer system. 2.02 ELASTOMERIC SEALANTS: Provide manufacturer's standard chemically curing elastomeric sealants that comply with ASTM C 920, including those requirements referencing ASTM C 920 classification for Type, Grade, Class and Uses. A. TWO -COMPONENT POLYSULFIDE SEALANT: Polysulfide-based, 2 -part elastomeric sealant, Type M (multi-component sealant), Class 25, Grade NS (non -sag) unless Grade P (pourable) recommended by manufacturer for application shown. B. TWO -COMPONENT POLYURETHANE SEALANT: Polyurethane -based, 2 -part elastomeric sealant, Type M (multi-component sealant), Class 25, Grade P (pourable) unless Grade NS (non -sag) recommended by manufacturer for application shown. C. ONE -COMPONENT POLYSULFIDE SEALANT: Polysulfide based, one -part elastomeric sealant, Type S (single -component), Class 25, Grade NS (non -sag) unless Grade P (pourable) recommended by manufacturer for application shown. D. ONE -COMPONENT POLYURETHANE SEALANT: Polyurethane -based, one -part elastomeric sealant, Type S (single -component), Class 25, Grade P (pourable) unless Grade NS (non -sag) recommended by manufacturer for application shown. 07 90 00 - 1 Rev. 07/01/09 JCPENNEY #0696 TUKWILA, WA SALON REFRESH RENOVATION MARCH 8, 2018 JOINT PROTECTION 07 90 00 E. EXTERIOR SILICONE RUBBER SEALANT: Silicone rubber -based, one -part elastomeric sealant, Type S (single -component), Class 25, Grade NS (non -sag); recommended by manufacturer for exterior joints. 1. Provide non-acid, porous -bond type silicone rubber sealant where one or both joint faces are masonry, stone, concrete or other porous materials. 2. Provide acid, nonporous -bond type silicone rubber sealant where both joint faces are metal, glass plastic or other non -porous material. F. MILDEW -RESISTANT SILICONE RUBBER SEALANT: Silicone rubber -based, one part elastomeric sealant, Type S (single -component), Class 25, Grade NS (non -sag); compounded specifically for mildew resistance and recommended by manufacturer for interior joints in wet areas; passing ANSI A136.1 test for mold growth. 2.03 NON-ELASTOMERIC SEALANTS AND CAULKING COMPOUNDS: A. BUTYL RUBBER SEALANT: Polymerized butyl rubber and inert fillers (pigments), solvent -based with minimum 75% solids, non -sag consistency, tack -free time of 24 hours or less, paintable, non -staining; complying with ASTM C 1085. B. PREFORMED BUTYL RUBBER SEALANT: Preformed ribbon or tape (coiled with release paper) of vulcanized butyl rubber or butyl/polyisobutylene and inert fillers (pigments), solvent -based with minimum 95% solids, non -sag consistency, tack -free time of 24 hours or less, paintable, nonstaining, either with or without reinforcement thread or fabric to prevent stretch (as required by Installer to facilitate proper application). C. POLYBUTENE MASTIC SEALANT: Either liquid or performed ribbon (coiled with release paper) of polybutene-based mastic, nondrying, nonskinning, nonhardening, of low viscosity as recommended by the manufacturer for joints subject to shear movement but not subject to normal movement. D. POLYISOBUTYLENE MASTIC SEALANT: Either liquid or performed ribbon (coiled with release paper) of polyisobutylene -based, nondrying, nonskinning, nonhardening, nonmigrating, heavy -bodied as recommended by manufacturer for large joints subject to shear movement but not subject to normal joint movement; grade as recommended by manufacturer for exposures as indicated. 2.04 BITUMINOUS CAULKING COMPOUNDS: A. BITUMINOUS CAULKING COMPOUND: Manufacturer's standard 1 -part bituminous, general-purpose caulking compound, containing butyl rubber mineral fiber, or other modifiers or fillers. B. PREFORMED COMPRESSIBLE FOAM SEALANTS: Manufacturer's standard open -cell, flexible foam strip of polyurethane or other weather -resistant foam, saturated with butylene or other nondrying liquid sealant/adhesive, to a formulation which will form a paintable watertight joint at 50% compression without staining, migrating, hardening or other performance failure. 2.05 JOINT FILLERS, PAVEMENT TYPES: A. SELF -EXPANDING CORK JOINT FILLER: Provide resilient and non -extruding type premolded cork units complying with ASTM D 1752 Type III, FS HH -F-341, Type II, Class C; and AASHTO M 153, Type III. B. SPONGE RUBBER JOINT FILLER: Provide resilient, non -extruding, open -cell type premolded rubber, gray to match concrete, complying with ASTM D 1752, Type I; FS HH -F-341, Type II, Class A; and AASHTO M 153, Type I. C. BITUMINOUS AND FIBER JOINT FILLER: Provide resilient and non-extruthng type premolded bituminous impregnated fiberboard units complying with ASTM D 1751, FS HH -F-341, Type I and AASHTO M 213. 07 90 00 - 2 Rev. 07/01/09 JCPENNEY #0696 TUKWILA, WA SALON REFRESH RENOVATION MARCH 8, 2018 JOINT PROTECTION 07 90 00 D. BITUMINOUS JOINT FILLER: Provide resilient and non -extruding type premolded bituminous composition of organic fiber or granulated cork, between 2 bituminous felt liners, complying with ASTM D 944 or D 1751, AASHTO M 33 or M 213, and (if fiber type) FS HH -F-341, Type III. 2.06 CELLULAR/FOAM JOINT FILLERS: A. CLOSED -CELL SYNTHETIC RUBBER JOINT FILLER: Provide expanded synthetic rubber complying with ASTM D 1056, Class SC -E (oil -resistant and medium swell), of 2 to 5 psi compression deflection (Grade SCE 41); except provide 13 to 17 psi compression deflection (Grade SCE 44) where filler is applied under sealant exposed to traffic. B. CLOSED -CELL PVC JOINT FILLER: Provide flexible expanded polyvinyl chloride complying with ASTM D 1667, Grade VE 41 BL (3.0 psi compression deflection); except provide higher compression deflection grades as may be necessary to withstand installation forces and provide proper support for sealants, if any. C. CLOSED -CELL SEMI-RIGID PLASTIC JOINT FILLER: Provide semi-rigid, compressible, nonstaining closed -cell plastic joint filler, recommended by manufacturer where low modulus of elasticity is required, but suitable for retaining poured concrete. D. EXPANDED POLYETHYLENE JOINT FILLER: Provide flexible, compressible, closed -cell, polyethylene of not less than 10 psi compression deflection (25%); except provide higher compression deflection strength as may be necessary to withstand installation forces and provide proper support for sealants; surface water absorption of not more than 0.1 lbs. per sq. ft. E. OPEN -CELL POLYURETHANE JOINT FILLER: Provide flexible, highly compressible, open -cell polyurethane foam of not less than 1.3 lbs. per cu. ft. density and not less than 2 psi compression deflection (25%), with not more than 10% compression set for 25 hours at 50% compression; comply with ASTM D 3574. 2.07 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS: A. JOINT PRIMER/SEALER: Provide type of joint primer/sealer recommended by seaant manufacturer for joint surfaces to be primed or sealed. B. BOND BREAKER TAPE: Polyethylene tape or other plastic tape as recommended by sealant manufacturer to be applied to sealant -contact surfaces where bond to substrate or joint filler must be avoided for proper performance of sealant. Provide self-adhesive tape where applicable. C. SEALANT BACKER ROD: Compressible rod stock of polyethylene foam, polyethylene jacketed polyurethane foam, butyl rubber foam, neoprene foam or other flexible, permanent, durable nonabsorptive material as recommended by sealant manufacturer for compatibility with sealant. 2.08 MANUFACTURER: The following manufacturers offering products which may be incorporated in the work include: APPLIED POLYMERS OF AMERICA, INC BOSTIK CHEMICAL GROUP DOW CORNING GE SILICONES PECORA CORP PROTECTIVE TREATMENTS, INC SONNEBORN BUILDING PRODUCTS TREMCO INC W.R. MEADOWS INC 07 90 00 - 3 Rev. 07/01/09 JCPENNEY #0696 TUKWILA, WA SALON REFRESH RENOVATION MARCH 8, 2018 JOINT PROTECTION 07 90 00 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL: A. SEALANT INSTALLATION STANDARD: Comply with recommendations of ASTM C 1193 for use of joint sealants as applicable to materials, applications, and conditions indicated. B. MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS: Comply with manufacturer's printed instructions except where more stringent requirements are shown or specified and except where manufacturer's technical representative directs otherwise. 3.02 JOINT PREPARATION: A. Clean joint surfaces immediately before installation of sealant or caulking compound. Remove dirt, insecure coatings, moisture and other substances which could interfere with bond of sealant or caulking compound. Etch concrete and masonry joint surfaces as recommended by sealant manufacturer. Roughen vitreous and glazed joint surfaces as recommended by sealant manufacturer. B. Prime or seal joint surfaces where indicated, and where recommended by sealant manufacturer. Do not allow primer/sealer to spill or migrate onto adjoining surfaces. 3.03 INSTALLATION: A. Set joint filler units at proper depth or position in joint to coordinate with other work, including installation of bond breakers, backer rods and sealants. Do not leave voids or gaps between ends of joint filler units. B. Install sealant backer rod for liquid elastomeric sealants, except where shown to be omitted or recommended to be omitted by sealant manufacturer for application indicated. C. Install bond breaker tape where indicated and where required by manufacturer's recommendations to ensure that elastomeric sealants will perform properly. D. Employ only proven installation techniques, which will ensure that sealants are deposited in uniform, continuous ribbons without gaps or air pockets, with complete "wetting" of joint bond surfaces equally on opposite sides. Except as otherwise indicated, fill sealant rabbet to a slightly concave surface, slightly below adjoining surfaces. Where horizontal joints are between a horizontal surface and vertical surface, fill joint to form a slight cove, so that joint will not trap moisture and dirt. E. Install sealant to depths as shown or, if not shown, as recommended by sealant manufacturer but within the following general limitations, measured at center (thin) section of bead: F. For sidewalks, pavements and similar joints sealed with elastomeric sealants and subject to traffic and other abrasion and indentation exposures, fill joints to a depth equal to 75% of joint width, but neither more than 5/8" deep nor less than 3/8" deep. G. For normal moving joints sealed with elastomeric sealants but not subject to traffic, fill joints to a depth equal to 50% of joint width, but neither more than 1/2" deep nor less than 1/4" deep. H. For joints sealed with non-elastomeric sealants and caulking compounds, fill joints to a depth in range of 75% to 125% of joint width. I. SPILLAGE: Do not allow sealants or compounds to overflow or spill onto adjoining surfaces or to migrate into voids of adjoining surfaces. Clean adjoining surfaces by whatever means may be necessary to eliminate evidence of spillage. 07 90 00 - 4 Rev. 07/01/09 J JCPENNEY #0696 TUKWILA, WA SALON REFRESH RENOVATION MARCH 8, 2018 J. Do not overheat hot -applied sealants. JOINT PROTECTION 07 90 00 K. Recess exposed edges of gaskets and exposed joint fillers slightly behind adjoining surfaces, unless otherwise shown, so that compressed units will not protrude from joints. 3.04 CURE AND PROTECTION: Cure sealants and caulking compounds in compliance with manufacturer's instructions and recommendations, to obtain high early bond strength, intemal cohesive strength and surface durability. Advise Contractor of procedures required for cure and protection of joint sealers during construction period, so that they will be without deterioration or damage (other than normal wear and weathering) at time of substantial completion. END OF SECTION 07 90 00 - 5 Rev. 07/01/09 JCPENNEY #0696 TUKWILA, WA SALON REFRESH RENOVATION MARCH 8, 2018 DOOR HARDWARE 08 71 00 PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY: A. This section specifies hardware for doors, including electro -mechanical and electronic hardware. B. Hardware for aluminum entrance doors is specified in this Section. C. The key control system is provided in this Section. D. REFERENCED STANDARDS: 1. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) a. NFPA-80 Fire Doors & Windows b. NFPA-101 Life Safety Code 2. Door and Hardware Institute (DHI) "Recommended Locations for Builders' Hardware for Standard Steel Doors and Frame, 1990 Edition". 3. ANSI/BHMA Standards 4. Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA) 1.02 SUBMITTALS: A. General: Submit the following in accordance with Conditions of Contract and Division 1 Specification Sections. B. Hardware Schedules and Product Data: Submit 6 copies of a typed vertical hardware schedule following guide lines as set forth in" Sequence & Format for the Hardware Schedule" published by DHI January 1996. Include manufactures' technical cut sheets for each item of door hardware, installation instructions, maintenance of operating parts and finish and other information necessary to show compliance with requirements. C. Samples: Upon request from the Owner/Designer/Architect, submit a single sample of requested item(s) from the hardware schedule. Samples remain the property of the supplier and will be returned after completion of the project. D. Furnish templates needed by door and frame manufacturer to enable proper machining for the required template hardware. E. Keying Schedule: Upon receipt of approved hardware schedule, obtain the keying information from the owner's representative. Submit 4 copies of keying schedule in accordance with DHI keying manual. F. Submit point-to-point wiring diagrams no later that 10 working days after approval of finish hardware submittal. G. Closeout Submittals: Furnish the following for inclusion in the Owner's Operation and Maintenance Manual, specified in "Closeout Document Procedures", Section 01 77 00. Place in a binder as specified. 1. Final copy of the approved and as -built hardware schedule. 2. Final copy of the approved keying schedule. 3. Final point-to-point wiring and riser diagrams. 4. Catalog cut sheets for each item used in the project. 08 71 00-1 Rev. 3/02/18 JCPENNEY #0696 TUKWILA, WA SALON REFRESH RENOVATION MARCH 8, 2018 DOOR HARDWARE 08 71 00 5. Manufacturers recommended maintenance instructions. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE: A. Manufacturer's model numbers listed in sets are to establish the standard of quality. Similar items from the listed manufacturers that conform to this quality standard may be accepted upon prior approval by the Owner/Architect's approval. B. Single Source Responsibility: Obtain each type of hardware (latch and lock sets, hinges, closers, etc.) from a single manufacturer. C. Supplier Qualifications: A recognized architectural door hardware supplier, with warehousing facilities in the Project's vicinity, that has a record of successful in-service performance for supplying door hardware similar in quantity, type, and quality to that indicated for this Project and employs an experienced architectural hardware consultant (AHC) who is available to Architect and Contractor, at reasonable time during the course of the Work, for consultation. D. Fire -Rated Openings: Provide door hardware for fire -rated openings that complies with NFPA Standard No. 80 and requirements of authorities having jurisdiction. Provide only items of door hardware that are listed and are identical to products tested by UL, Warnock Hersey, FM, or other testing and inspecting organization acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction for use on types and sizes of doors indicated in compliance with requirements of fire -rated door and door frame labels. Equals can be submitted for approval. 1. If pulls and push plates are indicated; delete and provide 1 each latch: Yale PB5401 2. If stops and hollders are indicated; change stops to: Rockwood 471 3. If not already indicated, provide ball-bearing butts and closers as follows: a. Bommer Hinges LB8000 4'/" x 4'/" x 652 b. Norton Closers 8301 BF x 689 4. For pairs of doors, change flush bolts to automatic: a. Rockwood 1842 at hollow metal doors b. Rockwood 1942 at wood doors 5. For pairs of doors, add coordinator: Rockwood 600 x brackets as required. 6. Where emergency exit devices are required on fire -rated doors (with supplementary marking on doors UL or FM labels indicating "fire door to be equipped with fire exit hardware") provide UL or FM label on exit devices indicating "fire exit hardware". 7. If panic devices are indicated; change to: Von Duprin 9957E0 for double doors and add mullion or Von Duprin 9957 for single doors 1.04 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING: A. Hardware shall be delivered to the jobsite in the manufacturer's original packages, marked to correspond with the approved hardware schedule door numbers. Include installation instructions with each item or package. B. Inventory door hardware jointly with representatives of hardware supplier and hardware installer until each is satisfied that count is correct. C. Deliver individually packaged door hardware items promptly to place of installation shop or project site. 08 71 00-2 Rev. 3/02/18 JCPENNEY #0696 TUKWILA, WA SALON REFRESH RENOVATION MARCH 8, 2018 DOOR HARDWARE 08 71 00 D. Provide a clears, dry, locked and lighted room with shelves exclusively used to store builder's hardware. Control handling arid installation of hardware items, so that completion of the Work will not be delayed by hardware losses, both before and after installation. 1.05 WARRANTY: A. Submit manufacturer's standard written product warranty, guaranteeing to repair or replace defective products during the following extended warranty periods. Hinges -lifetime; Closers -ten years; closers with electric components -two years; exit devices -five years; exit devices with electric components -two years; locksets-two years. B. The warranty period shall commence upon the time of Substantial Completion. 1.06 MAINTENANCE: After final adjustment of door hardware, turn over to Owner tools and installation instructions furnished during construction used for the installation and adjustment of hardware items. PART 2 — PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following or submit an equal for approval. A. Butts and Hinoes: Listed Manufacturer/Item # Alternate Manufacturer/Item # Altemate Manufacturer/Item # Bommer 8000 Hager 700 McKinney T714 Bommer LB8000 Hager AB700 McKinney TA714 Bommer LB8002 Hager AB800 McKinney TA314 Bommer LB4310 Hager McKinney B. Key Control System: Listed Manufacturer/Item # (no alternate) Lund 1203 C. Cylinders, Locks and Deadlocks: Listed Manufacturer/Item # Alternate Manufacturer Altemate Manufacturer/Item # Altemate Manufacturer/Item # Yale 1152 Best Corbin-Russwin 1000 Sargent 40 Yale 1109 Best Corbin-Russwin 3000 Sargent 34 Yale 2153 Best Corbin-Russwin CL3300 x PZD Sargent 10 Series x LP Yale PB5400LN Best Corbin-Russwin DL2100 Sargent 480 Yale 3600 Best Corbin-Russwin PL5100 Sargent 758-2 Yale PBR8864 Best Schlage L9496P Best 1 E (no alternate manufacturer's since the mortise cylinder is supplied with the door) D. Bolts and Strikes: Listed Manufacturer/Item # Alternate Manufacturer/Item # Altemate Manufacturer/Item # Rockwood 555 Triangle Brass 3917 Ives FB258N Rockwood 570 Triangle Brass 3911 Ives DP2 E. Exit/Panic Devices: Listed Manufacturer/Item # Altemate Manufacturer/Item # Altemate Manufacturer/Item # *Von Du.rin 9957 N/A N/A "Von Du.rin 9957E0 N/A N/A *Von Du.rin 9957NL-F N/A N/A 08 71 00-3 Rev. 3/02/18 JCPENNEY #0696 TUKWILA, WA SALON REFRESH RENOVATION MARCH 8.2018 *Von Duprin 99L -BE N/A ------------------ -- .. -- N/A Von Duprin 9975E0 Corbin Russwin Yale Von Duprin 9975-L Corbin Russwin ED5600Lx L9M55 Yale 7130 x 556AU **Trident TEL -100 and TEL -200 Sargent CL -4060 Reese *Note: There is no known equal for the 3 point locking system of the Von Duprin 9957/9957E0/9957NL-F **Note: For existing door only. F. Push/Pull Units: Listed Manufacturer/Item # Alternate Manufacturer/Item # Altemate Manufacturer/Item # Rockwood 112 x 70B Triangle Brass 1195-2 x 1001-2 Ives 8303-0-630-3'/2" x 12" Rockwood 70F Triangle Brass 1001-11 Ives 8200-630-6" x 16" G. Overhead Closers: Listed Manufacturer/Item # Altemate Manufacturer/Item # Altemate Manufacturer/Item # Norton 8301 BF LCN 1461 Yale 3000 H. Power Door Operators and Activator (For Swinging Doors): Alternate Manufacturer/Item # Alternate Manufacturer/ Item # Altemate Manufacturer/Item # Alternate Manufacturer/Item # Stanley Magic Force LCN 4640CS Sargent CL -4051 x 4001 D Norton 6920D Norton 6910 LCN 4630CS Sargent CL -4060 Reese Norton 684 LCN 853T Sargent Stanley I. Kick, Mop and Plastic Guards: Listed Manufacturer/Item # Alternate Manufacturer/Item # Altemate Manufacturer/Item # Rockwood K1050 Triangle Brass K0050 Ives 8400 J. Door Stops, Door Stop/Holders: Listed Manufacturer/Item # Alternate Manufacturer/Item # Alternate Manufacturer/Item # Rockwood 471 Triangle Brass 1201 Ives FS444 Rockwood 473 Triangle Brass 1224 Ives FS446 Rockwood 409 Pemko Reese K Door Strippin4 and Seals: Listed Manufacturer/Item # Alternate Manufacturer/Item # Altemate Manufacturer/Item # National Guard 160V Pemko 303 Reese 128V L. Thresholds: Listed Manufacturer/Item # Altemate Manufacturer/Item # Alternate Manufacturer/Item # National Guard 896V Pemko 2005 Reese S483 National Guard 424 Pemko 170 Reese S204 National Guard 8145 Pemko Reese M. Door Sweeps Listed Manufacturer/Item # Altemate Manufacturer/Item # Alternate Manufacturer/Item # National Guard 101VA Pemko 345AV Reese N. Meeting Stile Weather-stripping: Listed Manufacturer/Item # Alternate Manufacturer/Item # Alternate Manufacturer/Item # National Guard 125NA Pemko 305CN Reese M35A 0. Door Scope: Listed Manufacturer/Item # DuSeung DS1000-MG P. Entrance Door Push / Pulls (For Swinging Storefront Doors); 08 71 00-4 Rev. 3/02/18 JCPENNEY #0696 TUKWILA, WA SALON REFRESH RENOVATION MARCH 8.2018 Listed Manufacturer # Alternate Manufacturer Alternate Manufacturer Alternate Manufacturer Alternate Manufacturer Alternate Manufacturer Kawneer C0-09 LIS Aluminum PPG YKK Vistawall Tubelite Kawneer CP -11 LIS Aluminum PPG YKK Vistawall Tubelite Q. Drip Edge Listed Manufacturer # Alternate Manufacturer Altemate Manufacturer Alternate Manufacturer National Guard 16A Reese R201C Pemko 346 Hager 810S R. Dummy Trim: Listed Manufacturer/Item # Alternate Manufacturer/Item # Altemate Manufacturer/Item # Yale PB455LN Sargent 10U93LP Schlage ND170SPA S. Roller Catch: Listed Manufacturer # Alternate Manufacturer Altemate Manufacturer Alternate Manufacturer Rockwood 590 Ives RL32 Hager 318D Stanley SP23 T. Door Coordinator: Listed Manufacturer/Item # Alternate Manufacturer/Item # Alternate Manufacturer/Item # Hager 297D x 297F x 297N x 297M (Brackets as required) Ives Cor x FB (brackets as required) Door Filler 600 w/filler 601AP & 601C (brackets as required) U. Automatic Sliding Doors with Motion Sensors: Listed Manufacturer/Item # Alternate Manufacturer/Item # Alternate Manufacturer/Item # Stanley DG3000 Equal Equal V. Sliding Door Cylinder Rina: Listed Manufacturer/Item # Alternate Manufacturer/Item # Altemate Manufacturer/Item # Best/Stanley 1E -R8 626 Equal Equal 2.02 MATERIALS: A. Hinges: Unless otherwise noted, hinges when listed in sets shall be the three knuckle type and they shall meet or exceed ANSI/BHMA 156.1. Hinges shall have a lifetime warranty. 1. Hinge Pins: Except as otherwise indicated, provide hinge pins as follows: a. Out -swing exterior doors to have non -removable pins (NRP). Also required for money room door. b. Interior doors shall have non -rising pins. c. Tips: Flat button and matching plug, finished to match leaves. 2. Number of Hinges: Provide number of hinges indicated but not less than 3 hinges per door leaf for doors that are 90 inches or less in height and one additional hinge for each 30 inches of additional height. 3. Size of Hinges: As specified in hardware sets but not less than 4-1/2" for 1-3/4" doors up to 42" wide; 5" for 1-3/4" doors over 42" wide; and 3-1/2" for 1-3/8" doors up to 36" wide. B. Flush Bolts: Unless otherwise noted provide flush bolts and dust proof strikes from the listed manufacturers that conform to ANSI/BHMA A115.4. Unless otherwise listed in sets, provide the following, also provide a soffit mounted coordinator from same manufacturer as flush bolts. C. Locks/Latches: Provide cylindrical Iocksets that conform to ANSI/BHMA A156.2, Series 4000 Grade 1. Curved lip strikes at single doors, 7/8" lip to center at pairs of doors. 08 71 00-5 Rev. 3/02/18 JCPENNEY #0696 TUKWILA, WA SALON REFRESH RENOVATION MARCH 8, 2018 DOOR HARDWARE 08 71 00 D. Exit Devices: Provide heavy duty, security, fire rated and non -fire rated exit devices from the same manufacturer that conforms to ANSI/BHMA A156.3 Standard for Gradel and shall have the proper UL listings and labels. Lever trim shall match the design of the locksets. E. Push/Pulls: Provide solid stainless steel pulls mounted to .05" thick stainless steel plates 3'/" wide x 15" long that comply with ANSI/BHMI A156.6 standard J401, and will be 1" diameter with 12" inches on center. F. Door Closer: Provide a surface mounted door closer that complies with ANSI/BHMA A156.4 grade 1 standard CO2011 or CO2021. Provide right/left hand mounting brackets at single doors as required for proper installation. Install closing devices away from public view when possible. G. Door Operators: Provide a low power closer/opener device that conforms to ANSI A156.19 standards and UL requirements for the accessible door opening. Provide a ten-year warranty on the closer body and a two-year warranty on the complete system. Provide mounting plates needed for the proper installation and use of these units. Include push type wall and keyed cut off switches. H. Protection plates: Provide kick, armor and mop plates that conform to ANSI 156,6 standard J102 or J103. Thickness shall be .05" and have beveled edges. Height of protection plates shall be as listed in sets. The width of the kickplates shall be less — 1 '/" for single doors and less — 1" for pairs of doors. Mop plates shall be less — 1" for single and less —'/" for pairs. Fasteners shall be countersunk oval head sheet metal screws. I. Door Stops: Provide doorstops that conform to ANSI 156.16 grade 1. J. Thresholds, weather-stripping, gasketing: Provide perimeter gasketing, door bottoms, thresholds, astragals, etc that conforms to ANSI/BHMA A156.22 standard on all exterior doors. Provide non -corrosive fasteners for exterior applications and elsewhere as required. K. Silencers: At openings that do not have gasketing, provide rubber silencers. Comply with ANSI/BHMA A156.16 standard L03011. Supply 3 silencers for a single opening and 2 for paired opening. L. Drip Caps: Provide drip caps at all exterior doors as specified that are not under cover of a canopy. 2.03 FINISHES: A. The designations used in the hardware schedules indicate hardware finishes as the industry -recognized standard commercial finishes, except as otherwise noted. B. Conform to ANSI/BHMA A156.18 Standard for architectural finishes, use brushed stainless steel 630 (US32D, brushed chrome 626 or 652 (US26D). Use 689 powder coat finish on closer bodies, arms and covers. Weatherstrip extrusions and thresholds are to be aluminum. ANSI/BHMA FINISH CODE NUMBERS CODE DESCRIPTION BASE MATERIAL NEAREST FORMER U.S. MATERIAL EQUILIVENT 626 Satin Chromium Plated Brass, Bronze US26D 628 Satin Aluminum, Clear Anodized Aluminum US28 630 Satin Stainless Steel Stainless Steel 300 Series US32D 652 Satin Chromium Plated Steel US26D 689 Aluminum Painted Any US28 C. In existing conditions, where hardware schedule indicates, match existing dark bronze finish and sheen. D. Match items to the manufacturer's standard color and texture finish for the latch and locksets (or push- pull units of no latch or locksets). 08 71 00-6 Rev. 3/02/18 JCPENNEY #0696 TUKWILA, WA SALON REFRESH RENOVATION MARCH 8, 2018 2.04 KEYING: DOOR HARDWARE 08 71 00 A. Provide a new GMK system for the complete project. Cylinders, cylinder plugs and keys shall be from the same manufacturer as the locksets. B. All cylinders are to be six pinned and construction keyed allowing for the use of a non -permanent key to be used during construction. A special break out key is used to permanently void the construction key allowing the permanent keying to be used. All cylinder plugs and permanent keys are to be stamped with visual key control. C. Metals: Construct lock cylinder parts from brass or bronze, stainless steel or nickel silver. D. Comply with JCPenney's instructions for master keying and, except as otherwise indicated, provide individual change key for each lock that is not designated to be keyed alike with a group of related locks. Permanently inscribe each key with number of lock that identifies cylinder manufacturer's key symbol, and notation, 'DO NOT DUPLICATE'. E. Key material: Provide keys of nickel silver only. F. Key Quantity: Furnish 3 change keys for each lock, 5 master keys for each master system. Furnish one extra blank for each lock. 2.05 KEY CONTROL: A. Provide a Lund 1203 Wall key cabinet with two tag key control system including envelopes, labels, tags with self-locking key clips, receipt forms, 3 -way visible card index, and standard metal cabinet. B. Project hardware supplier to deliver a complete and set up cross indexed key control system, and place keys on markers and hooks in the cabinet as determined by the final key schedule. C. Deliver key cabinets to the On-site JCPenney Field Representative. The unopened package is to be given to the Store Manager upon arrival to the site. D. Provide wall hooks in the Money Room for placement of key cabinet. E. If Keying System is not shown elsewhere in the construction documents, use the following guidelines: GRAND MASTER 1GM All interior and exterior doors except Money Room MASTERKEY A 1A Catalog/Associate's Entrance, Exterior Vestibule Entrances, Optical Office, Receiving Service Doors to exterior, Knox Box Entrance, Sprinkler Room Entrance and Mall Entrances 2A Exterior doors to Transformer Room/Vault, and any other Utility Room having no interior means of entry 3A Roof Hatch, Overhead Doors MASTERKEY B 1B Interior doors including Store Manager's Office, Salon Manager's Office, Office Specialist's Office and POS Room, but not including Money Room 2B Stock or Storage Rooms, including Salon Stockrooms 3B Interior to all Utility Rooms including Mechanical/Sprinkler Room, Emergency Generator Room, Electrical Panel Rooms, Main switch gear Room, Janitor Closets, Floor Care Room and all other 08 71 00-7 Rev. 3/02/18 JCPENNEY #0696 TUKWILA, WA SALON REFRESH RENOVATION MARCH 8, 2018 Utility Rooms 4B Fine Jewelry Safe Closet DOOR HARDWARE 08 71 00 MASTERKEY C 1C Money Room (This key is not subject to any other masterkey) MASTERKEY D 1D Loss Prevention Offices PART 3 - EXECUTION: 3.01 INSTALLATION: A. Verify frames are plumb and doors are ready to receive work, and dimensions are as indicated on shop drawings or as instructed by manufacturers. B. Verify power supply is available to electrically operated device. C. Beginning of installation means acceptance of existing conditions. D. General: 1. Install each hardware item in accordance with each manufacturer's instructions and recommendations. 2. Retain 2 copies of installation templates and installation instructions for inclusion into maintenance manuals for project closeout. 3. Install no hardware until substrate finishes are compllete. 4. Wherever cutting and fitting is required to install hardware onto or into surfaces which are later to be painted or otherwise finished; install each item completely then remove and store during application of finishes; reinstall upon completion of finishing operations. 5. Set items level, plumb and true to line and location. 6. Adjust and reinforce attachment substrate as necessary for a secure installation. 7. Drill and countersink items no factory prepared for fasteners. 8. Space fasteners and anchors per manufacturer's instructions and in accordance with industry standards. 9. Do not install hardware on doors, with have been improperly prepared. 10. Attach wall mounted hardware to concealed wall blocking. Do not install wall) mounted hardware where wall blocking has not been installed and arrange for blocking to be installed before proceeding. E. Installation Clarification: Direct questions regarding placement of hardware to Owner/Architect for clarification prior to installation. F. Set thresholds for exterior doors in full bed of butyl -rubber or polyisobutylene mastic sealant complying with requirements specified in Division 7 Section "Joint Protection". G. Weather-stripping and Seals: Comply with manufacturer's instructions and recommendations to the extent installation requirements are not otherwise indicated. 08 71 00-8 Rev. 3/02/18 • • JCPENNEY #0696 TUKWILA, WA SALON REFRESH RENOVATION MARCH 8, 2018 DOOR HARDWARE 08 71 00 3.02 ADJUSTING, CLEANING AND DEMONSTRATING: A. Adjust and check each operating item of hardware and each door to ensure proper operation or function of every unit. Replace units that cannot be adjusted to operate freely and smoothly or as intended for the application made. Where door hardware is installed more than one month prior to acceptance or occupancy of a space or area, return to the installation during the week prior to acceptance or occupancy and make final check and adjustment of all hardware items in such space or area. Clean operating items as necessary to restore proper function and finish of hardware and doors. Make final adjustments to closing devices after HVAC system has been activated and balanced. B. The mechanical hardware installer shall be present when the electronic systems are connected to provide the final mechanical adjustments needed for the opening to operate properly. C. Clean adjacent surfaces soiled by hardware installation. D. Prior to acceptance of job, clean hardware surfaces on both interior and exterior doors of mortar, plaster, paint, caulking and other contaminants. Replace hardware damaged after installation or where finish cannot be restored after cleaning. E. Instruct Owner's personnel in the proper adjustment and maintenance of door hardware and finishes. 3.03 PROTECTION: A. Installed Hardware: 1. Protect Builder's Hardware against damage. 2. Remove protective coverings from hardware after surrounding surfaces have received final painting or refinishing and room or area is ready for final inspection. 3. Replace damaged hardware units and units which cannot be refinished to the Architect's/Owner's satisfaction. B. Installed Doors: 1. Do not prop doors open using an item wedged between hinge jamb and door. 2. Use only rubber stops, cardboard or rope to hold doors open. 3.04 HARDWARE SCHEDULE: General: Provide hardware for each door to comply with requirements of Section "Door Hardware", hardware set numbers indicated in door schedule, and in the following schedule of hardware sets. Hardware sets indicate quantity, item manufacturer and product designation. Alternate manufacturers and item numbers are listed in Part 2, Section 2.01 of this specification. * Some functions noted do not apply to each store, use only those apply. Hardware Set No.1--Single Door (Sales to Exterior*, Mailroom to Exterior, Receiving Area/Dock to Exterior*, Offices to Exterior) 3 ea Hinges LB8002 4'/2" x 4'/" x NRP x 630 Bommer 1 ea Exit Device 9957 x LD x SNB x US32D Von Duprin 1 ea Closer 8301 BF x SNB x 689 Norton 1 ea Latch Guard LG1 x 32D Ives 1 ea Threshold 896V-36" National Guard 1 set Weather -striping 160V-36" x 84" National Guard 1 ea Drip Cap 16A-40" National Guard 1 ea Door Sweep 101 VA -36" National Guard 1 ea* Door Scope - DS1000-MG DuSeung 08 71 00-9 Rev. 3/02/18 JCPENNEY #0696 TUKWILA, WA SALON REFRESH RENOVATION MARCH 8, 2018 DOOR HARDWARE 08 71 00 NOTE: (1) Add door scope to Receiving Area/Dock door only. (2) When adding hardware to an existing emergency exit, the following can be used in place of Exit device by Von Duprin listed above: Trident TEL -200 (Self Locking) and Trident TEL -100 (Manual Locking) Exception: Associates door to exterior. Hardware Set No. 2—Pair of Storefront Doors (Vestibule to Exterior Swinging Doors – Accessible Entrance) Refer to Figures 1, 2, and 3.. 6 ea 1 ea 1 ea 2 ea 1 ea 1 ea 1 ea 1 set 2 ea 1 set 1 ea Hinges LB8006 4'/" x 4" x NRP x 630 Bommer Three Point Lock MS1850S x 4015 x 4085 x 628 Adams Rite Mortise Cylinder 1152 x 1161L x 626 Yale Door Pull CO -09 / Door Push CP -11 Kawneer Power Operator Magic -Access with Magic Touch Stanley Activation (one leaf per bank of doors) Closer 8301 BF x SNB x 689 (one leaf per bank of doors) Norton Threshold 8145-72" National Guard Weather-stripping by Door Manufacturer Door Sweeps By Door Manufacturer Meeting Stile Weather-stripping by Door Manufacturer Key Switch MKA Securitron NOTE: (1) Accessible leaf to receive Magic -Access power operator and to be activated by "push and go" feature, to be initiated by push force exiting the building and pull force entering the building. Non -accessible leaf to receive Norton closer. (2) Magic -Access power operator to be equipped with Function 65 Sequencer Module MC-Linx by BEA to be used for delay and hold -open sequencing. Coordinate sequencer with accessible leaf of "vestibule to sales" door. (3) The key switch is to control the accessible leaf and to activate the system during store hours and deactivate the system during non -store hours. (4) Three point lock system to be equipped with locked and unlocked indicator equivalent to Adams Rite Model 4089. (5) Interior side of accessible leaf to receive signs indicating "push and go" feature for exiting. (6) Door lock to be equipped with cylinder on the interior and blank on the exterior for keyed operation from the interior only. Hardware Set No. 3—Pair of Storefront Doors (Vestibule to Sales Swinging Doors – Accessible Entrance) Refer to Figures 1, 6 ea 1 ea 1 ea 2 ea 1 ea 1 ea 1 ea 1 set 2 ea 1 set Hinges LB8006 4'/" x 4" x NRP x 630 Three Point Lock MS1850S x 4015 x 4085 x 628 Mortise Cylinder 1152 x 1161L x 626 Door Pull CO -09 / Door Push CP -11 Power Operator Magic -Access with Magic Touch Activation (one leaf in bank of doors) Closer 8301 BF x SNB x 689 (one leaf per bank of doors) Threshold 8145-72" Weather-stripping by Door Manufacturer Door Sweeps by Door Manufacturer Meeting Stile Weather-stripping by Door Manufacturer 2, and 3. Bommer Adams Rite Yale Kawneer Stanley Norton National Guard NOTE: (1) Accessible leaf to receive Magic -Access power operator and to be activated by "push and go" feature, to be initiated by push force exiting the building and pull force entering the building. Non -accessible leaf to receive Norton closer. 08 71 00-10 Rev. 3/02/18 JCPENNEY #0696 TUKWILA, WA SALON REFRESH RENOVATION MARCH 8, 2018 DOOR HARDWARE 08 71 00 (2) Magic -Access power operator to be equipped with Function 65 Sequencer Module MC-Linx by BEA to be used for delay and hold -open sequencing. Coordinate sequencer with accessible leaf of "vestibule to exterior" door. (3) The key switch is to control the accessible leaf and to activate the system during store hours and deactivate the system during non -store hours. (4) Three point lock system to be equipped with locked and unlocked indicator equivalent to Adams Rite Model 4089. (5) Interior side of accessible leaf to receive signs indicating "push and go" feature for exiting. (6) Door locks should be equipped cylinders on both the exterior and interior for keyed operation from both sides. Hardware Set No. 4A—Pair of Storefront Entrance Doors (Vestibule to Exterior Swinging Doors) Refer to Figure 3. 6 ea Hinges LB8006 4'/" x 4" x NRP x 630 Bommer 1 ea Three Point Lock MS1850S x 4015 x 4085 x 628 Adams Rite 1 ea Mortise Cylinder 1152 x 1161L x 626 Yale 2 ea Door Pull CO -09 / Door Push CP -11 Kawneer 2 ea Closer 8301 BF x SNB x 689 Norton 1 ea Threshold 8145-72" National Guard 1 set Weather-stripping by Door Manufacturer 2 ea Door Sweeps By Door Manufacturer 1 set Meeting Stile Weather-stripping by Door Manufacturer NOTE: Door lock to be equipped with cylinder on the interior and blank on the exterior for keyed operation from the interior only. Hardware Set No. 4B—Pair of Storefront Entrance Doors (Vestibule to Exterior Swinging Doors– Associates Entrance) Refer to Figure 1. 6 ea Hinges LB8006 4'/" x 4" x NRP x 630 IBommer 1 ea Three Point Lock MS1850S x 4015 x 4085 x 628 Adams Rite 1 ea Mortise Cylinder 1152 x 1161L x 626 Yale 1 ea Cylinder Guard MS4043 x 630 Adams Rite 2 ea Door Pull CO -09 / Door Push CP -11 Kawneer 2 ea Closer 8301 BF x SNB x 689 Norton 1 ea Threshold 8145-72" National Guard 1 set Weather-stripping by Door Manufacturer 2 ea Door Sweeps By Door Manufacturer 1 set Meeting Stile Weather-stripping by Door Manufacturer NOTE: (1) Door locks should be equipped cylinders on both the exterior and interior for keyed operation from both sides. (2) Exterior side of door is to receive cylinder guard. Hardware Set No. 5A—Pair of Storefront Entrance Doors (Vestibule to Sales Swinging doors) Refer to Figures 1, 2, and 3. 6 ea Hinges LB8006 4' /2" x 4" x NRP x 630 Bommer 1 ea Three Point Lock MS1850S x 4015 x 4085 x 628 Adams Rite 1 ea Mortise Cylinder 1152 x 1161L x 626 Yale 2 ea Door Pull CO -09 / Door Push CP -11 Kawneer 1 ea Cylinder Guard MS4043 x 630 Adams Rite 2 ea Closers 8301 BF x SNB x 689 Norton 1 ea Threshold 8145-72" National Guard 1 set Weather-stripping by Door Manufacturer 2 ea Door Sweeps By Door Manufacturer 1 set Meeting Stile Weather-stripping by Door Manufacturer NOTE: 08 71 00-11 Rev. 3/02/18 JCPENNEY #0696 TUKWILA, WA SALON REFRESH RENOVATION MARCH 8, 2018 DOOR HARDWARE 08 71 00 (1) Door locks should be equipped cylinders on both the exterior and interior for keyed operation from both sides. ASSOCIATES ENTRANCE DESIGNATED ASSOCIATE'S DUNCE DOOR LEAF, WHEN SEPERATE LOCATION IS UNAWAKE a NOTE DESIGNATED ASSOCIATE'S ENTRANCE AT SEPERATE LOCATION * NOTE: DESIGNATED ASSOCIATE'S ENTRANCE AT SEPERATE LOCATION INTERIOR EXTERIOR FIGURE 1 INTERIOR DOCRTIA EXTERIOR FIGURE 2 INTERIOR �Yi✓ DOOR TYPE ACCESSIBLE ENTRANCE DESIGNATED POWERED DDDR LEAF ACTIVATED BY `PUSH AND GO" FEATURE. COORDINATE SEQUENCER BETWEEN DOORS EXTERIOR TO VESTIBULE AND VESTIBULE TO INTERIOR DOORS. ACCESSIBLE ENTRANCE DESIGNATED POWERED DOOR LEAF ACTIVATED BY "PUSH AND G0" FEATURE. COORDINATE SEQUENCER BETWEEN DOORS EXTERIOR TO VESTIBULE AND VESTIBULE TO INTEROR DOORS. SET r ACCESSIBLE ENTRANCE DESOLATED POWERED DOOR tBf ACTIVATED BY 'PUSH AND GO' FEATURE COORDINATE SEQUENCER BETWEEN DOORS EXTERIOR TO VESTMILE AND VESTIBULE TO INTERIOR COORS. EXT 08 71 00-12 Rev. 3/02/18 DOOR TOE DOOR NURSER MOUE SET 74 1.6 • JCPENNEY #0696 TUKWILA, WA SALON REFRESH RENOVATION MARCH 8, 2018 DOOR HARDWARE 08 71 00 FIGURE 3 Hardware Set No. 5B—Single Door (Applicable when associate door separated from front door) (Associates Entrance – Exterior Door) 3 ea Hinges LB8002 41/2" x4'/2" x NRP x 630 Bommer 1 ea Exit Device 9957NL-F x US32D Von Duprin 1 ea Closer 8301 BF x SNB x 689 Norton 1 ea Latch Guard LG1 x 32D National Guard 1 ea Drip Cap 16A-40" Ives 1 ea Threshold 896V-36" National Guard 1 set Weather-stripping 160V-36" x 84" National Guard 1 ea Door Sweeps 101 VA -36" National Guard 1 ea Door Scope DS1000 MG DuSeung Hardware Set No. 6—Single Door (Applicable when associate door separated from front door) (Associate Entrance – Interior Door to Sales) 3 ea Hinges LB8002 4'/" x 4" x NRP x 630 Bommer 1 ea Exit Device 99L -BE x 17 x US26D Von Duprin 1 ea Closer 8301 BF x SNB x 689 Norton 1 ea Latch Guard LG1 x US32D Ives 1 ea Threshold 896V-36" National Guard 1 set Weather-stripping 160V-36" x 84" National Guard 1 ea Door Sweeps 101 VA -36" National Guard Hardware Set No. 7—Single Door (Optical Reception to Exterior – where applicable) 3 ea Hinges LB8006 4'/2" x 41/2" x NRP x 630 Bommer 1 ea Lock MS1851S x 628 Adams Rite 2 ea Mortise Cylinders 1152 x 1161L x 626 Yale 1 ea Cylinder Guard MS4043 x 630 Adams Rite 2 ea Door Pull CO -09 / Door Push CP -11 Kawneer 1 ea Closer 8301 BF x SNB x 689 Norton 1 ea Threshold 896V-36" National Guard 1 ea Weather-stripping by storefront manufacturer 1 ea Door Sweep by storefront manufacturer NOTE: Cylinder should be provided on both the Exterior and the Interior for keyed operation from both sides. Hardware Set No. 8.—Pair of Doors (When Applicable) (Sales to Exterior) 6 ea Hinges LB80002 41/2" x 4'h" x NRP x 630 Bommer 2 ea Exit Device 9957E0 x LD x 3' x 7' x SNB x US32D Von Duprin 1 ea Steel Mullion 4954-7' Von Duprin 2 ea Closer 8301 BF x SNB x 689 Norton 2 ea Door Stop 471 x 626 Rockwood 1 ea Thresholds 896V-72" National Guard 2 sets Weather-stripping 160V-36" x 84" National Guard 2 ea Door Sweeps 101 VA -36" National Guard 1 ea Drip Cap 16A-76" National Guard NOTE: Brackets as required (1) When adding hardware to an existing emergency exit, the following can be used in place of Exit device by Von Duprin listed above: Trident TEL -200 (Self Locking) and Trident TEL -100 (Manual Locking) Hardware Set No.9—Overhead Doors (Receiving Area/Dock Overhead Doors to Exterior) 08 71 00-13 Rev. 3/02/18 JCPENNEY #0696 TUKWILA, WA SALON REFRESH RENOVATION MARCH 8, 2018 1 ea Padlock 2840 Balance of hardware by door supplier. Hardware Set No. 10—Single Door (Receiving Area/Dock Compactor Door) All hardware is supplied and installed by Compactor Manufacturer. DOOR HARDWARE 08 71 00 Yale Hardware Set No. 11—Single Door (Sprinkler Control Room to Exterior) 3 ea Hinges LB8002 4 %" x 4 %' x NRP x 630 Hager 1 ea Latch Set PB5405LN x 693 x 497 x 626 Yale 1 ea Deadbolt 3612 x 541 x 626 Yale 1 ea Closer 8301 BF x SNB x 689 Norton 1 ea Stop/Hlolder 473 x 626 Rockwood 1 ea Threshold 424-36" National Guard 1 set Weather-stripping 160V-36" x 84" National Guard 1 ea Door Sweep 101 VA -36" National Guard 1 ea Drip Cap 16A-40" National Guard Hardware Set No. 12—Pair of Doors (High Impact Double Acting Doors from Receiving Area/Dock to Stock, Stock to Catalog, and Sales to Stock) All hardware is by door manufacturer. Reference specifications section 08300. Hardware Set No. 13—Single Doors (Fitting Room to Hallway) 3 ea Hinges 5000 4'/2" x 4'/" x 652 Bommer 1 ea Privacy Lockset PB5402LN x 693 x 497 x 626 Yale 1 ea Wall Stop 409 Rockwood 3 ea Silencers 608 Rockwood NOTE: If door hits a mirror, use Heavy Hinge Pin Stop 528 by Rockwood, instead of Wall Stop 409. Hardware Set No. 14 Single Door (Switchgear Room) 3 ea Hinges LB8000 4' /2" x 4'A" x 652 Hinges 1 ea Lockset PB5405LN x 694 x 497 x 626 Yale 1 ea Closer 8301 BF x SNB x 689 Norton 1 ea Door Stop 471 x 626 Rockwood 3 ea Silencers 608 Rockwood Hardware Set No. 15—Pair of Doors (When Applicable) (Closet to Cash Wrap) 6 ea Hinges LB4310 4'/" x 4'/2" x 652 Bommer 2 ea Dummy Trim PB455LN x 626 Yale 2 ea Door Stop 471 x 626 Rockwood 2 ea Roller Catch 590 Rockwood 2 ea Silencers 608 Rockwood Hardware Set No. 16—Single Doors (Stock to Studio B, OMR to Hallway, Shoe Stock to Sales, Sephora Stock to Sales, Red Box Stock to Sales, Jewelry Closet to Sales–non safe, Hallway to Pricing/Signing Room) 3 ea Hinges LB8000 x 4'/2" x 4'/" x 652 Bommer 1 ea Lockset PB5405LN x 694 x 497 x 626 Yale 1 ea Closer 8301 BF x SNB x 689 Norton 1 ea Door Stop/Holder 471 x 626 Rockwood 3 ea Silencers 608 Rockwood Hardware Set No.17—Single Door 08 71 00-14 Rev. 3/02/18 JCPENNEY #0696 TUKWILA, WA SALON REFRESH RENOVATION MARCH 8, 2018 DOOR HARDWARE 08 71 00 (Offices Hallway to Offices Hallway) 3 ea Hinges LB8000 4'/2" x 4'/" x 652 Bommer 1 ea Latchset PB5401 LN x 693 x 497 x 626 Yale 1 ea Closer 8301BF x SNB x 689 Norton 1 ea Door Stop/Holder 473 x 626 Rockwood 3 ea Silencers 608 Rockwood Hardware Set No. 18 (Family Restroom to Hallway) 3 ea Hinges LB8000 4'/" x 4'/2" x 652 Bommer 1 ea Privacy Lockset PB5402LN x 693 x 497 x 626 Yale 1 ea Closer 8301BF x SNB x 689 Norton 1 ea Door Stop 471 x 626 Rockwood 1 ea Kickplate K1050 10" x 34'/2" x 630 Rockwood 1 ea Mop Plate K1050 6" x 630 Rockwood 3 ea Silencers 608 Rockwood 1 ea Door Shoes 211AV Pemko Hardware Set No. 19—Single Door (Electrical Closet to Stock, Training Room to Hallway, Conference Room to Hallway, Store Manager to Hallway, SSM to Hallway, Pricing/Signing to Stock, Electrical Closet to Pricing/Signing Room, Optical Office to Optical Reception – where applicable ) 3 ea Hinges LB8000 4'/" x 4'/" x 652 Bommer 1 ea Lockset PB5408LN x 694 x 497 x 626 Yale 1 ea Door Stop 471 x 626 Rockwood 1 ea Silencers 608 Rockwood Hardware Set No. 20—Single Door (Stock to Sales, Loss Prevention to Stock, Loss Prevention to Hallway, Loss Prevention to Pricing/Signing, Electrical Closet to Sales, Studio B to Portrait Studio, JCP Services to Stock, Closet to Optical Sales - where applicable, Pricing/Signing to Sales -where applicable) 3 ea Hinges LB8000 4'/2" x 4'/2" x 652 Bommer 1 ea Lockset PB5408LN x 694 x 497 x 626 Yale 1 ea Closer 8301BF x SNB x 689 Norton 1 ea Door Stop/Holder 473 x 626 Rockwood 3 ea Silencers 608 Rockwood Hardware Set No. 21—Single Door (Waxing to Salon, Salon Restroom to Shampoo/Salon, Changing room to Portrait, Family Restroom in Children's Department to Sales) 3 ea Hinges LB8000 4'/" x 4'/" x 652 Bommer 1 ea Privacy Lockset PB5402LN x 693 x 497 x 626 Yale 1 ea Closer 8301BF x SNB x 689 Norton 1 ea Door Stop 471 x 626 Rockwood 3 ea Silencers 608 Rockwood 1 ea Door Shoes 211Av Pemko Hardware Set No. 22—Pair of Doors (Double Door Vestibule to Sales – where applicable) 6 ea Hinges LB8000 4'/" x 4'/" x 652 Bommer 2 ea Door Pulls 112 x 70B x 630 Rockwood 2 ea Push Plates 70F x 630 Rockwood 2 ea Closers 8301BF x SNB x 689 Norton 2 ea Door Stops 471 x 626 Rockwood 2 ea Silencers 608 Rockwood 08 71 00-15 Rev. 3/02/18 JCPENNEY #0696 TUKWILA, WA SALON REFRESH RENOVATION MARCH 8, 2018 DOOR HARDWARE 08 71 00 Hardware Set No. 23—Pair of Doors (Main Switchgear to Stock) 6 ea Hinges LB8000 4'/" x 4'/" x 652 Bommer 1 ea 9975-L x LD x SNB x US32D Von Duprin 1 ea 9927E0 x LD x SNB x US32D Von Duprin 1 ea Door Coordinator 297D x 297F x 297M Hager (brackets as required) 2 ea Closers 8301 BF x SNB x 689 Norton 1 ea Astragal 146N National Guard 1 ea Threshold 800 National Guard 2 ea Door Stops 471 x 626 Rockwood 2 ea Silencers 608 Rockwood Hardware Set No. 24—Pair of Doors (Visual Workroom to Stock, Maintenance Floor Workroom to Stock) 6 ea Hinges LB8000 4'/" x 4 %" x 652 Bommer 1 ea Dust Proof Strike 570 x 626 Rockwood 2 ea Flush Bolts 555-12" x 626 Rockwood 1 ea Lockset PB5408LF x 694 x 497-7/8" lip to center strike x 626 Yale 2 ea Door Stops 471 x 626 Rockwood 2 ea Silencers 608 Rockwood Hardware Set No. 25—Single Door (Sprinkler Control Room to Stock – Rated Door) 3 ea Hinges LB8000 4'/" x 4'h" x 652 Bommer 1 ea Lockset PB5408LF x 694 x 497 x 626 Yale 1 ea Closer 8301 BF x SNB x 689 Norton 1 ea Door Stop/Holder 473 x 626 Rockwood 3 ea Silencers 608 Rockwood Hardware Set No. 26—Single Door (Bi -fold Doors - Coat Closet to Salon) All hardware is by door manufacturer. Reference specification section 08 30 00 Specialty Doors and frames. Hardware Set No.27—Single Door (Security Grille at Front Entrance – where applicable. All hardware is by door manufacturer. Reference specifications section 08331. Hardware Set No. 28—Single Door (Dispensary to Salon, Human Resources to Hallway) 3 ea Hinges LB8000 4'/2" x 4'A" x 652 Bommer 1 ea Lockset PB5408LF x 694 x 497 x 626 Yale 1 ea Closer 8301 BF x SNB x 689 Norton 1 ea Door Stop/Holder 473 x 626 Rockwood 3 ea Silencers 608 Rockwood Hardware Set No. 29—Single Door (Money Room to Human Resources, Jewelry Closet with safe to Sales) 3 ea Hinges LB8000 4'/" x 4'h" x 652 Bommer 1 ea Lockset PB5405LF x 694 x 497 x 626 Yale 1 ea Closer 8301 BF x SNB x 689 Norton 1 ea Door Stop/Holder 473 x 626 Rockwood 1 ea Door Scope DS1000-MG DuSeung 3 ea Silencers 608 Rockwood Hardware Set No. 30—Single Door 08 71 00-16 Rev. 3/02/18 JCPENNEY #0696 TUKWILA, WA SALON REFRESH RENOVATION MARCH 8, 2018 (Offices Hallway to Sales Hallway, Offices to Sales, Office to Salon) 3 ea Hinges LB8000 4'h" x 4'/" x 652 1 ea* Electric Strike 6211 FS x 24VDC x 630 1 ea Cipher Lock 5031MWL62641 1 ea Closer 8301BF x SNB x 689 1 ea Door Stop/Holder 473 x 626 3 ea Silencers 608 1 ea Power Supply 861 *NOTE: (1) Power to drop to electric strike upon activation of fire alarm (2) Specify right or left handed closer as required (3) Verify electric strike with code officials Hardware Set No. 31 -Single Doors (Men's Restroom to Hallway, Women's Restroom to Hallway) 3 ea 1 ea 1 ea 1 ea 1 ea 1 ea 1 ea Hinges LB8000 4'/" x 4'/2" x 652 Door Pull 112 x 70B x 630 Push Plate 70F x 630 Closer 8301BF x SNB x 689 Kickplate K1050 10" x 34'/" x 630 Mop Plate K1050 6" x 35" x 630 Door Stop/Holder 473 x 626 DOOR HARDWARE 08 71 00 Bommer Von Duprin KABA/Simplex Norton Rockwood Rockwood Von Dupnn Bommer Rockwood Rockwood Norton Rockwood Rockwood Rockwood Hardware Set No. 32 -Single Partition/Door (Conference Room to Training Room) All hardware supplied by door/partition manufacturer. Reference specifications section 08 35 13.13. Hardware Set No. 33—Pair of Storefront Doors (Sliders with breakaway panels) – when applicable (Vestibule to Exterior – Automatic Sliding Doors - Stanley to provide all hardware for doors) 1 ea Three Point Lock MS1950-050 x 628 Adams Rile /Stanley 1 ea Mortise Cylinders 1 E x 626 Best /Stanley 1 ea Automatic Sliding Door DG3000 x 130" Stanley 1 ea Double Beveled Threshold 6" Full Saddle by Door Manufacturer NOTES: (1) Provide key switch to control automatic function mode. (2) Provide keyed close cut off power switch for exterior motion sensor (3) At Exterior Vestibule doors provide locks as blank exterior, cylinder interior. (4) Rollers for door provided by Stanley (5) Sensors for door provided by Stanley (6) All weather-stripping and door sweeps provided by Stanley (7) Alarm Contacts provided by Stanley (8) Confirm opening widths Hardware Set No. 34—Pair of Sliding Doors (with breakaway panels) – when applicable (Vestibule to Sales -- Automatic Sliding Doors – Stanley to provide all hardware for doors) 1 ea Three Point Lock MS1950-050 x 628 Adams Rite 1 ea Mortise Cylinders 1E x 626 Best 1 ea Automatic Sliding Door DG3000 x 130" Stanley 1 ea Double Beveled Threshold 6" Full Saddle by Door Manufacturer NOTES: (1) Provide key switch to control automatic function mode. (2) Provide keyed power switch to turn off exterior sensor (3) At Interior Vestibule doors provide locks as blank exterior, cylinder interior. (4) Rollers for door provided by Stanley (5) Sensors for door provided by Stanley (6) All weather-stripping and door sweeps provided by Stanley 08 71 00-17 Rev. 3/02/18 JCPENNEY #0696 TUKWILA, WA SALON REFRESH RENOVATION MARCH 8, 2018 (7) Confirm opening widths DOOR HARDWARE 08 71 00 Hardware Set No. 35—Pair of Storefront Doors (Sliders with breakaway panels) – when applicable (Associate Entrance — Vestibule to Exterior WITH LOCK - Automatic Sliding Doors - Stanley to provide all hardware for doors) 1 ea Three Point Lock MS1950-050 x 628 Adams Rite /Stanley 2 ea Mortise Cylinders 1E x 626 Best /Stanley 1 ea Cylinder Ring 1 E -R8, 626 Finish Best /Stanley 1 ea Automatic Sliding Door DG3000 x 130" Stanley 1 ea Double Beveled 6" Full Saddle Threshold by Door Manufacturer NOTES: (1) Provide key switch to control automatic function mode. (2) Provide keyed power switch to turn off exterior sensor. (3) At Exterior Vestibule doors cylinder is to be provided on exterior and interior, for keyed operation from both sides. (4) Rollers for door provided by Stanley. (5) Sensors for door provided by Stanley. (6) All weather-stripping and door sweeps provided by Stanley. (7) Alarm Contacts provided by Stanley. (8) Confirm opening width. (9) Provide the proper type cams and collars to fit the doors and locks specified as applicable. (10) Provide cylinder ring only on exterior side of door. Hardware Set No. 36—Pair of Storefront Entrance Doors (Sliders with breakaway panels) – when applicable (Associate Entrance — Vestibule to Sales WITH LOCK – Automatic Sliding Doors – Stanley to provide all hardware for doors) 1 ea Three Point Lock MS1950-050 x 628 Adams Rite /Stanley 2 ea Mortise Cylinders 1 E x 626 Best /Stanley 1 ea Cylinder Ring 1 E -R8, 626 Finish Best /Stanley 1 ea Automatic Sliding Door DG3000 x 130" Stanley 1 ea Double Beveled 6" Full Saddle Threshold by Door Manufacturer NOTES: (1) Provide key switch to control automatic function mode. (2) Provide keyed power switch to turn off exterior sensor (3) At Interior Vestibule doors cylinder is to be provided on exterior and interior, for keyed operation from both sides. (4) Rollers for door provided by Stanley (5) Sensors for door provided by Stanley (6) All weather-stripping and door sweeps provided by Stanley (7) Confirm opening width (8) Provide cylinder ring only on exterior side of door. Hardware Set No. 37—Pair of Storefront Entrance Doors (When Applicable) (Vestibule to Sales Swinging doors) 6 ea Hinges LB8006 4 1/2" x 4" x 630 Bommer 2 ea Door Pull CO -09 / Door Push CP -11 Kawneer 1 ea Three Point Lock MS1851S x 4015 x 4085 x 628 Adams Rite 2 ea Mortise Cylinders 1152 x 1161L x 626 Yale 1 ea Cylinder Guard MS4043 x 630 Adams Rite 2 ea Closers 8301 BF x SNB x 689 Norton 1 ea Threshold 8145-72" National Guard 1 set Weather-stripping by Door Manufacturer 2 ea Door Sweeps By Door Manufacturer NOTE: (1) 1 mortise cylinder: At door 108E provide locks as blank exterior, cylinder interior. 08 71 00-18 Rev. 3/02/18 __J JCPENNEY #0696 TUKWILA, WA SALON REFRESH RENOVATION MARCH 8, 2018 DOOR HARDWARE 08 71 00 (2) 2 mortise cylinders: At door 108F provide cylinder at both exterior and interior for keyed operation from both sides. (3) Provide cylinder guard only on exterior side of door 108F. Hardware Set No. 38—Door Closure (Turning an Entrance into an Egress Only Door) (Vestibule to Interior Doors, Vestibule Doors to Exterior Doors) All pulls to be removed All push pads to be removed 1 ea V50xEH (Black Finish) Detex (One per door required – electrical wiring to each panic device required) Vinyl clings and arrows as needed per scope package END OF SECTION 08 71 00-19 Rev. 3/02/18 • JCPENNEY #0696 TUKWILA, WA SALON REFRESH RENOVATION MARCH 8, 2018 MIRRORS 08 83 00 PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY: A. Extent of mirror units required is shown in the Contract Documents. B. Types of mirror units required include the following: Restrooms, (except for Styling Salon restroom which will be provided by JCPenney). 1.02 SUBMITTALS: A. PRODUCT DATA: Submit manufacturer's specifications for mirror units. B. SCHEDULE: Submit schedule indicating quantities, sizes and installation locations for each mirror to be provided for project. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE: Provide mirror units produced by single manufacturer for entire project. Provide materials identical with applicable assemblies tested and listed by recognized authorities, including ASTM and NATIONAL ASSOCIATION OF MIRROR MANUFACTURES (NAMM) Potomac, MD. 1.04 PROJECT CONDITIONS: Maintain environmental conditions which will prevent mirror from being exposed to moisture from condensation or other sources for continuous periods of time. 1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE & HANDLING: A. Protect mirror glass from breakage and contaminating substances resulting from construction operations. B. Do not permit edges of mirror to be exposed to standing water. 1.06 WARRANTY: Provide manufacturer's written 5 -year warranty against silver spoilage of mirrors, agreeing to replace any mirrors that develop visible defects within warranty period PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.01 MIRROR GLASS: Shall be 6mm. (appox. 1/4") thick, Type I, Class 1, Quality q2, conforming to ASTM C 1036 and no visible silver discoloration in accordance with FS DD -M-411 C. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION: A. PLYWOOD BACKING: Provide mirror backing and support system which will permit rigid, tamperproof glass installation and prevent accumulation of moisture. B. METAL ANGLE: Manufacturer's standard metal angle shapes, chrome polished finish. C. MIRROR MASTIC: Anchor mirror unit using "neutral curing silicon" equal to DOW CORING 795 SILICON BUILDING SEALANT or approved by mirror manufacturer and installed in accordance with printed instruction from the adhesive manufacturer. Comply with mastic manufacturer's installation directions for mounting surfaces. 3.02 ADJUST AND CLEAN: Set units plumb, level, and square at locations indicated, accordance with manufacturer's instructions for type of substrate involved. Clean mirror surfaces in compliance with manufacturer's recornmendations. END OF SECTION 08 83 00 - 1 Rev. 07/01/09 JCPENNEY #0696 TUKWILA, WA SALON REFRESH RENOVATION MARCH 8, 2018 TILING 09 30 00 PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY: Provide and install all products as specified in this section or elsewhere in the Contract Documents. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS: Section 07 90 00 Joint Protection 1.03 REFERENCES: Comply with current editions and applicable specifications of the following: A. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM). B. American National Standards Institute (ANSI). • .1 C. Tile Council of America (TCA) Handbook for Ceramic Tile Installation. , 1.04 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS: Static Coefficient of Friction: Tile on walkway surfaces shall meet or exceed the following values as determined by testing in conformance with ASTM 1028. A. PRODUCT DATA: Submit manufacturer's technical information and installation instructions for materials required, except bulk materials. Include certifications and other data to show compliance with these specifications. B. SAMPLES: 1. For initial selection of colors submit manufacturer's color charts consisting of actual tiles or sections of tiles showing full range of colors available for each type of tile specified. Include samples of grout and accessories requiring color selection. 2. For verification purposes submit the following: a. Samples for each type of tile and color required, not less than 24" square, on plywood or hardboard backing and grouted. b. Full size samples for each type of trim, accessory and color. c. Samples of metal edge strip. 3. Certification: Furnish Master Grade Certificate for each type of tile, signed by manufacturer and installer. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE: A. MANUFACTURER: Refer to Standard Details "Flooring Materials Legend (New Stores)", "Flooring Materials Legend (Renovations)", "Wall Tile Legend (New Stores)", and "Wall Tile Legend (Renovations)" for approved manufacturers. B. Tile Manufacturing Standard: ANSI A137.1-1988. Furnish tile complying mit) Standard Grade requirements unless indicated otherwise. C. PROPRIETARY MATERIALS: Handle, store, mix and apply proprietary setting and grouting materials in compliance with manufacturer's instructions. D. Provide materials obtained from one source for each type and color of tile, grout, and setting materials as describe in the Contract Documents. 09 30 00 - 1 Rev. 03/25/16 JCPENNEY #0696 TUKWILA, WA SALON REFRESH RENOVATION MARCH 8, 2018 TILING 09 30 00 1.04 PROJECT CONDITIONS: Air temperature range suggested as 50-100F. Ideal temperature range suggested as 60-80F for installation/curing. Concrete substrate shall be at least 50F and rising. Some form of protection from sun/wind/weather conditions may be required for exterior applications. 1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE & HANDLING: A. DELIVER packaged materials and store in original containers with seals unbroken and labels intact until time of use, in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. STORE all materials under cover, dry and out of the weather conditions. C. TILE INSTALLATION materials should be stored at room temperature for 24 hours prior to use. PART2-PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURER: Shaw Contract Group 410 Old Mill Road Cartersville, GA 30120 877-502-7429 StonePeak Ceramic Inc. 314 West Superior Chicago, IL 60654 1-800-978-7500 DalTile Corporation 7834 C.F. Hawn Frwy. Dallas, TX 75217 214-398-1411 Iris US 1360 Vernon Street Anaheim, CA 92805 1-800-323-9906 Ardex Engineered Cements 400 Ardex Park Drive Aliquippa, PA 15001 888-512-7339 Noble Company P.O. Box 350 Grand Haven, MI 49417-0350 800-878-5788 MAPEI Americas Headquarters 1144 E. Newport Center Drive Dearfield Beach, FL 33442 800-426-2734 2.02 TILE PRODUCTS: A. FLOORING: Refer to Standard Details "Flooring Materials Legend (New Stores)" and "Flooring Materials Legend (Renovations)" for flooring tile locations, acceptable manufacturer, type, style, size and color. B. WALLS: Refer to Standard Details "Wall Tile Legend (New Stores)" and "Wall Tile Legend (Renovations)" for wall tile locations, acceptable manufacturer, type, style, size and color. C. MALL ENTRANCE: Agglomerate Tile (when indicated on drawings): 1. Provide agglomerate tiles manufactured with natural stone chips and manufacturer's proprietary resin binder. 2. Acceptable manufacturers, type, style, size and color shall be as indicated in the Contract Documents. 2.02 SETTING MATERIALS: 09 30 00 - 2 Rev. 03/25/16 . JCPENNEY #0696 TUKWILA, WA SALON REFRESH RENOVATION MARCH 8, 2018 TILING 09 30 00 A. PORTLAND CEMENT MORTAR INSTALLATION MATERIALS: Provide materials to comply with ANSI A108.1 as required for installation method designated, unless otherwise indicated. B. THIN -SET PORTLAND CEMENT MORTAR: Latex-portland cement mortar, ANSI A118.4. Portland cement mortar with latex additive specifically formulated for increased strength and flexibility. C. Provide setting material for tile areas as indicated on Standard Details "Flooring Materials Legend (New Stores)" and "Flooring Materials Legend (Renovations)" for flooring tile locations, and on Standard Details "Wall Tile Legend (New Stores)" and "Wall Tile Legend (Renovations)" for wall tile locations. 2.03 GROUTING MATERIALS: A. General: Grout material must be compatible with selected tile and in compliance with tile manufacturer's . recommendations. B. Dry -Set Grout: ANSI A118.6; proprietary compound composed of portland cement and additives formulated for the type of tile installed. C. Grout: ANSI A118.3, may also comply with TCA Formula AAR-II. D. Latex Portland Cement Grout: ANSI A118.6 Portland Cement Grout with latex additive specifically formulated for increased strength and flexibility and decreased permeability. E. Provide grouting material for tile areas as indicated on Standard Details "Flooring Materials Legend (New Stores)" and "Flooring Materials Legend (Renovations)" for flooring tile locations, and on Standard Details "Wall Tile Legend (New Stores)" and "Wall Tile Legend (Renovations)" for wall tile locations. 2.04 CRACK ISOLATION SYSTEM: A. Provide: NobleSeal CIS, DalSeal CIS, Laticrete Fracture Ban, Mapei, or Ardex crack isolation systems or equal as approved where required to bridge tile joints across control joints. Crack isolation system shall be provided at all column lines. B: Minimum criteria: 1. Handling up to 1/8" crack. 2. Bonding strength to meet ANSI 118.10. 3. System approved by IAPMO 2.05 TRANSITION STRIPS: (ALL TRANSITION STRIPS TO MEET ADA GUIDELINES) A. MANUFACTURERS: Schluter Systems, ` T°til,; _1"irisorote,: A TikeArror or equal as approved. B. Refer to Standard Details 09 60 OOA — 09 60 OOD FLOOR FINISH TRANSITIONS for more information. 2.06 GROUT SEALER: Provide grout sealer for tile areas as indicated on Standard Details "Flooring Materials Legend (New Stores)" and "Flooring Materials Legend (Renovations)". PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 TILE INSTALLATION STANDARDS: ANSI Standards: Comply with applicable requirements of ANSI A108.5: Tile installed with Latex-portland cement mortar. 3.02 INSTALLATION: 09 30 00 - 3 Rev. 03/25/16 JCPENNEY #0696 TUKWILA, WA SALON REFRESH RENOVATION MARCH 8, 2018 TILING 09 30 00 A. Install Crack Isolation Joint Membrane per Manufacturer's printed instruction and ANSI A108.17. B. Extend tile work into recesses and under or behind equipment and merchandise fixtures to form a complete covering without interruptions, except as otherwise shown. Terminate work neatly at obstructions, edges and corners without disrupting pattem or joint alignment. C. Accurately form intersections and returns. Perform cutting and drilling of tile without marring visible surfaces. Carefully grind cut edges of tile abutting trim, finish or built-in items for straight aligned joints. Fit tile closely to electrical outlets, piping, fixtures and other penetrations so that plates, collars, or covers overlap tile. D. PLACEMENT METHODS: Install tile using the following thin set installation: 1. Latex -Portland cement mortar. 2. Apply mortar to substrate using a 1/2" trowel; back butter each tile. 3. Set marble thresholds in same type setting bed as field tile, unless otherwise indicated. E. JOINTING PATTERN: Unless otherwise shown, lay tile in grid pattern. Align joints when adjoining tiles on floor, base walls, and trim are the same size. Lay out tile work and center tile fieldsin both directions in each space or on each wall area. Adjust to minimize tile cutting. Provide uniform joint widths, unless otherwise shown. Unless noted otherwise, all tile joints shall be 1/8" wide. Unless noted otherwise, JOINTS 1/8" WIDE AND OVER SHALL BE SANDED GROUT. Refer to Standard Details "Flooring Materials Legend (New Stores)" and "Flooring Materials Legend (Renovations)" for more information. F. EXPANSION AND CONTROL JOINTS: Provide openings for joints where shown and to comply with details, or, if not shown and detailed, to comply with recommendations in TCA "Handbook for Ceramic Tile Installation". Tile subcontractor shall provide a soft joint at all cold joints, expansion joints, and control joints. G. METAL EDGE STRIPS: Provide where shown and where exposed edge of tile is to meet carpet, wood, different tile or other resilient floor covering. Where tile abuts vinyl flooring, vinyl flooring shall be gradually flash patched up to top of metal edge strip for smooth alignment with adjacent tile. H. JOINT SEALING (at Salon Floor, Fitting Room Floors and Toilet Room Floors/Walls): Apply. 3.03 CLEANING AND PROTECTION: A. CLEANING: Upon completion of placement and grouting, clean all tile surfaces with water and a neutral diluted cleaner, followed by a thorough rinse with clean water, so they are free of foreign matter. B. Unglazed tile may be cleaned with acid solutions only when permitted by tile and grout manufacturer's printed instructions, but not sooner than 14 days after installation. Protect metal surfaces, cast iron and vitreous plumbing fixtures from effects of acid cleaning. FLUSH SURFACE WITH CLEAN WATER BEFORE AND AFTER CLEANING. C. FINISHED TILE WORK: Leave finished installation clean and free of cracked, chipped, broken, unbonded, or otherwise defective tile work. 3.04 MAINTENANCE MATERIALS: Upon completion and prior to acceptance of the work, deliver to JCPenney a quantity equal to 2% of each color or pattern of the tile installed under this contract for replacement and maintenance purposes. 3.05 PROTECTION: When recommended by tile manufacturer, apply a protective coat of neutral protective cleaner to completed tile walls and floors. Protect installed tile work with Kraft paper or other heavy covering during construction period to prevent damage and wear. 09 30 00 - 4 Rev. 03/25/16 • .J '.J JCPENNEY #0696 TUKWILA, WA SALON REFRESH RENOVATION MARCH 8, 2018 TILING 09 30 00 A. Prohibit foot and wheel traffic from using tiled floors for at least 3 days after grouting is completed. B. Before final inspection, remove protective coverings and rinse neutral cleaner from tile surface. END OF SECTION 09 30 00 - 5 Rev. 03/25/16 JCPENNEY #0696 TUKWILA, WA SALON REFRESH RENOVATION MARCH 8, 2018 ACOUSTICAL CEILINGS 09 51 00 PART 1 - GENERAL .- 1.01 SUMMARY: This section includes ceilings composed of acoustical panels and exposed suspension systems. 1.02 SUBMITTALS: A. General: Submit each item in this Article according to the conditions of the Contract and Division 1 Specifications Section. B. Product data for each type of product specified. 1. Ceiling suspension system members. 2. Method of attaching suspension system hangers to building members. C. Samples for verification of each type of exposed finish required, prepared on samples of size indicated below. Where finishes involve normal color and texture variations, include sample sets showing the full range of variations expected. 1. 12 -inch square samples of each acoustical pan& type, pattern, and color. 2. Set of 12 -inch long samples of exposed suspension system members, including moldings, for each color and system type required. D. Product test reports from a qualified independent testing agency for requirements of compliance of acoustical panel ceilings and components. E. Research or evaluation reports of the model code organization having jurisdiction to show compliance of acoustical ceilings and components with the building code in effect for the project. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE: A. Installer Qualifications: Engage an experienced installer who has completed acoustical panel ceilings similar in material, design, and extent to that indicated for this project and with a record of successful in- service performance. B. Fire Test Response Characteristics: Provide acoustical panel ceilings that complly with the following requirements: 1. Fire response test are performed by a qualified testing and inspecting agency. Qualified testing and inspecting agencies include Underwriters Laboratories (UL), Warnock Hersey, or another agency that is acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction and that performs testing and follow-up services. 2. Surface -burning characteristics of acoustical panels comply with ASTM E 1264 for Class A materials as determined by testing identical products per ASTM E 84. 3. FMGlobal compliance: Class 1. 4. Anti Mold / Mildew and bacteria treatment. (For Food Service area and Commissary when required) C. Single -Source Responsibility for Ceiling Units: Obtain each type of acoustical ceiling panel from a single source with resources to provide products of consistent quality in appearance and physical properties without delaying the work. 09 51 00 - 1 Rev. 12/11/12 JCPENNEY #0696 TUKWILA, WA SALON REFRESH RENOVATION MARCH 8, 2018 ACOUSTICAL CEILINGS 09 51 00 D. Single -Source Responsibility for Suspension System: Obtain each type of suspension system from a single source with resources to provide products of consistent quality in appearance and physical properties without delaying the work. 1.04 PROJECT CONDITIONS: Space Enclosure and Environmental Limitations: Do not install acoustical panel ceilings until spaces are enclosed and weatherproof, wet -work in spaces is completed and dry, work above ceilings is complete and ambient temperature and humidity conditions are being maintained at the levels indicated for project when occupied for its intended use. 1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING: A. Deliver acoustical panels and suspension system components to project site in original, unopened packages and store them in a fully enclosed space where they will be protected against damage from moisture, direct sunlight, surface contamination, and all other causes. B. Before installing panels, permit them to reach room temperature and a stabilized moisture content. C. Handle acoustical panels carefully to avoid chipping edges or damaging units in any way. 1.06 COORDINATION: Coordinate layout and installation of acoustical panels and suspension system components with other construction that penetrates ceilings or is supported by them, including light fixtures, HVAC equipment, fire suppression system components, and partition assemblies. 1.07 EXTRA MATERIALS: Furnish extra material described below that match products installed, are packaged with protective covering for storage, and are identified with labels clearly describing contents. A. Acoustical Ceiling Units: Furnish quantity of full sized units equal to 2.0 percent of amount installed. B. Exposed Suspension System Components: Fumish quantity of each exposed component equal to 2.0 percent of amount installed. PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS: Products: Provide one of the products specified in each Acoustical Panel Ceiling Product Data in part 4 of this section per manufacturer's requirements. 2.02 ACOUSTICAL, PANELS, GENERAL: A. Acoustical Panel Standard: Provide manufacturer's standard panels of configuration indicated that comply with ASTM E 1264 classification as designated by types, patterns, acoustical rating, and light reflectance, unless otherwise indicated. B. Mounting Method for Measuring Noise Reduction Coefficient (NRC): Type E-400 (plenum mounting in which face of test specimen is 15-3/4 inches (400 -mm) away from the test surface) per ASTM E 795. C. Acoustical Panel Colors and Pattems: Match appearance characteristics indicated for each product type. D. Panel Characteristics: Comply with requirements indicated on each Acoustical Panel Ceiling Product Data Sheet at the end of this section including those referencing ASTM E 1264 classifications. E. Panel Characteristics: Type III, Form 2 acoustical panels per ASTM E 1264, with painted finish, complying with pattern and other requirements indicated below. 2.03 METAL SUSPENSION SYSTEM: A. Metal Suspension System Standard: Provide manufacturer's standard metal suspension systems of types, structural classifications, and finishes indicated that comply with applicable ASTM C 635 requirements. 09 51 00 - 2 Rev. 12/11/12 JCPENNEY #0696 TUKWILA, WA SALON REFRESH RENOVATION MARCH 8, 2018 ACOUSTICAL CEILINGS 09 51 00 B. Finishes and Colors: Provide manufacturer's standard factory -applied finish for type of system indicated. C. Wire Hangers, Braces, and Ties: Provide wires complying with the following requirements: 1. Zinc Coated Carbon Steel Wire: ASTM A 641 (ASTM A 641 M), Class 1 zinc coating, soft temper. 2. Size: Select wire diameter so that its stress at 3 times the hanger design load (ASTM C 635, Table 1, Direct Hung) will be less than the yield stress of wire but provide not less than 0.106 -inch diameter wire (12 GA.). D. Sheet Metal Edge Moldings and Trim: Type and profile indicated, or if not indicated, manufacturer's standard moldings for edges and penetrations that fit acoustical panel edge details and suspension systems indicated; formed from sheet metal of same material and finish as that used for exposed flanges of suspension system runners. For circular penetrations of ceiling, provide edge moldings fabricated to diameter required to fit penetration exactly. E. Finishes: 1. Baked Enamel Finish: AA-C12C42R1x (Chemical Finish: cleaned with inhibited chemicals; Chemical Finish: acid chromate -fluoride -phosphate conversion coating; Organic Coating: as specified below). Apply baked enamel according to paint manufacturer's specifications for cleaning, conversion coating, and applying organic coating. 2. Organic Coating: Manufacturer's standard thermosetting coating system with a minimum dry film thickness of 0.8 to 1.2 mil (0.0203 to 0.0303 mm). 3. Soil -Resistant Polyester film or vinyl face membrane ( In Food service area and Commissary). 2.04 NON -FIRE -RESISTANCE -RATED, DIRECT HUNG SUSPENSION SYSTEMS: Wide -Face, Singie- Web, Steel Suspension System: Main and cross runners rolled formed from prepainted or electrolytic zinc - coated, cold -rolled steel sheet with prepainted 15/16 -inch- (24 -mm-) wide flanges; other characteristics as follows: A. Structural Classification: Intermediate -duty system. B. Finish: Painted to match color of acoustical unit. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION: Examine substrates and structural framing to which acoustical panel ceilings attach or abut with installer present for compliance with requirements specified in this and other sections that affect ceiling installation and anchorage. Do not proceed with installation until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.02 PREPARATION: A. Coordination: Furnish layouts for clips and other ceiling anchors whose installation is specified in other sections. B. Measure each ceiling area and establish the layout of acoustical panels to balance border widths at opposite edges of each ceiling. Avoid using less -than -half -width panels at borders, and conform to the layout shown on reflected ceiling plans. 3.03 INSTALLATION: A. General: Install acoustical panels ceilings to comply with publications referenced below per manufacturers instructions and CISCA "Ceiling Systems Handbook". 09 51 00 - 3 Rev. 12/11/12 JCPENNEY #0696 TUKWILA, WA SALON REFRESH RENOVATION MARCH 8, 2018 ACOUSTICAL CEILINGS 09 51 00 1. Standards for Ceiling Suspension System Installations: Comply with ASTM C 636. 2. Standard for Ceiling Suspension Systems Requiring Seismic Restraint: Comply with ASTM E 580. 3. CISCA Recommendations for Acoustic al Ceilings: Comply with CISCA 'Recommendations for Direct -Hung Acoustical Tile and Lay -In Panel Ceilings". 4. Comply with CISCA "Guidelines for Seismic Restraint of Direct -Hung Suspended Ceiling Assemblies." 5. UBC Standard for Ceiling Suspension Systems: UBC Standard No. 47-18. B. Suspend ceiling hangers from buildings structural members and as follows: 1. Install hangers plumb and free from contact with insulation or other objects within ceiling plenum that are not part of the supporting structure or of the ceiling suspension system. 2. Splay hangers only where required to miss obstructions; offset resulting horizontal forces by bracing, counter -splaying, or other equally effective means. 3. Where width of ducts and other construction within ceiling plenum produces hanger spacing that interfere with the location of hangers at spacing required to support standard suspension system members, install supplemental suspension members and hangers in the form of trapezes or equivalent devices. Size supplemental suspension members and hangers to support ceiling Toad within performance limits established by referenced standards and publications. 4. Secure wire hangers to ceiling suspension members and to support above with a minimum of 3 tight turns. Connect hangers either directly to structure or to inserts, eye screws, or other devices that are secure, that are appropriate for substrate, and that will not deteriorate or otherwise fail due to age, corrosion, or elevated temperatures. 5. Do not attach hangers to steel roof deck or joist bridging. Attach hangers to structural members. 6. Space hangers not more than 48 inches (1200mm) o.c. along each member supported directly from hangers, unless otherwise shown; and provide hangers not more than 8 inches from ends of each member. C. Install edge moldings and trim of type indicated at perimeter of acoustical ceiling area and where necessary to conceal edges of acoustical panels. 1. Screw attach moldings to substrate at intervals not over 16 inches o.c. and not more than 3 inches from ends, leveling with ceiling suspension system to a tolerance of 1/8 inch in 12 feet. Miter corners accurately and connect securely. 2. Do not expose fasteners, including pop rivets, on moldings and trim. D. Install suspension system runners so they are square and securely interlocked with one another. Remove and replace dented, bent, or kinked members. E. Install acoustical panels with undamaged edges and fitted accurately into suspension system runners and edge moldings. Scribe and cut panels at borders and penetrations to provide neat, precise fit. 1. For square edged panels, install panels with edges fully hidden from view by flanges of suspension system runners and moldings. 2. Install hold down clips in areas indicated and in areas required by governing regulations, fire - resistance ratings, or wind uplift resistance ratings; space as recommended by panel manufacturer, unless otherwise indicated or required. 09 51 00 - 4 Rev. 12/11/12 JCPENNEY #0696 TUKWILA, WA SALON REFRESH RENOVATION MARCH 8, 2018 ACOUSTICAL, CEILINGS 09 51 00 3.04 CLEANING: Clean exposed surfaces of acoustical panel ceilings, including trim, edge moldings, and suspension system members. Comply with manufacturers instructions for cleaning and touch-up of minor finish damage. Remove and replace ceiling components that cannot be successfully cleaned and repaired to permanently eliminate evidence of damage. PART 4 - ACOUSTICAL PANEL CEILING PRODUCT DATA 4.01 PRODUCT DATA : A. Acoustical Panel Ceiling Designation: SAC B. Acoustical Panel Characteristics: Provide panels complying with ASTM E 1264 for characteristics described below: 1. Pattern: Medium Course, Non -Directional Textured, or as specified by product designation below. (CDK). 2. Types: Type III, Form 2 - water felted, mineral base panels with painted finish. 3. Color: White. 4. Light Reflectance Coefficient: LR 0.75 or over. 5. Noise Reduction Coefficient: NRC 0.55 to 0.65. 6. Ceiling Sound Transmission Class: CSTC 35 7. Edge Detail: Square Edge. 8. Thickness: Not less than 5/8 inch thick. 9. Size: 24 by 48 inch panels. (Match existing for renovations and 10. Anti -Microbial (For Food service area and commissary) C. Available Panel Products: ARMSTRONG WORLD INDUSTRIES MINABOARD CORTEGA #769 (for special pricing) Contact Beth A. Rinehart @ 1-800-442-4212 UNITED STATES GYPSUM AURATONE RADAR #2310 BPB AMERICA HYTONEBAROQUE BET -197 D. Suspension System Type: Provide suspension system that complies with requirements in Part 2 "Non - Fire -Resistance -Rated, Direct -Hung Suspension Systems" Article for wide -face, capped, double web, steel intermediate duty suspension system. Painted white to match color of acoustical units. Armstrong - Prelude XL Contact: Beth A. Rinehart @ 1-800-442-4212 Armstrong- Clean Room Optima 3114 or 3115 Email: BARinehartarmstronq.com (For food service area and commissary- Fax: 717-396-4994 Size to match existing) END OF SECTION 09 51 00 - 5 Rev. 12/11/12 JCPENNEY #0696 TUKWILA, WA SALON REFRESH RENOVATION MARCH 8, 2018 WALL COVEROING 09 72 00 PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY: A. All wall coverings will be furnished by JCPenney. Refer to finish schedule for wallcoverings to be installed under general contract. B. Location and extent of wallcoverings, patterns and/or colors and fabric names and other identifications shall be as indicated on JCPenney Decor Drawings which will be made available approximately 180 days prior to project completion. C. Contractor is also required to provide and install all required sizers, tools and equipment required for installation of wallcoverings. D. All gypsum walllboard surfaces shall be primed and sized by installing contractor. E. WALLCOVERING UNDER SEPARATE CONTRACTS: All wallcovering is to be furnished by JCPenney and installed under the General Contract. 1.02 SUBMITTALS: None required. Wallcovering is furnished by JCPenney. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE: A. Installation shall be by an experienced applicator having a minimum 3 years experience. B. Submit written proof of qualifications to Architect. 1.04 PROJECT CONDITIONS: Areas to receive wallcovering shall be a constant temperature of 70° F measured at base elevation and maintained 72 hours before, during and 48 hours after application. Remove wallcovering material from packaging and allow to acclimatize to the area of installation 24 hours before application. 1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING: A. Take care to prevent damage during delivery and handling. B. Store all wall covering as packaged by the manufacturer with manufacturer's seals and labels intact. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 WALLCOVERING: As furnished by JCPenney. 2.02 ADHESIVE: Heavy bodied water soluble paste manufactured expressly for use with the wall covering furnished for installation. Adhesive shall contain a mildew inhibitor. Adhesive product of the wall covering manufacturer is acceptable. 2.03 SIZER: A 50% solution of unpigmented shellac and alcohol or oil base primer is acceptable. PART 3 - EXECUTION: 3.01 PREPARATION: A. Examine all substrate surfaces and correct defects before starting work. Complete all other trade work that penetrates the substrate before beginning wall covering installation. 09 72 00 - 1 Rev. 07/01/09 JCPENNEY #0696 TUKWILA, WA SALON REFRESH RENOVATION MARCH 8, 2018 WALL COVERING 09 72 00 B. Starting work shall ndicate acceptance of a suitable substrate surface. Remove and replace hardware, accessories, plates and similar items to allow fabric to be installed. Place wall covering before the installation of plumbing fixtures, casings, bases, and cabinets. 3.02 INSTALLATION OF WALL COVERING: Use wall covering rolls in consecutive numerical sequence of manufacture and place panels in exact order they are cut from the roll including filling all spaces above or below doors or similar penetrations. Hang wall covering by reversing alternate strips except on match patterns. Follow the manufacturer's printed instructions for mixing adhesive and apply adhesive to back using a roller or paste brush. Hang non -matched patterns by overlapping the edges and double cutting through both thickness with a 0.04 or 0.06 inch thick zinc or aluminum strip back-up to prevent cutting the substrate. Wrap wall covering 6 inches beyond inside and outside corners; no cutting at comers permitted. No horizontal seams permitted. The installed wall covering shall be secure, smooth, and clean, without wrinkles, gaps or overlap. END OF SECTION 09 72 00 - 2 Rev. 07/01/09 JCPENNEY #0696 TUKWILA, WA SALON REFRESH RENOVATION MARCH 8, 2018 PAINTING 09 91 00 PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY: A. DESCRIPTION OF WORK: 1. Extent of painting work is shown on drawings and schedules, and as herein specified. 2. Preparatory Work including spackling, filling, taping, sanding and other required operations for all surfaces to be painted. 3. Painting and Finishing of interior and exterior exposed items and surfaces throughout project including the furnishing and applying of all prime coats and finish coats of paint (except in Sales Areas - see paragraph "Painting Under Separate Contracts" below) scheduled to be painted shall be performed under the General Contract, except as otherwise indicated. 4. The work includes field painting of exposed steel pipes and hangers, exposed steel and iron work, and primed metal surfaces of equipment installed under Mechanical and Electrical work, except as otherwise indicated. 5. "Paint" as used herein means all coating systems materials including primers, emulsions, enamels, stains, sealers, fillers, and other applied materials whether used as prime, intermediate or finish coats. 6. Paint exposed surfaces whether or not colors are designated in "schedules", except where natural finish of material is specifically noted as a surface not to be painted. Where items or surfaces are not specifically mentioned, paint same as adjacent similar materials or areas. If color or finish is not designated, Architect will select these from standard colors available for materials systems specified. B. WORK NOT INCLUDED: Following categories of work are not included as part of field -applied finish work or are included in other sections of these specifications. 1. SHOP PRIMING: Unless otherwise specified, shop priming of ferrous metal items is included under various sections for structural steel, miscellaneous metal, hollow metal work, and similar items. Also, Prime for fabricated components such as architectural woodwork, wood casework, and shop -fabricated or factory -built mechanical and electrical equipment or accessories. 2. Surfaces Not To Be Painted include concrete floors and stairs including cement fill of steel stair tread pans, platforms and landings, and surfaces not scheduled to be painted on drawings. 3. PRE -FINISH ITEMS: Unless otherwise indicated, do not include painting when factory -finishing or installer finishing is specified for such items as (but not limited to) prefinished partition systems, acoustic materials, architectural woodwork and casework, finished mechanical and electrical equipment including light fixtures, switchgear and distribution cabinets, elevator entrance frames, doors and equipment. 4. CONCEALED SURFACES: Unless otherwise indicated, painting is not required on surfaces such as walls or ceilings in concealed areas and generally inaccessible areas, foundation spaces, furred areas, pipe spaces, duct shafts and elevator shafts. 5. FINISHED METAL SURFACES: Metal surfaces of anodized aluminum, stainless steel, chromium plate, copper, bronze and similar finished materials will not require finish painting, unless otherwise indicated. 6. OPERATING PARTS AND LABELS: Moving parts of operating units, mechanical and electrical parts; such as, valve and damper operators, linkages, sensing devices, motor and fan shafts will not require finish painting, unless otherwise indicated. 09 91 00 - 1 Rev. 01/31/11 JCPENNEY #0696 TUKWILA, WA SALON REFRESH RENOVATION MARCH 8, 2018 PAINTING 09 91 00 7. Do not paint over any code -required labels; such as, Underwriters' Laboratories and FMGlobal, or any equipment identification, performance rating, name, or nomenclature plates. 8. PAINTING UNDER SEPARATE CONTRACTS: All Sales Area painting, including the furnishing and applying of all prime coats and finish coats of paint (Including drywall ceilings, light coves, JCPenney supplied trims and both sides of bucks and doors that open into Sales Areas) scheduled to be painted is to be performed under the JCPenney Separate Contract. 1.02 SUBMITTALS,: A. PRODUCT DATA: Submit manufacturer's technical information including paint label analysis and application instructions for each material proposed for use. B. SAMPLES: Submit samples for Architect's review of color and texture only. Provide a listing of material and application for each coat of each finish sample. 1. On 12" x 12" hardboard, provide two samples of each color and material with texture to simulate actual conditions. Resubmit samples as requested by Architect until acceptable sheen, color, and texture are achieved. 2. On actual wood surfaces, provide two 4" x 8" samples of natural and stained wood finish. Label and identify each as to location and application. 3. On concrete masonry, provide two 4" square samples of masonry for each type of finish and color, defining filler, prime and finish coat. C. MOCK-UPS: On actual wall surfaces and other exterior and interior building components, duplicate painted finishes of prepared samples. On at least 100 sq. ft. of surface as directed, provide full -coat finish samples until required sheen, color and texture is obtained; simulate finished lighting conditions for review of in-place work. D. LEED SUBMITTALS (when applicable): All documentation should be collected in PDF format so that it can be uploaded to the USGBC website by the project administrator. 1. Submit under provisions of Section 01 35 20 "LEED Requirements". Coordinate submittal procedures and LEED Submittal Forms Credit MR 3, Credit MR 4, and Credit MR 5. 2. LEED Credits: a. Credit MR3.1, MR3.2: Product Data for reused/ salvaged material, documentation indicating value of materials as percentage of total materials cost.. Include statement indicating percentage value of each material being reused salvaged (Must be at least 5% of total materials cost). b. Credit MR 4.1 and Credit MR 4.2: Product Data for products having recycled content, documentation indicating percentages by weight of post -consumer and pre -consumer recycled content. Include statement indicating costs for each product having recycled content. c. Credit MR 5.1 and 5.2: List of proposed regional materials. Identify each regional material along with the location of its manufacture, processing and raw material source, and cost. d. Credit EQ 4.2: Product Data for paints and coatings including printed statement of VOC content. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE: SINGLE -SOURCE RESPONSIBILITY: Provide primers and undercoat paint produced by the same manufacturer as the finish coats. 09 91 00 - 2 Rev. 01/31/11 JCPENNEY #0696 TUKWILA, WA SALON REFRESH RENOVATION MARCH 8, 2018 PAINTING 09 91 00 1.04 PROJECT CONDITIONS: A. ENVIRONMENT REQUIREMENTS: Comply with manufacturer's recommendations as to environment conditions under which coatings and coating systems can be applied. Do not apply finish in areas where dust is being generated. B. Interior Areas to be Painted shall be clean, well lighted and ventilated. C. Apply water -base paints only when temperature of surfaces to be painted and surrounding air temperatures are between 50° F. and 90° F., unless otherwise permitted by paint manufacturer's printed instructions. D. Apply solvent -thinned paints only when temperature of surfaces to be painted and surrounding air temperatures are between 45° F. and 90° F., unless otherwise permitted by paint manufacturer's printed instructions. E. EXTERIOR SURFACES TO BE PAINTED: Do not apply paint in snow, rain, fog or mist, or when relative humidity exceeds 85° or to damp or wet surfaces, unless otherwise permitted by paint manufacturer's printed instructions. F. Do not paint surfaces exposed to hot sun. G. Painting may be continued during inclement weather if areas and surfaces to be painted are enclosed and heated within temperature limits specified by paint manufacturer during application and drying periods. 1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING: A. Deliver materials to job site in original, new packages and containers bearing manufacturer's name and label, and following information: Name or title of material Federal Specification number Manufacturer's stock number & date of mfg Manufacturer's name Environmental issues Thinning instructions Application instructions Contents by volume, for major pigment & vehicle constituents Color name and number VOC content B. Store materials used on the job indoors in a single room or place designated by the Architect or JCPenney. Restrict storage to paint materials and related equipment only. Comply with health and fire regulations. 1.06 PROTECTION: Safeguard all surfaces not to be painted from paint damage. Protect store construction, fixtures, furnishing, equipment and merchandise by properly covering and masking or by other accepted methods. A. HARDWARE: Except for hardware to be painted, remove exposed hardware from doors and frames scheduled to be painted or protect by masking or other suitable means. B. FLOORS: Protect with drop cloths, taped down kraft paper, or other suitable covering. Protect not only the immediate areas under ceilings and walls to be painted, but also those floor areas subject to the traffic of painting workmen. C. Lighting Fixtures in contact with or flush with ceilings and walls to be painted are to be removed or lowered to permit painting of the immediate ceiling area. Lighting fixtures including stems and escutcheons shall be properly covered. After painting, lighting fixtures to be restored to their former position. 09 91 00 - 3 Rev. 01/31/11 JCPENNEY #0696 TUKWILA, WA SALON REFRESH RENOVATION MARCH 8, 2018 PAINTING 09 91 00 PART 2 — PRODUCTS 2.01 ENVIRONMENTALLY PREFERABLE PRODUCTS: A. Provide environmentally preferable products (EPP) to the greatest extent possible. Provide products and materials that promote stewardship of the earth's resources, promote good indoor environmental quality, and promote efficiencies in operational performance. EPP's include products that have low VOC content, high recycled content, and are manufactured, fabricated, or extracted within 500 miles of the construction site, and are listed in the USGBC Directory of Products and Services. These products should be used on all stores and not limited to those where LEED certification will be obtained. B. Requirements: USGBC LEED®-CI Version 2.0: Interior paints and coating applied on-site must meet the limitations and restrictions concerning chemical components set by the following standards: 1. Topcoat Paints: Green Seal Standard GS -11, Paints, First Edition, May 20, 1993. 2. Anti -Corrosive and Anti -Rust Paints: Green Seal Standard GC -03, Anti -Corrosive Paints, Second Edition, January 7, 1997 for applications on ferrous metal substrates. 3. All other Architectural Coatings, Primers and Undercoats: South Coast Air Quality Management District (SCAQMD) Rule 1113, Architectural Coatings, rules in effect on January 1, 2004. 4. Interior Topcoat PaintsGS-11 VOC content limits: Coating Type VOC weight in grams/liter of product minus water Non -flat 150 Flat 50 Anticorrosive and Antirust 250 2.02 COLORS AND FINISHES: A. Paint colors, surface treatments, and finishes, are indicated in "schedules" of the contract documents. B. Prior to beginning work, Architect will furnish color chips for surfaces to be painted. 1. Use representative colors when preparing samples for review. 2. Final acceptance of colors will be from samples applied on the job. C. COLOR PIGMENTS: Pure, non -fading, applicable types to suit substrates and service indicated. 2.03 PAINT COORDINATION: Provide finish coats which are compatible with prime paints used. Review other sections of these specifications in which prime paints are to be provided to ensure compatibility of total coatings system for various substrates. Upon request from other trades, furnish information on characteristics of finish materials proposed for use, to ensure compatible prime coats are used. Provide barrier coats over incompatible primers or remove and re -prime as required. Notify JCPenney in writing of any anticipated problems using specified coating systems with substrates primed by others. 2.04 MATERIAL QUALITY: A. Provide best quality grade of various types of coatings as regularly manufactured by acceptable paint materials manufacturers. Materials not displaying manufacturer's identification as a standard, best -grade product will not be acceptable. VOC numbers need to be confirmed by using the products MSDS sheets. 09 91 00 - 4 Rev. 01/31/11 JCPENNEY #0696 TUKWILA, WA SALON REFRESH RENOVATION MARCH 8, 2018 PAINTING 09 91 00 B. Manufacturer's products which comply with coating qualitative requirements of applicable Federal Specifications, yet differ in quantitative requirements, may be considered for use when acceptable to Architect. Furnish material data and manufacturer's certificate of performance to Architect for any proposed substitutions. C. APPROVED MANUFACTURERS: The following are among those manufacturers that comply with these specifications: GLIDDEN PROFESSIONAL (FORMERLY ICI DULUX) BENJAMIN MOORE & CO. THE MARTIN-SENOUR CO. PPG INDUSTRIES INC. PRATT & LAMBERT, INC. THE SHERWIN WILLIAMS CO.. 2.05 UNIT MASONRY, CONCRETE TILT WALL PANELS, STUCCO, CEMENT PLASTIER: Coating shall be a modified epoxy type as made by the Tnemec Company as Series 52-Tneme-Crete, Sonneborn Co. as Super Color coat, or Glidden Professional (formerly ICI Dulux Paints) Ultra -Hide Buildtex #3230 applied according to general surface preparation and directions for use, in an average spreading rate for each coat of 100-150 sq. ft. per gal. for conrete; 60-100 sq. ft. gal. for masonry block. Total minimum dry film thickness for the two (2) coats shall be 12 mils. This option is only for rear elevations and side elevations with minimal visual exposure. 2.06 PAINT FINISH SCHEDULE: Except where otherwise specified, select paint materials from the below schedule. Materials selected for coating systems for each surface designation shall be of one paint type and the product of a single manufacturer. A. Refer to JCPenney Decor Drawings for paint colors and paint type finishes. Consult JCPenney for surfaces inadvertently omitted or otherwise not represented. Surface designations specified are primarily basic classifications of surfaces upon which the various paints specified may be applied.. Final determination shall be as indicated on Contract Drawings and JCPenney Decor Drawings. B. Primers may be omitted for certain paints specified when applied to concrete block and other masonry surfaces. C. Provide undercoat paint produced by same manufacturer as finish coats. Use only thinners approved by paint manufacturer, and use only within recommended limits. D. Provide following paint systems for various substrate, as indicated. INTERIOR PAINT SYSTEMS Minimum Requirements: Solids Content: Titanium Dioxide Resin By weight By Volume GYPSUM WALLBOARD: (Drywall): Prime Coat: 1st Coat - Latex 14.6% 17.1% 38.6% 26.1% Lo -Sheen: 2nd & 3rd Coats - Latex 17.5% 25.5% 46.5% 34.9% Semi -Gloss: 2nd & 3rd Coats - Latex 18.5% 26.4% 45.1% 35.3% FLAT FINISH: Prime Coat: 1st Coat - Latex 12.0% 17.1% 40.7% 29.1% Flat: 2nd and 3rd Coats - Latex 16.4% 14.6% 48.5% 32.9% METALS: Prime Coat Ferrous Metals: 1st Coat - Latex 13.9% 29.1% 49.2% 38.8% Prime Coat Galvanized Metals: 1st Coat - Latex 20.8% 18.2% 56.2% 38.8% Semi -Gloss: 2nd & 3rd Coats - Latex 18.5% 26.4% 47.5% 33.9% Gloss: 2nd & 3rd Coats - Latex 21.4% 24.6% 38.8% 31.0% 09 91 00 - 5 Rev. 01/31/11 JCPENNEY #0696 TUKWILA, WA SALON REFRESH RENOVATION MARCH 8, 2018 PAINTING 09 91 00 WOODWORK AND TRIM: Prime Coat: 1st Coat - Latex 14.6% Semi -Gloss: 2nd & 3rd Coats - Latex 18.5% Gloss: 2nd & 3rd Coats - Latex 21.4% -Percentage of Titanium Dioxide (Based on whole paint per gallon) -Percentage of Resin (Based on Whole paint per gallon) -Solids Content by weight and volume (Based on "white" goods) 17.1% 26.4% 24.6% 38.6% 47.5% 38.8% 26.1% 33.9% 31.0% WOODWORK AND TRIM: Open Grained & Closed Grained Woods to be Stained or Finished Natural Filler: Glidden Professional (formerly ICI Dulux Paints) Paste Wood Filler PPG -NATURAL PASTE WOOD FILLER 77 LINE Stain: (Omit for Natural Finish) SW -PASTE WOOD FILLER Glidden Professional (Formerly ICI Dulux Paints) Woodpride #1700 PPG -REZ INTERIOR OIL STAIN 77 LINE SW -INTERIOR WOOD STAIN A48 SERIES Minimum Requirements: Titanium Dioxide Resin By Satin or Lo -Lustre: 2nd & 3rd Coats Latex Urethane - Clear N/A 21.3% Solids Content: weight By Volume 26.2% 28.1 TINTING COLOR SYSTEMS: For Alkyd, Latex Base Paints Glidden Professional (formerly ICI Dulux Paints) - UNIVERSAL COLORANTS Pittsburgh -UNIVERSAL COLORANTS Sherwin-Williams -UNIVERSAL COLORANTS LAMINATE PAINT SYSTEM: (FOR RENOVATIONS) All paint listed by Glidden Professional Paints (formerly ICI Dulux Paints) May include trim, headers, wall panels and feature walls. Primer/ Sealer: XIM Brand Advance Technology Solids Content: XIM Brand UMA (Urethane Modified Acrylic) Resin XIM Brand Bonder (White) Paint: Duiux Advance Oil (eggshell, white tint base) Note: Mix to any color needed Paint: Duiux Advance Oil (semi -gloss, white tint base) Concrete) Note: Mix to any color needed EXTERIOR PAINT SYSTEMS Refer to 2.05 for concrete tilt wall panel finish. Minimum Requirements: Solids Content: Titanium Dioxide Resin By weight By Volume CONCRETE: (Concrete Block & Poured Concrete) Filler for Porous Surfaces: 3.5% 9.0% 59.1% 38.8% Flat: 2nd & 3rd Coats - Latex 19.5% 15.8% 54.3% 36.8% METALS: Prime Coat: 1st Coat - Latex 13.9% 29.1% 49.2% 38.8% Gloss: 2nd & 3rd Coats - Latex 21.4 24.6% 38.8% 31.0% 09 91 00 - 6 Rev. 01/31/11 JCPENNEY #0696 TUKWILA, WA SALON REFRESH RENOVATION MARCH 8, 2018 PAINTING 09 91 00 WOODWORK AND TRIM: Prime Coat: 1st Coat - Latex Soft Gloss: 2nd & 3rd Coats - Latex Flat: 2nd & 3rd Coats - Latex WOODWORK AND TRIM: (Redwood & Cedar) Flat or Low Sheen: 1st and 2nd Coats - Latex PART 3 — EXECUTION 3.01 INSPECTION: 14.2% 24.6% 19.5% 15.2% 30.2% 49.4% 39.7% 23.1% 50.2% 35.3% 15.8% 54.3% 36.8% 14.2% 44.6% 30.0% A. Applicator must examine areas and conditions under which painting work is to be applied and notify Contractor in writing of conditions detrimental to proper and timely completion of work. Do not proceed with work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected in a manner acceptable to Applicator. B. Starting of painting work will be construed as Applicator's acceptance of surfaces and conditions within any particular area. C. Do not paint over dirt, rust, scale, grease, moisture, scuffed surfaces, or conditions otherwise detrimental to formation and adhesion of a durable paint film. D. SURFACE PREPARATION: Perform preparation and cleaning procedures in accordance with paint manufacturer's instructions and as herein specified for each particular substrate condition. Clean surfaces to be painted before applying paint or surface treatments. Remove oil and grease prior to mechanical cleaning. Program cleaning and painting so that contaminants from cleaning process will) not fall onto wet, newly -painted surfaces. E. CEMENTITIOUS MATERIALS: Prepare surfaces by scraping and brushing to remove all dirt, foreign matter, mortar spatter, nibs and old loose or flaking paint. Oil and grease shall first be removed with solvents, or detergent washing. Determine alkalinity and moisture content of surfaces to be painted by performing appropriate tests. If surfaces are found to be sufficiently alkaline to cause blistering and burning of finish paint, correct this condition before application of paint. Do not paint over surfaces where moisture content exceeds that permitted in manufacturer's printed directions. F. WOOD: Clean wood surfaces to be painted of dirt, oil, or other foreign substances with scrapers, mineral spirits, and sandpaper, as required. Sandpaper smooth those finished surfaces exposed to view and dust off. Scrape and clean small, dry, seasoned knots and apply a thin coat of white shellac or other recommended knot sealer before application of priming coat. After priming, fill holes and imperfections in finish surfaces with putty or plastic wood -filler. Sandpaper smooth when dried. G. FERROUS METALS: Clean ferrous surfaces, which are not galvanized or shop -coated, of oil, grease, dirt, loose mill scale and other foreign substances by solvent or mechanical cleaning. H. Touch-up shop -applied prime coats wherever damaged or bare and where required by other sections of these specifications. Clean and touch-up with same type shop primer. 3.02 MATERIALS PREPARATION: A. Mix and prepare painting materials in accordance with manufacturer's directions. B. Store materials not in actual use in tightly covered containers. Maintain containers used in storage, mixing and application of paint in a clean condition, free of foreign materials and residue. 09 91 00 - 7 Rev. 01/31/11 JCPENNEY #0696 TUKWILA, WA SALON REFRESH RENOVATION MARCH 8, 2018 PAINTING 09 91 00 C. Stir materials before application to produce a mixture of uniform density, and stir as application. Do not stir surface film into material. Remove film and, if necessary, strain using. 3.03 APPLICATION: Apply paint in accordance with manufacturer's directions. Use techniques best suited for substrate and type of material being applied. required during material before applicators and A. Apply additional coats when undercoats, stains or other conditions show through final coat of paint until paint film is of uniform finish, color and appearance. Give special attention to insure that surfaces including edges, comers, crevices, welds, and exposed fasteners receive a dry film thickness equivalent to that of flat surfaces. B. Paint surfaces behind movable equipment and furniture same as similar exposed surfaces. Paint surfaces behind permanently -fixed equipment or furniture with prime coat only before final installation of equipment. C. Paint interior surfaces of ducts, where visible through registers or grilles, with a flat, non -specular black paint. D. Paint back sides of access panels and removable or hinged covers to match exposed surfaces. E. Finish exterior doors on tops, bottoms and side edges same as exterior faces, unless otherwise indicated. F. Sand lightly between each succeeding enamel or varnish coat. G. Omit first coat (primer) on metal surfaces which have been shop -primed and touch-up painted, unless otherwise indicated. H. SCHEDULING PAINTING: Apply first -coat material to surfaces that have been cleaned, pretreated or otherwise prepared for painting as soon as practicable after preparation and before subsequent surface deterioration. Allow sufficient time between successive coatings to permit proper drying. Do not recoat until paint has dried to where it feels firm, does not deform or feel sticky under moderate thumb pressure, and application of another coat of paint does not cause lifting or loss of adhesion of the undercoat. I. MINIMUM COATING THICKNESS: Apply materials at not less than manufacturer's recommended spreading rate to establish a total dry film thickness as indicated or, if not indicated, as recommended by coating manufacturer. J. MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL WORK: Painting of mechanical and electrical work is limited to those items exposed in mechanical equipment rooms and in occupied spaces. Mechanical items to be painted include, but are not limited to, the following: 1. Piping, pipe hangers, and supports. 2. Heat exchanges. 3. Tanks. 4. Motor, and mechanical equipment supports. 5. Accessory items. K. PRIME COATS: Apply prime coat of material which is required to be painted or finished and which has not been prime coated by others. Recoat primed and sealed surfaces where there is evidence of suction spots or unsealed areas in first coat to assure a finish coat with no burn -through or other defects due to insufficient sealing. 09 91 00 - 8 Rev. 01/31/11 JCPENNEY #0696 TUKWILA, WA SALON REFRESH RENOVATION MARCH 8, 2018 PAINTING 09 91 00 L. STIPPLE ENAMEL FINISH: Roll and redistribute paint to an even and fine texture. Leave no evidence of rolling such as laps, irregularity in texture, skid marks, or other surfaces imperfections. M. PIGMENTED (OPAQUE) FINISHES: Completely cover to provide an opaque, smooth surface of uniform finish, color, appearance and coverage. Cloudiness, spotting, holidays, laps, brush marks, runs, sags, ropiness or other surface imperfections will not be acceptable. N. TRANSPARENT (CLEAR) FINISHES: Use multiple coats to produce glass -smooth surface film of even luster. Provide a finish free of laps, cloudiness, color irregularity, runs, brush marks, orange peel, nail holes, or other surface imperfections. Provide stain finish for final coats, unless otherwise indicated. O. COMPLETED WORK: Match approved samples for color, texture and coverage. Remove, refinish or repaint work not in compliance with specified requirements. 3.04 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL: A. The right is reserved by JCPenney to invoke the following material testing procedure at any time and any number of times during period of field painting: B. Engage services of an independent testing laboratory to sample paint being used. Samples of materials delivered to project site will be taken, identified and sealed, and certified in presence of Contractor. C. Testing laboratory will perform appropriate tests for any or all of following characteristics: Abrasion resistance, apparent reflectivity, flexibility, washability, absorption, accelerated weathering, dry opacity, accelerated yellowness, recoating, skinning, color retention, alkali resistance and quantative materials and analysis. D. If test results show that material being used does not comply with specified requirements, Contractor may be directed to stop painting work and remove non -complying paint; pay for testing; repaint surfaces coated with rejected paint; remove rejected paint from previously painted surfaces if, upon repainting with specified plant, the two coatings are non -compatible. 3.05 CLEAN-UP: A. CLEAN-UP: During progress of work, remove from site discarded paint materials, rubbish, cans and rags at end of each work day. Upon completion of painting work, clean window glass and other paint -spattered surfaces. Remove spattered paint by proper methods of washing and scraping, using care not to scratch or otherwise damage finished surfaces. B. PROTECTION: Protect work of other trades, whether to be painted or not, against damage by painting and finishing work. Correct any damage by cleaning, repairing or replacing, and repainting, as acceptable to Architect. Provide "Wet Paint" signs as required to protect newly -painted finishes. Remove temporary protective wrappings provided by others for protection of their work after completion of painting operations. C. At the completion of work of other trades, touch-up and restore all damaged or defaced painted surfaces. D. DISPOSAL: Dispose of all material in accordance with the requirements of the local authorities having jurisdiction. 1. Never pour leftover coating down any sink or drain. Use material on the job or seal can and store safely for future use. 2. Do not incinerate closed containers. 3. For specific disposal or recycle guidelines, contact the local waste management agency or district. Recycle whenever possible. END OF SECTION 09 91 00 - 9 Rev. 01/31/11 JCPENNEY #0696 TUKWILA, WA SALON REFRESH RENOVATION MARCH 8, 2018 PLUMBING SHOP DRAWINGS/O&M 22 01 00 PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY: This section establishes the criteria for Shop Drawings and O&M Manuals for all materials and equipment listed in the plumbing scope of this specification. 1.02 SUBMITTALS: A. RESPONSIBILITY: The Plumbing Contractor, Architect, and General Contractor shall jointly be responsible for establishing and maintaining procedures for the preparation and processing of Shop Drawings and O&M Manuals in accordance with the requirements set forth herein and the Master Contract Specifications 01 33 23 "Samples and Shop Drawings" and 01 78 23 "Maintenance Manuals". B. PROCEDURE: Refer to Master Contract Specifications 01 33 23 for submission requirements. C. JOB SITE: The Plumbing Contractor along with the General Contractor shall keep and have available on the job site one complete set of all approved shop drawings, catalog cuts and samples. D. SUBSTITUTIONS: Substitutions will only be considered when clearly indicated by the Contractor with a statement the material will perform equal to or better than the item specified. The Architect shall evaluate and recommend approval to JCPenney such substitution when the item specified is not available, if there is a cost saving or other advantage to JCPenney as defined in Section 01 33 23. E. APPROVAL: No fabrication or installation shall be undertaken prior to the approval of Shop Drawings by the Architect and Engineer of record. Provide one copy for JCPenney records. F. SHOP DRAWING SUBMITTALS 1. Submit shop drawings as indicated in individual plumbing sections, as required in Section 01 33 23 "Shop Drawings Log" and as listed: 22 05 00 PLUMBING COMMON WORK RESULTS • Dielectric Pipe Fittings • Escutcheons Plates 22 05 23 VALVES FOR PLUMBING PIPING • Gate valves — 3" & smaller • Ball Valves up to 3" • Globe & Angle valves — 4" & larger ■ Check valves — 4" & larger • Valve Charts 22 05 29 PLUMBING HANGERS AND SUPPORTS • Supporting rods • Floor supports • Steel Risers Clamp ■ Beam clamps • Joist/joist girder supports • Expansion anchors 22 05 48 PLUMBING VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROLS ■ Mountings • Bases • Acoustical Wall Seals • Seismic Calculations (If required) 22 07 00: PLUMBING INSULATION • Pipe insulation • Tape & accessories 22 01 00-1 03/08/18 • Floor & wall penetration sleeves • Piping identification ■ ■ Gate valves - 4" & larger Globe & Angle valves — 3" & smaller Check valves — 3" & smaller Valve Tags Pipe Hangers (Horizontal Supports) Wall supports Copper tubing supports 'C' clamp Concrete inserts Shields • Isolation Hangers • Equipment Flexible Connections • Seismic Restraints (If required) • Valve & fitting insulation ■ Exterior jackets JCPENNEY #0696 TUKWILA, WA SALON REFRESH RENOVATION MARCH 8, 2018 PLUMBING SHOP DRAWINGS/O&M 22 01 00 22 10 00 PLUMBING PIPING • Pipe & Fittings • Expansion Joints 22 11 00 DOMESTIC WATER DISTRIBUTION ■ Pressure reducing valves • Back flow preventors • Tempering valves • Water hammer arrestors • Strainers • Wall hydrants and hose bibs • Vending machine box 22 13 00 SANITARY DRAINAGE • FD -1 (general service) • FD -2 (with funnel assembly) • FD -3 (with sediment bucket) 22 40 00 PLUMBING FIXTURES: • WC -1 water closet — general, flush valve & seat • WC -2 water closet — accessible, flush valve & seat • WC -3 salon water closet - floor mounted & seat • WC -4 water closet — wall • UR -1 urinal — wall mounted & flush valve • LAV -1 or 1 a lavatory - general & faucet ■ LAV -2 lavatory & faucet (styling salon restroom) • LAV -3 or 3A lavatory & faucet • S-1 Sink & faucet (Lunch room) G. SHOP DRAWINGS: ■ Corrosive Protection ■ Presure gauges • Piping & fittings • Vacumm breakers • Trap primers • Unions • Washing machine box • Expansion Joints • Hair interceptors • Cleanouts • Traps • S-2 sink & faucet (optical & jewelry) • SS -1 service sink & faucet • SS -2 service sink & faucet • SS -3 mop sink • EWC-1 (dual level dispenser) • EWC-2 (stock room) • EWC-3 (single level dispenser) • EEW-1 (salon) ■ Shower system 1. Provide shop drawings for materials, accessories, valves, fixtures, and equipment that are furnished under the General Contract showing: a. b. c. dL f. g• h. j• Manufacturer's Name Trade Name Catalog Numbers Data giving physical sizes and weights Performance data or charts, clearly noting operating characteristics Data required for coordination Component information such as motor horsepower, etc. Cuts of all equipment, fixtures, controls, thermometers, gauges, valves, etc. Rough -in drawings, with dimensions of all equipment Wiring diagrams for all equipment and control systems fumished and installed under the General Contract requiring electrical connections 22 01 00-2 03/08/18 JCPENNEY #0696 TUKWILA, WA SALON REFRESH RENOVATION MARCH 8, 2018 PLUMBING SHOP DRAWINGS/O&M 22 01 00 H. OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS: 1. Furnish three sets of shop drawings and operation & maintenance manuals for use by JCPenney. Literature shall be in new condition. Any copies that are soiled will not be accepted. Assemble 0 & M literature in separate, 3 -ring loose leaf binders (3" size), with chrome -plated piano hinges and hard coated covers. Small or large literature not easily inserted in binders shall be put individually in heavy manila envelopes. Provide each binder with plastic enclosed tabs on reinforced paper, neatly arranged. 2. Provide O&M Manuals for materials, accessories, valves, fixtures, and equipment furnished under the General Contract. 3. Product operation and maintenance guides for accessories, valves, fixtures, and equipment, including replacement parts. Organize by specification section with tabbed dividers. 4. System Operating Procedures 5. Valve Charts I. ADDITIONAL INFORMATION: Provide additional Shop Drawings, catalog cuts, samples, etc., as requested by JCPenney. J. OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS: 1. OWNER TRAINING: Contractor will be available for an 8 -hour period to provide owner training to store personnel in the presence of JCPenney Construction Services personnel, Store Manager, Architect and Engineer. All systems shall be functional with complete O&M manuals at the time of training. 2. Competent Engineer will provide instruction regarding basic operation of all plumbing systems. 3. Training shall include at minimum: a. Procedures for emergency shut-off of natural gas and domestic water systems Identification and location of meters, accessories, wall hydrants/hose bibbs, cleanouts, drains and major equipment. b. Interpretation and review of valve charts. c. Procedures for adjusting temperatures at water heater and mixing valves. d. Procedures for adjusting faucet flow cycles. e. Any cleaning or general maintenance requirements as defined in the O&M manuals. K. INSTRUCTION CHARTS AND PROCEDURES: All procedures shall be typewritten and mounted in a neat metal or wood frame under glass. Mount in location determined by JCPenney. END OF SECTION 22 01 00-3 03/08/18 JCPENNEY #0696 TUKWILA, WA SALON REFRESH RENOVATION MARCH 8, 2018 COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR PLUMBING 22 05 00 PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY: ALL PLUMBING including labor, materials, tools, plant equipment, transportation, permanent and temporary facilities shall be furnished and installed under this General Contract including: A. Review of other craft work abutting, adjoining or affected by work under this heading. B. All permits and permit fees C. Temporary and final utility meters. D. All connections to utility mains such as water, gas, sewer, storm drainage, etc. E. Temporary piping and valves to supply water during construction for all Contractors, at all locations required by the Architect and JCPenney, and sanitary temporary toilet facilities. F. Insulation of plumbing piping. G. Isolation of all water lines to prevent noise transmission. H. Seismic isolation where applicable. I. Labeling of all piping and tagging of all valves. J. Purging, testing, and certification of pipe systems and devices. K. Disinfection of Potable Water Systems. L. Production of submittals and O&M manuals of products in this section. M. Cold water system including piping, valves, softeners, specialties and backflow prevention devices. N. Makeup water piping for building systems and equipment. O. Hot water system (including building domestic hot water circulating system), water heaters, circulatory pumps, controls, piping, valves and specialties. P. All soil, waste, vent piping and cleanouts. Q. All plumbing fixtures, trim and accessories unless otherwise noted. Final water, vent and drain connections to fixtures and equipment including fixtures provided by JCPenney. 1.02 SUBMITTALS: A. GENERAL: Submit product data in accordance with the Conditions of Contract and section 01 33 23. B. SUBMIT PRODUCT DATA for items listed in this section as required in section 22 01 00. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE: A. MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT: Shall be new, in perfect condition when installed, furnished in ample quantities and installed at the proper time. Materials used shall be American manufactured and in accordance with standard specifications of the ASTM. All articles provided for the same general purpose or use shall be of the same make. Capacities, sizes and dimensions are the minimum required. 22 05 00-1 03/08/18 JCPENNEY #0696 TUKWILA, WA SALON REFRESH RENOVATION MARCH 8, 2018 COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR PLUMBING 22 05 00 B. LABOR: All work shall be performed by skilled persons, fully experienced in the installation of all piping, fixtures, equipment and fittings. C. ORDINANCES: Work shall be in accordance with the governing State and Local Ordinances, Codes and Regulations, Federal and State ADA accessibility guidelines, NFPA regulations and Factory Mutual, all of which are hereby made a part of these requirements. D. PERMITS: The Contractor shall secure and pay for all permits, inspections and certificates required by any governmental body having jurisdiction over all or any part of the work and/or inspections, required. E. COMPLIANCE: Contractor shall furnish without any extra charge any additional material, labor, or both, required for compliance with these rules and regulations if not explicitly mentioned herein. F. GUARANTY: Contractor shall furnish a guarantee in conformity with the requirements of the "Guarantee" portion of the GENERAL CONDITIONS. JCPenney reserves the right to make temporary repairs as necessary to keep equipment in operating condition without voiding responsibilities during the guarantee period. 1.04 PROJECT CONDITIONS: A. RESPONSIBILITY: 1. The Plumbing Contractor shall furnish and install all domestic piping and fixtures as indicated on the contract drawings. 2. The Electrical Contractor shall furnish and install all equipment, fixture power, control and interlock wiring, except the HVAC EMS/DDC system low voltage control and interlock wiring furnished and installed by the EMS contractor. Refer to the contract drawings for equipment controlled by the EMS system. B. COORDINATION OF WORK: 1. Plan all work with a minimum of interference with other trades. Inform the Contractor of all openings required in the building construction for the installation of his work. Provisions shall be made for all special frames, openings, and pipe sleeves as required. The Mechanical Contractor shall pay for all extra cutting and patching necessary by his failure to properly direct work at the correct time. Coordinate all equipment, including listed approved manufacturers, to ensure all physical characteristics are equal to the specified, scheduled supplier. Coordination of all physical variations from the scheduled equipment, and these variations' impact between trades, the design documents and to the project are the responsibility of the Contractor and included with this Contract. 2. Verify local utility company's inspection requirements and abide by their rights of inspection before covering or concealing any piping, wiring, or equipment. C. ELECTRICAL: All electrical work performed under this division shall be installed by competent craftsmen, skilled in the trade involved and shall be installed in conformance with the National Electric Code and applicable Local codes. Unless otherwise specified or shown, all electrical work will be furnished and installed by the Electrical Contractor and shall be in conformance with the Electrical Division. D. FIXTURES AND EQUIPMENT: Where the drawings and specifications indicate fixtures and equipment furnished and installed by others (JC Penney) or required connections to the plumbing systems, the Plumbing Contractor shall furnish and install rough -in piping, traps, stops, supplies and shall make final connections to the fixtures and equipment. Rough -in locations shall be determined from the equipment itself or from the equipment manufacturer's shop drawings. 22 05 00-2 03/08/18 JCPENNEY #0696 TUKWILA, WA SALON REFRESH RENOVATION MARCH 8, 2018 COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR PLUMBING 22 05 00 E. ESCUTCHEONS, PLATES: Fit pipes passing through walls, floors and ceiling with wall plates of proper size to cover openings around pipes. Plates will not be required at floor slabs where sleeves project above floor and space between pipe and sleeve is caulked and sealed. Plates shall be Beaton and Cadwell No. 10, pressed steel plates. Floor plates shall be chromium plated. Wall and ceiling plates shall be prime coated. 1.05 DELIVER, STORAGE AND HANDLING: A. DAMAGE: The Contractor shall be responsible for damages to the work, building, contents, people etc. This includes any damage caused by his action, inaction or as caused equipment, material or material failure under contractor responsibility including electrical, lightning, water and all weather related items. The contractor shall make all repairs to merchandise, fixtures and equipment at their own expense. B. DAMAGES RESULTING FROM TESTING: Contractor shall bear costs of repair of work damaged by tests and commissioning. C. DAMAGED FINISH OR EQUIPMENT: Repaint to match original factory finish. PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.01 GENERAL: A. DOMESTIC COLD WATER SUPPLY: The domestic cold water system shall be furnished and installed by the Plumbing Contractor. The Plumbing Contractor shall terminate a cold water supply with a valve connection to within 5'-0" of all HVAC equipment requiring cold water supply such as cooling towers, humidifier, system make-up, and etc. The HVAC Contractor shall provide and install cold water piping from valve connections to the HVAC equipment. The cold water piping shall be of the same material and method of installation as provided by the Plumbing Contractor. B. EQUIPMENT IDENTIFICATION: Furnish for each motor driven piece of equipment a laminated micarta nameplate, black/white core and %" high engraved letters. Use the same identification as shown on the Contract Drawings. 2.02 PIPING SPECIALTIES: A. INSULATING COUPLINGS: Furnish at all interconnections between piping systems of dissimilar materials and at all connections of piping systems to equipment where piping and equipment are of dissimilar materials the appropriate sizes of insulating couplings. Couplings shall be Epco manufactured by Epco Sales Company, Cleveland, Ohio, specifically designed for the purpose of electrically isolating pipe lines from other piping systems or equipment. Additional acceptable manufacturer shall be Central Plastics Co., PO Box 3129, Shawnee, Oklahoma 74801. B. DIELECTRIC PIPE FITTINGS: Contractor shall furnish at all interconnections between piping systems of dissimilar materials and at all connections of piping systems to equipment where piping and equipment are two dissimilar materials, the appropriate sizes of dielectric unions, couplings, and flanges. Dielectric fittings shall be manufactured by Epco Sales Company, Cleveland, Ohio, specifically designed for the purpose of electrically isolating pipe lines from other piping systems or equipment. C. GROUT FOR SETTING METAL ITEMS: Clean surfaces to receive grout of all foreign materials, laitance or poor concrete and then water saturate for a period of six hours. Remove the excess water, erect nonabsorbent edge forms, and pour grout according to the manufacturer's instructions. Use Embeco pre -mixed, no shrinkgrout manufactured by Master Builders Company, Cleveland, Ohio. 22 05 00-3 03/08/18 JCPENNEY #0696 TUKWILA, WA SALON REFRESH RENOVATION MARCH 8, 2018 COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR PLUMBING 22 05 00 D. VALVES: Provided on all piping wherever shown or specified with adapters. All removable or replaceable equipment shall be valved. All valves shall have a securely fastened stamped brass metal tag installed and bearing a different number identified in the maintenance manual. E. SLEEVES Contractor is responsible for cutting of openings and installation of sleeves or frames through walls and surfaces, and the work shall be done in a neat workmanlike manner. Openings shall be cut only as large as required for the installation. Sleeves and frames shall be installed flush with finished surfaces and grouted in place except as otherwise indicated. Surfaces around openings shall be left smooth and finished to match surrounding surface. All sleeves shall be adequately sized to permit placing of pipe. Material shall be standard weight black steel or 20 -gauge galvanized sheet metal. F. FLOOR SLEEVES: In concealed locations and unfinished spaces, sleeves shall be located 3" above finished floor. G. SEALING: Pipes passing through sleeves in walls or slabs shall have a seal in the annular space to permit movement of pipe and to prevent entrance of moisture. Where exposed pipes pass through sleeves in floor slabs, the annular space shall be caulk filled, striking off compound at top of sleeve to prevent trapping water. Insuiated pipes shall not be insulated in sleeves. Insulation shall terminate flush with each end of sleeves. H. ESCUTCHEONS, PLATES: Contractor shall fit pipes passing through walls, floors and ceiling with wall plates of proper size to cover openings around pipes. Plates are not required at floor slabs where sleeves project above floor and space between pipe and sleeve is caulked and sealed. Plates and escutcheons shall have finish selected by architect. Wall and ceiling plates shall be prime coated. 2.03 PIPE IDENTIFICATION: A. Provide industrial strength labels identifying the pipe contents and direction of flow. Labels shall be vinyl with self adhesive conforming to ANSI A13.1-1981 standards. Provide wrap around vinyl direction arrows. Labels shall be placed on 20 -foot intervals for long straight runs and 10 -foot intervals for short runs. Labeling shall be applied to all piping in accessible areas including drop ceilings. Inaccessible areas (i.e. above hard ceilings or within walls) do not require labeling. B. Labels shall be placed on the bottom half of the pipe, facing 30 degrees downward toward either side. Where the view from the floor is obscured by other pipes or objects, place the label in the most visible position. C. PIPE LABELING SCHEDULES: Outside Diameter of Height of Length of Pipe or Covering Letters Color Field Up to 1" 1/2" 8" 1" to 2" 1" 8" 2-1/2" to 6" 1-1/2" 12" 8" to 10" 2-1/2" 24" Over 10" 3-1/2" 32" Piping Legend Letter Color Background Color Cold Water CW White Green Tempered Water TW White Green Hot Water HW Black Yellow Hot Water Return HWR Black Yellow Sanitary Sewer W White Green Sanitary Vents V Black Yellow 22 05 00-4 03/08/18 . JCPENNEY #0696 TUKWILA, WA SALON REFRESH RENOVATION MARCH 8, 2018 COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR PLUMBING 22 05 00 22 05 00-5 03/08/18 JCPENNEY #0696 TUKWILA, WA SALON REFRESH RENOVATION MARCH 8, 2018 COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR PLUMBING 22 05 00 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 CLEANING EQUIPMENT AND PREMISES: A. WORKING ENVIROMENT: During the work process, the premises shall be kept reasonably free of all debris and waste materials resulting from the work performed under the various sections of the General Contract. All such debris and rubbish shall be removed from the site. Upon completion and before final acceptance of the work, all debris, rubbish, left over materials, tools and equipment shall be removed from the site. B. MACHINERY, APPARATUS, FIXTURES AND EQUIPMENT: Thoroughly clean off cement, plaster, and other materials, grease and oil spots (with cleaning solvent), carefully wipe soiled surfaces, and scrape clean all cracks and corners. C. EXPOSED PIPING: Same as machinery and apparatus. Entire installation shall be left in a clean, neat and usable condition. D. INSULATED PIPING AND EQUIPMENT: Clean thoroughly to remove rust, plaster and dirt before insulation is applied. E. ITEMS WITH FACTORY FINISH: Remove grease and oil and leave with all surfaces clean and polished. F. PAINTED PIPING AND EQUIPMENT: All piping and equipment exposed to view in completed structure shall be cleaned by removing dirt, rust and plaster by wire brushing. Grease, oil and similar materials shall be removed by wiping with clean rags and suitable solvents. Prime and paint equipment per Owners or Architects instructions. G. FREEZE PROTECTION: It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor during the warranty period to perform, in cooperation with JCPenney's personnel, all operations necessary to protect the cooling system for winter protection. H. CLEAN STRAINERS: Remove, clean and replace each strainer screen a minimum of three (3) times as specified below after systems have been flushed as specified. 1. Clean each strainer after all adjustments have been made and system has operated a minimum of 24 hours and immediately before final test and balancing operation is started. 2. Certain screens may remain out of the strainer body after removal as directed by the Architect during the final cleaning. Time intervals may be shortened as determined by the Architect. I. REMOVAL OF RUBBISH: Contractor shall, at all times, keep the premises free from accumulations of waste materials or rubbish caused by his employees or work. At completion of the work, the Contractor shall remove all rubbish from and about the building and all tools, scaffolding and surplus materials, and shall leave the facility "broom clean" or its equivalent, unless more exactly specified. In case of dispute, JCPenney may remove the rubbish and charge the cost to the several Contractors as determined to be just. J. CUTTING AND PATCHING: Contractor shall furnish details of openings required for his work and furnish and install pipe sleeves to avoid cutting. Where cutting is necessary to install mechanical work, it shall be done by methods which will not damage the structure and shall be subject to the approval of JCPenney's representative. 22 05 00-6 03/08/18 J ..J JCPENNEY #0696 TUKWILA, WA SALON REFRESH RENOVATION MARCH 8, 2018 COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR PLUMBING 22 05 00 3.02 TESTING, BALANCING AND COMMISSIONING: A. GENERAL: Upon completion of the installation and before acceptance, the Contractor shall make all necessary tests and adjustments to place the system in a working condition. B. SAFETY DEVICES: Thoroughly check and operate all safety devices to assure proper operation and protection. C. INSPECTION, TESTS AND ADJUSTMENTS: After completion of the work, but before final payment is made, the Contractor shall run a test over a sufficient period of time to prove the proper capacity and performance of all apparatus, etc., and of the systems as a whole. 1. Provide test pump, gages, meters, other instruments, materials and labor in connection with tests. 2. Do not paint, cover or conceal piping, swing joints, etc, before testing and obtaining approval. 3. Test concealed piping in sections in a manner which will not leave any pipe or joint untested. 4. Before testing piping systems, remove or otherwise protect from damage control devices, air vents, other parts, which are not designed to stand pressures used in testing piping. 5. Correct defects disclosed by tests or inspection. Replace defective parts when directed. 6. When replacing defective parts, use only new materials. When replacing pipe, replace with same length as defective piece. 7. Repeat tests after defects have been corrected and parts replaced, as directed, until pronounced satisfactory. 8. Test and adjust alarms for satisfactory operating conditions. D. PRESSURE TESTS: Make pressure tests in the presence of the Architect and JCPenney. Treat soldered piping for leaks, using 100 PSI air pressure with soap suds. This test shall precede all hydrostatic tests. 3.03 PAINTING: A. GENERAL: Painted finish for piping and equipment shall be performed under the General Contract. B. EXTERIOR METAL: Iron works, tanks, pipes and fittings, supports or equipment not furnished with factory finish shall have one (1) coat of oil base primer and two (2) cover coats of oil base paint. C. ACCESSIBILITY: ALL VALVES AND PIPING accessories shall be fully accessible. Valves and accessories exposed in unfinished areas shall be accessible from the floor level. Valves and accessories located in horizontal pipe runs above ceilings shall be located at a height of 18" above ceilings. Coordinate access panel requirements for items located in walls or above solid gypboard ceilings. Drainage capability must be maintained. 22 05 00-7 03/08/18 JCPENNEY #0696 TUKWILA, WA SALON REFRESH RENOVATION MARCH 8, 2018 COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR PLUMBING 22 05 00 3.04 INSTALLATION: A. CONTRACTOR: Shall cooperate with all other trades in furnishing material and information for correct location, and proper sequencing of all sleeves, bucks, inserts, foundations, wiring, etc. B. EQUIPMENT: 1. All piping connections to equipment shall be made with unions of flanges to permit dismantling. Flanges and unions shall also be installed in the piping systems to permit disassembly consistent with good installation practice and as required for removal of connected equipment from place of installation. 2. Installation of all items shall be performed in strict accordance with all codes or regulations set forth by State or Local authorities. C. DAMAGE BY LEAKS: Contractor shall be responsible for any damage to any part of the premises caused by leaks or breaks in the pipe or fixtures furnished and installed by him in conformity with the requirements of the "Guarantee" portion of the GENERAL CONDITIONS. D. PROTECTION: Cover all openings, apparatus, equipment and appliances both before and after being set in place to prevent misuse or disfigurement of the apparatus, equipment or appliance. 3.05 PIPING INSTALLATION: A. INTERFERENCE: Wherever piping runs on ceilings, arrange the piping as not to 'Interfere with grilles, light outlets or light fixtures. Piping shall be stacked vertically in corridors such that expansion joints may extend horizontally. B. HEIGHT REQUIREMENTS: Route piping in structural webbing where possible. C. SPECIAL MINIMUM HEIGHTS: 1. Stock areas: 14' - 9" 2. Double Deck Stock: 16'-0" 3. Sales and Office: 18" above finished ceiling. 4. Coordinate above heights with ductwork and electrical. D. COORDINATE WITH DUCTWORK AND ELECTRICAL CONDUITS: These systems are given preferential space. Piping installed which has not been coordinated with other trades and where conflicts occur may be judged improper and be required to be relocated. 22 05 00-8 03/08/18 JCPENNEY #0696 TUKWILA, WA SALON REFRESH RENOVATION MARCH 8, 2018 COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR PLUMBING 22 05 00 E. ALL OPENINGS IN PIPES: Shall be kept closed during the progress of the work. F. EXISTING PIPE LINES: 1. If any existing water, gas or other pipes and appurtenances interfere with the proper installation of new work and will not be used in connection with new work, close such pipe in a proper manner, and, if necessary, move or remove the pipes as directed by the Architect. 2. Where existing work is to be modified, it shall be done in conformance with the specifications. Materials used shall be same as existing unless otherwise specified. G. SLEEVES, FLOOR AND CEILING PLATES: 1. Top of sleeves in concealed locations and in unfinished spaces, such as Mechanical Rooms, etc., shall be 3" above finished floor. 2. Cutting of openings and installation of sleeves or frames through walls and surfaces shall be done in a neat workmanlike manner. Openings shall be cut only as large as required for the installation. Sleeves and/or frames shall be installed flush with finished surfaces and grouted in place except as otherwise indicated. Surfaces around openings shall be left smooth and finished to match surrounding surface. 3. All pipes passing through concrete walls or slabs shall have pipe sleeves of adequate size to permit placing pipe. Where pipes pass through floor slabs, sleeves shall be standard weight black steel pipe with top of sleeve 3" above finished floor. Where pipes pass through walls, sleeves shall be standard weight black steel pipe or 20 -gauge galvanized sheet metal with ends flush with wall surfaces. When wall or slabs are fire rated a UL approved fire caulk and penetration assembly shall be used. 4. Pipes passing through sleeves in walls or slabs shall have a mastic and oakum seal in the annular space to permit movement of pipe and to prevent entrance of moisture. Where exposed pipes pass through sleeves in floor slabs, the annular space shall be caulked with oakum and painted with caulking compound striking off compound at top of sleeve to prevent trapping water. When wall or slabs are fire rated a UL approved fire caulk and penetration assembly shall be used. END OF SECTION 22 05 00-9 03/08/18 ._d JCPENNEY #0696 TUKWILA, WA SALON REFRESH RENOVATION MARCH 8 2018 GENERAL DUTY VALVES FOR PLUMBING 22 05 23 PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY: A. WORK INCLUDE: This section covers piping materials necessary for installation of the plumbing piping requirements. B. WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE: 1. 22 05 29 "HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR HVAC PLUMBING AND EQUIPMENT" 2. 22 05 48 "VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR PLUMBING PIPING AND EQUIPMENT" 3. 22 07 00 "PLUMBING INSULATION" 1.02 SUBMITTALS: A. SUBMIT ALL INFORMATION on all items in this section per section 22 01 00 "PLUMBING SHOP DRAWINGS/O&M". 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE: A. QUALITY CONTROL: All valves installed in connection with facility piping shall comply with: 1. All gate, globe and angle valves shall be designed and manufactured with back seating features to allow them to be repacked under pressure when in full open positions. 2. All valves 3 inches and smaller shall have threaded ends and have bronze bodies. 3. Valves 4 inches and larger shall have flanged ends and be iron body bronze mounted. B. AMERICAN SOCIETY OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERS (ASME) COMPLIANCE: Comply with ASME 831.9 for building services piping. C. MANUFACTURERS STANDARDIZATION SOCIETY OF THE VALVE AND FITTING INDUSTRY (MSS) COMPLIANCE: Comply with the various MSS standard practices. PART2-PRODUCTS 2.01 VALVES A. ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS: 1. DeZurik 2. Hammond 3. Lunkenheimer 4. Nibco 5. Powell 6. Red -White 7. Stockham B. ALL VALVES shall be of one manufacturer throughout the project. C. GATE VALVES 1. Wedge disc pattern union bonnet with rising stem repackable under full operating pressure and wide open. Designed for 200 PSI non -shock, water, oil and gas working pressures, 22 05 23-1 03/08/18 JCPENNEY #0696 TUKWILA, WA SALON REFRESH RENOVATION MARCH 8, 2018 GENERAL DUTY VALVES FOR PLUMBING 22 05 23 2. Size 3 Inches and Smaller - Class 150 with bronze union bonnet with rising stem and solid wedge. 150 PSI/10.3 Bar Saturated Steam to 366° F/185° C300 PSI/20.7 Bar Non -Shock Cold Working Pressure - Conforms to MSS SP -80. Nibco T-124 3. Size 4 Inches and Larger - Class 150 with bronze bolted bonnet with rising stem and solid wedge. 150 PSI/10.3 Bar Saturated Steam to 366° F/185° C300 PSI/20.7 Bar Non -Shock Cold Working Pressure - Conforms to MSS SP -80. Nibco T-134 D. GLOBE AND ANGLE VALVES 1. All globe and angle valves shall be designed and manufactured with back seating features to allow them to be repacked under pressure when in full open position. 2. Size 3 Inches and Smaller - Class 125 Bronze screw-in bonnet with integral seat, renewable seat and disc. 125 PSI/8.6 Bar Saturated Steam to 353° F/178° C200 PSI/13.8 Bar Non - Shock Cold Working Pressure - Conforms to MSS SP -80. Nibco T-211 3. Size 4 Inches and Larger - Class 125 Cast Iron body with Bronze bolted bonnet, renewable seat and disc, bronze mounted and flanged. 125 PSI/8.6 Bar Saturated Steam to 353° F/178° C200 PSI/13.8 Bar Non -Shock Cold Working Pressure to -20° F to 150° F/-29° C to 66° C - Conforms to MSS SP -85. Nibco F -718-B E. CHECK VALVES 1. Swing check valves designed 200 PSI non -shock water -oil and gas working pressures. Valves shall be regrinding type permitting regrinding seats without removing valves from piping. Fumish screwed caps renewable side plugs, hinges, and bronze discs. Valves shall operate equally well in the vertical or horizontal position. 2. Size 3 Inches and Smaller - Class 125 Bronze with horizontal swing, regrinding type, Y - pattern, renewable seat and disc. 125 PSI/8.6 Bar Saturated Steam to 353° F/178° C200 PSI/13.8 Bar Non -Shock Cold Working Pressure - Conforms to MSS SP -80. Nibco T-413 3. Size 4 Inches and Larger - Class 125 Cast Iron body with bolted bonnet, horizontal swing, renewable seat and disc - flanged. 125 PSI/8.6 Bar Saturated Steam to 353° F/178° C200 PSI/13.8 Bar Non -Shock Cold Working Pressure to -20° F to 150° F/-29° C to 66° C - Conforms to MSS SP -71 Type 1. Nibco F -918-B. 4. Silent Check 2 Inches and Larger - Class 125, ASTM A126 class B cast iron body, flanged globe style, silent non -slam design, spring loaded, center guided, bronze trim, stainless steel spring and screws F. BALL VALVES 1. Size 3 Inches and Smaller - Two -Piece Bronze with full port 1/4"-1", conventional port 1-1/4"- 3" with bronze trim and blowout -proof stem. 600 PSI/41.4 Bar Non -Shock Cold Working Pressure 150 PSI/10.3 Bar Saturated Steam - Conforms to MSS SP -110. Nibco T-580-70 G. BALANCING VALVES 1. Pressure Independent Constant Water Flow. Class 125 Cast Iron body and bonnet with Y - pattern globe, non rising stem, EPDM elastomer disc, memory stop and linear scale. Nibco F- 737 H. BUTTERFLY VALVES 22 05 23-2 03/08/18 JCPENNEY #0696 TUKWILA, WA SALON REFRESH RENOVATION MARCH 8, 2018 GENERAL DUTY VALVES FOR PLUMBING 22 05 23 1. Size 4 Inches and Larger - 200 PSI Cast Iron body with extended neck, geometric drive. molded -in seat liner, lug style, EPDM Liner. Install between Std. ANSI Class 125/150 Flanges. Lever handle thru 5" size and worm gear operator for 6" and larger. Mount stem in horizontal position_ Conforms to MSS-SP67. Nibco LC -2000. I. WHEEL HANDLES 1. Size 4 Inches and Larger: Mounted in excess of 7 feet above the floor in Boiler and Mechanical Rooms shall be equipped with chain operators. Extend chains to within 6'-3" of floor. Shall be non -heating style cast from malleable iron ASTM A-197. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL: A. INSTALL VALVES where required for proper operation of piping and equipment, including valves in branch lines where necessary to isolate sections of piping. Locate valves so as to be accessible and so that separate support can be provided as necessary. B. INSTALL VALVES, except butterfly valves, with stems pointed up, in vertical position where possible, but in no case with stems pointed downward from horizontal plane without prior written approval. Install valve drains with hose -end adapter for each valve that must be installed with stem below horizontal plane. C. INSTALL BUTTERFLY VALVES with stems mounted horizontally. D. SWING CHECK VALVES:: Install in horizontal position with hinge pin horizontally perpendicular to center line of pipe. Install for proper direction of flow. E. WATER CHECK: Install between two flanges in horizontal or vertical position. F. ALL VALVES mounted higher than 7 feet above floor in mechanical rooms and where indicated shall be installed with stem horizontal and equipped with chain wheels and chains extending to 6 feet above floor. G. ACCESSIBILITY: All valves and piping accessories shall be fully accessible. Accessories exposed in unfinished areas shall be accessible from the floor level. Valves or accessories located in horizontal pipe runs above ceilings shall be located at a height of 18" above ceilings. Coordinate access panel requirements for items located in walls or above solid gypboard ceilings. Drainage capability must be maintained. H. INSULATION: Where insulation is indicated, install extended -stem valves, arranged in proper manner to receive insulation.. I. SELECTION OF VALVE ENDS (Pipe Connections): Except as otherwise indicated, select and install valves with the follovving ends of types of pipe/tube connections: 1. Copper Pipe 3" and Smaller: Soldered -joint valves. 2. Steel Pipe 3" and Smaller: Threaded joint valves. 3. Pipe Sizes 4" and Larger - at installer's option: a. Flanged valves b. Lug valves J. FLUID CONTROL: Install gate, ball, plug, circuit setter, glove, and butterfly valves to comply with ANSI B31.9. 22 05 23-3 03/08/18 JCPENNEY #0696 TUKWILA, WA SALON REFRESH RENOVATION MARCH 8, 2018 GENERAL DUTY VALVES FOR PLUMBING 22 05 23 K. VALVE ADJUSTMENT: After piping systems have been tested and put into service, but before final testing, adjusting, balancing and inspection of each valve for possible leaks. Adjust or replace packing to stop leaks, replace valve if leak persists. L. CLEANING: Clean factory -finished surfaces. Repair marred or scratched surfaces with manufacturer's touch-up paint. 3.02 VALVE IDENTIFICATION: A. MARK EACH at the factory with the following minimum information, engraved, stamped or cast on each valve or metal tag permanently attached to the valve. 1. MANUFACTURER'S NAME. 2. CATALOG OR FIGURE NUMBER. 3. SIZE AND PRESSURE CLASS. 4. ARROWS: Indicate direction of flow on check, globe, angle, and eccentric plug valves. B. ALL VALVES shall have a securely fastened stamped brass metal plate installed by the Contractor and bearing a different number. C. VALVE CHARTS 1. MOUNTING INSTRUCTIONS: Locate the wall mounted, framed, under glass valve charts in the water heater room. 2. FORMAT: Arrange format of valve charts by rooms and sequence all valve numbers starting with Mechanical Equipment Rooms and finishing with "occupied spaces". 3. INFORMATION: Furnish typed on valve charts for each valve throughout the project including automatic valves and safety valves. a. Room number and name where valve is located, i.e., "2G Equipment Room". b. Valve number on contractor installed brass plate, i.e., "147". c. Service medium using designation assigned to drawings on mechanical symbols, i.e., "Heating Hot water Supply" or "Plumbing Cold Water". d. Valve types as specified in Section 22 05 23, "General -Duty Valves for Piping", i.e., "Ball Valve" or "Butterfly". e. Function valve serves, i.e., "Strainer Shut-off' or "Balancing Valve". f. Zone identification, i.e., "Salon" or "Women's Restroom". (Insert charts in manuals.) g. Insert copy of the Valve charts into the O&M manuals. END OF SECTION 22 05 23-4 03/08/18 JCPENNEY #0696 TUKWILA, WA SALON REFRESH RENOVATION MARCH 8 2018 HANGERS AND SUPPORTS 22 05 29 FOR PLUMBING PIPING EQUIPMENT PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY: A. WORK INCLUDED: This section includes piping supports for all plumbing systems. B. RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE: 1. Section 22 01 00, "Plumbing Shop Drawings/O&M" 2. Section 22 05 00, "Common Work Results for Plumbing" 3. Section 22 07 00, "Plumbing Insulation" 4. Section 22 10 00, "Plumbing Piping" 1.02 SUBMITTALS: A. SUBMIT ALL INFORMATION on all items in this section per section 22 01 00 "PLUMBING SHOP DRAWINGS/O&M". 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE: A. STANDARDS: All hangers, supports, anchors and guides shall be in accordance with the American National Standard Code for Pressure Piping ANSI B31.1. Provide and install piping supports according to manufacturer's recommendations. PART2-PRODUCTS 2.01 APPROVED MANUFACTURERS: 1. ANVIL 2. COOPER B -LINE 3. ERICO 4. GLOE3E 5. PHD MANUFACTURING 6. TOLCO 2.02 SUPPORTING RODS: A. STEEL RODS: Support piping with threaded hot rolled steel rod conforming to ASTM standards. Threaded rod shall not be reduced to sizes smaller than provided for in support thread sizes. Refer to spacing schedules in Part 3 for rod sizes. B. COUPLINGS: For connecting rod lengths within limitation, rod couplings may be used for supporting pipe sizes up to 8". Malleable iron couplings shall be equal to Anvil Figure 136 and have site holes to verify proper installation. 2.03 PIPE HANGERS: A. CLEVIS HANGERS: Except as otherwise specified herein, furnish adjustable clevis type steel hangers, Anvil Figure 260 or Figure 300 as required to keep the clevis nut outside the insulation. B. SWIVEL RING HANGERS: At Contractor's option, furnish adjustable swivel ring steed hangers, Anvil Figure 69. C. PIPE CLAMPS: Where pipe exceeds maximum loading recommended for Clevis type hangers, furnish steel pipe clamp, Anvil Figure 216. 22 05 29 -1 03/08/18 JCPENNEY #0696 TUKWILA, WA SALON REFRESH RENOVATION MARCH 8, 2018 HANGERS AND SUPPORTS 22 05 29 FOR PLUMBING PIPING EQUIPMENT D. ROLL SUPPORTS: For pipes 8" and larger and where provision for expansion and contraction is required (substitution of PVC piping), furnish single pipe -roll support with 2 rods and adjustable sockets. Provide equal to Anvil Figure 171, or for pipe 12" and smaller adjustable swivel pipe -roll with one rod, Anvil Figure 181. E. HANGERS FOR BARE COPPER TUBING: When hangers are in contact with un -insulated copper pipe, provide copper plated split -ring extension hanger Anvil Figure CT -138R. F. TRAPEZE HANGERS: Where several pipes can be installed parallel and at the same level, trapeze hangers may be fabricated from approved structural steel shapes. Use roller chairs Anvil Figure 175 or pipe -roll stands Anvil Figure 271 where provision for expansion is required. Turnbuckle hanger connectors will have "site holes" for visual inspection of rod installation. When trapeze hangers are not shown or detailed, furnish shop drawings for JCPenney approval. 2.04 FLOOR SUPPORTS: A. CAST IRON SADDLE SUPPORTS: Where bottom of piping is less than 1 foot 6 inches above finish floor, furnish cast iron saddle supports equal to Anvil Figure 264 with pipe nipples to suit. Fasten to floor. B. CAST IRON PIPE STANCHIONS: Where bottom of elbow is less than 1 foot 6 inches above finish floor, furnish cast iron pipe stanchions equal to Anvil Figure 63, type A or B. C. PIPE ROLL STANDS: Where bottom of pipe is higher than 1 foot 8 inches above bottom of finish floor and/or where provision for expansion is required, furnish pipe -roll stands, Anvil Figure 271 without vertical adjustment, or Anvil Figure 274 with vertical adjustments as required. Provide concrete piers or unistrut rack and fasten stands to piers or racks. 2.05 WALL SUPPORTS: A. UNISTRUT AND BRACKET: For pipe up to 3" inches, provide unistrut with bracket equal to Anvil 206 or 207. B. LIGHT WELDED STEEL BRACKETS: For hanger suspension with 750 Ib. maximum loading, furnish light welded- steel bracket with hold for one rod, 3/4 -inch diameter, Anvil Figure 194. For pipe roll stand support, furnish welded -steel bracket, light for 700 Ib. maximum loading, Anvil Figure 194, medium for 1500 Ib. maximum loading Anvil Figure 195, heavy for 3000 Ib. maximum loading Anvil Figure 199. 2.06 VERTICAL PIPING SUPPORTS: A. STEEL RISER CLAMPS: Unless otherwise noted, support vertical piping with wrought steel riser clamps. Make adequate provision for expansion, contraction, and lateral stability. Supports shall be steel extension pipe -clamps, Anvil Figure 261, refer to manufacturer's rated maximum loading for each size pipe. Bolt clamp securely to pipe rest, clamp -end extension on building structure. B. HANGERS FOR BARE COPPER PIPE: For un -insulated copper lines, furnish copper tube straps equal to Anvil Figure CT121 copper tubing riser clamp. 2.07 STRUCTURAL ATTACHMENTS AND ANCHORS: A. BEAM CLAMPS: Shall be malleable iron, Anvil Figure 218 for 3/8 -inch hanger rods; forged -steel beam clamp, Anvil Figure 228 for hanger rod up to 1-1/2 inch. Anvil Figure 227 approved equal. B. 'C' CLAMPS: Shall be malleable iron, Anvil Figure 92 for 3/8" and 1/2" hanger rods (standard throat), Figure 93 for 3/8" and 1/2" hanger rods (wide throat) and Figure 94 for 5/8" and 3/4" hanger rods. All c - clamps will be installed with retaining clips equal to Anvil Figure 89X when installed in FM identified earthquake zones. 22 05 29 -2 03/08/18 JCPENNEY #0696 TUKWILA, WA SALON REFRESH RENOVATION MARCH 8 2018 HANGERS AND SUPPORTS 22 05 29 FOR PLUMBING PIPING EQUIPMENT C. JOIST AND JOIST GIRDERS SUPPORTS: Shall be Anvil Figure 60, steel washer plate for supporting hanger rods with double hex nuts. D. CONCRETE: INSERTS: Shall be black malleable iron Universal type for threaded connections with lateral adjustment, equal to Anvil Figure 285 for pipe sizes up to 3-1/2 inch, Anvil Figure 282 for pipe sizes up to 8 inch, or equivalent group of pipes on trapeze. Furnish and set inserts in concrete forms; provide reinforcing rods for pipe sizes over 3 -inch or equivalent. E. EXPANSION ANCHORS: Allowed when joist girder systems exceed 4 ft on center or if I-beam, structural slab system is being utilized, and pending acceptance of local officials and the Structural Engineer of Record. When using this system, contractor must identify depth, exact mounting locations, and allowable safety factor (minimum 5). Not allowed except weights 50 lbs or less at each support. Equal to Hilti drilled -in, screw type expansion anchor model Hilti Kwik Bolt II. 2.08 SHIELDS: A. PROVIDE APPROVED galvanized form shields to protect insulation at areas of contact with hangers and supports. Furnish Anvil Figure 167 low compressive insulation protector shields to prevent crushing of insulation. Size shields in accordance with shield manufacturer's recommendations. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION -- GENERAL: A. GENERAL: The contractor is responsible to furnish all hangers required to support the loads. Where necessary, supports shall be designed to permit movement due to expansion and contraction. Where drawings show details of supports and anchors, conform to details shown. Where details are not shown, conform to general requirements specified herein. B. PROTECTION: All hangers and shields shall be sized to fit on the outside of insulation. For insulated pipe 2" and above, cut insulation and insert wood saddles without violating integrity of the vapor barrier. Coordinate with requirements with insulation installer. C. STRUCTURAL ATTACHMENT: Hang pipe from substantial building structure. Piping shall not be hung from other piping. All rigid hangers shall provide a means of vertical adjustment after erection. Inserts or connection to roof decking is prohibited. 3.02 HANGER SPACING: A. GENERAL: Specified herein is included to limit deflection in the pipe to an acceptable minimum. Shorten intervals as necessary so the support manufacturer's maximum recommended safe load values in accordance with ANSI B31.1. Lateral support shall be applied at all changes in direction for pipes 4" and larger. Support will also be included to restrain drainage piping from axial movement. Where non -insulated pipes pass through walls, floors, and partitions, encase pipe within sleeve with 1 -inch thick cork or Mason "AWS" acoustical wall seals. Steel Pipe Pipe Size 1/2" to 2" 3" 4" to 8" Copper Pipe Pipe Size 1/2" to 2" Max. Hanger Spacing 6 feet 10 feet 12 feet Max. Hanger Spacing 6 feet 22 05 29 -3 03/08/18 Rod Size 3/8" 1/2" 5/8" Rod Size 3/8" JCPENNEY #0696 TUKWILA, WA SALON REFRESH RENOVATION MARCH 8, 2018 HANGERS AND SUPPORTS 22 05 29 FOR PLUMBING PIPING EQUIPMENT Copper Pipe 3" and larger 12 feet 1/2" B. NO -HUB CAST IRON PIPE: Shall be supported, as recommended by the latest standards of the Cast Iron Pipe Institute. Hangers and supports, however, shall be provided at least at each side of joint. Each joint for 5 inch and larger pipe shall be restrained for vertical and horizontal movement at all fittings connections. Risers must be secured for movement in any cirection on 5 inch and larger piping. C. PLASTIC PIPE: Plastic pipe (PVC and ABS) shall be supported not more than 4'-0" on center for horizontal pipe and 10'-0" on center for vertical piping. 3.03 STRUCTURAL ATTACHMENTS AND ANCHORS A. SUPPORTING RODS: 1. Support hanger rods shall be attached to the building structure or to a concrete floor deck by inserts placed in the concrete before concrete is poured. 2. Supporting rods over 18 inches long: shall be braced at every fourth hanger with diagonal bracing attached to the structure B. SUPPORTS FROM JOISTS AND JOIST GIRDERS: 1. All loads exceeding 100 pounds shall be applied at the joist/joist girder panel points. 2. Loads of 100 pounds or less may be applied within 6" of panel points of the joists/joist girders with "beam clamps" or "C" clamps. 3. A total of one hundred (100) pounds may be hung from the top or bottom chord of joists/joist girders between the panel points. The load(s) shall be symmetrically applied to the chords using Fig. 60 or 60L. C. SUPPORTS FROM WIDE FLANGE BEAMS: Loads to wide flange beams from "beam clamps" and "C clamps" (straps) shall not exceed: Beam Size Max. Beam Clamp Load (lbs) Max. "C" Clamp Load (lbs) W4 to W10 W12 W14to W16 W18 W21 W24 W27 to W30 W33 W36 150 200 400 700 800 1,000 1,500 2,200 2,500 50 75 150 200 200 200 200 200 200 3.04 VERTICAL PIPING: A. SUPPORT STEEL PIPE at a minimum of every other floor as required to relieve joint stresses. B. WHERE PIPE SLEEVES extend above floor, place pipe clamps at ceiling below, support clamp -end extension from inserts. END OF SECTION 22 05 29 -4 03/08/18 JCPENNEY #0696 TUKWILA, WA SALON REFRESH RENOVATION MARCH 8 2018 VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROLS 22 05 48 FOR PLUMBING PIPING AND EQUIPMENT PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. VIBRATION ISOLATION DESCRIPTION OF WORK: Furnish Vibration Isolators for plumbing piping and equipment as scheduled herein to prevent the transmission of vibration and mechanically transmitted sound to the building structure. Vibration isolators shall be selected by the isolator manufacturer in accordance with the weight distribution to produce reasonable uniform deflection. B. SEISMIC CONTROL DESRIPTION OF WORK: 1. Furnish seismic controls on buildings with IBC and/or ASCE 7, Seismic Design Category C through F or as required by local code. Performance Requirements: a. Determine Seismic Design Category as indicated on contract documents. b. Building Occupancy Category: II c. Component Importance Factor: Plumbing DWV Piping - 1.0 d. Component Importance Factor: Plumbing Equipment - 1.0 e. Component Response Modification Factors per ASCE 7 f. Component Application Factor per ASCE 7 g. Design Spectral Response Accelerations per ASCE 7 2. Contractor shall engage the services of a structural/seismic engineer as required to complete this scope of work. 1.02 SUBMITTALS: A. SUBMIT ALL INFORMATION on all items in this section per section 22 01 00 "PLUMBING SHOP DRAWINGS/O&M". PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 APPROVED MANUFACTURERS: . J A. MATERIAL: Where shown, scheduled, or specified, provide specific vibration isolation equipment, manufactured by one of the following: 1. MASON INDUSTRIES, INC. 2. KINETICS NOISE CONTROL, INC. 3. VIBRATION MOUNTING & CONTROLS, INC. B. WHERE SPECIFIC TYPE of vibration isolation equipment is not shown or specified, furnish isolators as recommended by one of the isolation manufacturers listed above, compatible and complete with equipment arrangements shown. 2.02 MOUNTINGS: A. TYPE "B" SPRING MOUNTINGS: Spring isolators shall be free-standing and laterally stable without any housing and complete with 1/4" neoprene acoustical friction pads between the base -plate and the support. All mountings shall have leveling bolts that must be rigidly bolted to the equipment. Spring diameters shall be no less than 0.8 of the compressed height of the spring at rated load. Springs shall have a minimum additional travel to solid equal to 50% of the rated deflection. Submittals shall include spring diameters, deflections, compressed spring height, and solid spring height. Use Mason Type "SLF". B. TYPE "ND" NEOPRENE MOUNTING: Provide a double deflection neoprene mounting. Use Mason Type "ND". 22 05 48-1 03/08/18 JCPENNEY #0696 TUKWILA, WA SALON REFRESH RENOVATION MARCH 8, 2018 VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROLS 22 05 48 FOR PLUMBING PIPING AND EQUIPMENT C. TYPE "W" WAFFLE MOUNT: 5/16" -thick waffle type neoprene pad by Mason Industries. D. TYPE "C" SPRING ISOLATOR: Shall be equivalent to Type "B" with a housing with vertical limit stops. A minimum of 1/2" clearance shall be maintained around restraining bolts. Mountings outside shall be hot dipped galvanized. 2.03 ISOLATION HANGERS: A. TYPE "D" ISOLATION HANGERS: Vibration hangers shall contain a spring and a double deflection neoprene element in series. Neoprene elements shall have a minimum deflection 0.35". Spring diameters shall be no less than 0.8 of the compressed height of the spring at rated load. Springs shall have a minimum additional travel to solid equal to 50% of the rated deflection. B. TYPE "E" ISOLATION HANGERS: Vibration hangers shall be as specified for Type 1 but with the additional capability of holding empty piping at a fixed elevation during installation with a secondary adjustment to transfer the load to the spring and maintain the same position when the piping is filled. Deflection shall be clearly indicated by means of a pointer and scale. 2.04 EQUIPMENT FLEXIBLE CONNECTIONS: A. TYPE "K" FLEXIBLE NEOPRENE PIPE CONNECTION: The unit shall be manufactured of multiple plies of nylon tire chord fabric and neoprene cured in hydraulic presses. Use threaded end connections on 2 1/2" and below. Use galvanized flanges above 2 1/2". Connectors shall be rated to 150 PSI at 220°F. Unit shall reduce 20 dB in vibration acceleration and 10 dB in sound pressure levels. (Mason MFTNC) B. TYPE "L" STAINLESS STEEL FLEXIBLE HOSES: The unit shall have stainless braid) and carbon steel fittings. Sizes 3" and larger are flanged and shall have male nipples. (Mason BSS). 2.05 ACOUSTICAL WALL SEAL: A. PROVIDE AN ACOUSTICAL WALL SEAL: consisting of an external pipe or 10 -gauge sleeve with a 1" -thick dense neoprene sponge separation from the pipe passing within. Sleeve and sponge lengths shall be 12" with the sponge vulcanized to both surfaces. Connections shall be flanged or screwed in keeping with job requirements. Acoustical wall seals shall be cast into equipment room floors, walls, or ceilings and pipe connections made to both ends. Use Mason Type "SWS". 2.06 SEISMIC RESTRAINTS: A. PROVIDE CALCULATIONS to determine restraint loadings resulting from seismic forces on all equipment and highest typical loading on each size of restraint presented in IBC, governing codes, or project seismic requirements. Seismic design shall be certified by a licensed engineer, experienced in the design of restraints for flexibly mounted equipment for a minimum of 5 years. Provide proper anchorage details. B. PROVIDE FACTORY CERTIFICATION of loading and testing by Independent testing laboratory and certification by engineering seal. C. PIPING: All piping 2.5 inches nominal diameter and larger require seismic restraint. All piping in mechanical rooms 1.25 inches and larger require restraints. Fuel oil piping and gas piping of 1 inch and larger require restraint. No bracing is required if the hanger length is less than 12 inches. 1. Transverse restraints shall be at 40 feet maximum spacing. Longitudinal restraints shall be at 80 feet maximum spacing. 2. Branch lines may not be used to restrain main lines. 3. Cast iron piping must be restrained on each side of pipe directional change. 22 05 48-2 03/08/18 . J J . JCPENNEY #0696 TUKWILA, WA SALON REFRESH RENOVATION MARCH 8, 2018 VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROLS 22 05 48 FOR PLUMBING PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 4. Seismic restraints for pipes on trapeze hangers may be used. Holdown clamps to the trapeze required. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 PIPING HANGERS: A. PIPING INSTALLATION: Isolate piping in mechanical rooms. Around pumps 1 HP or greater isolate the first three hangers on supply and return piping using Type E isolator. (1" deflection). END OF SECTION 22 05 48-3 03/08/18 JCPENNEY #0696 TUKWILA, WA SALON REFRESH RENOVATION MARCH 8, 2018 PLUMBING INISULATION 22 07 00 PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY: A. WORK INCLUDED: This section covers material and installation for the insulation of plumbing piping. B. WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE: 1. 22 05 00, "Common Work Results for Plumbing" 2. 22 01 00, "Plumbing Shop Drawings/O&M" 3. 22 05 29, "Hangers and Supports for Plumbing Piping and Equipment" 1.02 SUBMITTALS: A. SUBMIT ALL INFORMATION on all items in this section per section 22 01 00 "PLUMBING SHOP DRAWINGS/O&M". 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE: A. THERMAL CONDUCTIVITY: Thicknesses shown are for thermal conductivity (K -value at 75°F) specified for each material. Provide adjusted thickness as directed for equivalent use of material having a different thermal conductivity. Where insulation is identified by "R" value, provide appropriate thickness. B. INDOOR INSULATION: Shall have composite (insulation, jacket or facing, and adhesive used to adhere the facing or jacket or jacket to the insulation) fire and smoke hazard ratings on NFPA 90A as determined by Underwriter's Laboratories' procedure ASTM E -84-50T, NFPA 255, and UL 723 not exceeding: Flame spread 25; Smoke Developed 50. C. MATERIAL: Shall be furnished to the job bearing the manufacturer's label. D. MATERIAL HANDLING: Do not allow insulation materials to become wet, soiled, or covered with ice or snow. Comply with manufacturer's recommendations for handling, storage and protection during installation. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 ACCEPTABLIE MANUFACTURERS: A. APPROVED MANUFACTURERS - INSULATION: 1. CertainTeed 2. Knauf 3. Owens Corning 4. Johns Manville B. APPROVED MANUFACTURERS - TAPE AND ADHESIVE: 1. 3M Company 2. Foster's Products 2.02 INSULATION: A. FIBERGLASS PIPE INSULATION: 1. Johns Manville Micro -Lok 2. Glass fibers bonded with thermosetting resign molded to conform to pipe outside diameter. 3. Density: 5Ibs. per cu. ft. 4. 'K' Value: 0.23 at 75°F. 22 07 00-1 03/08/18 JCPENNEY #0696 TUKWILA, WA SALON REFRESH RENOVATION MARCH 8, 2018 PLUMBING INSULATION 22 07 00 5. Vapor Retarder Jacket: Reinforced vapor retarder facing and a factory applied longitudinal acrylic adhesive closure system. B. ELASTOMERIC FOAM: 1. Armacell AP Armaflex Products 2. Flexible, cellular elastomeric, molded or sheet. 3. 'K' Value: 0.28 at 75°F. 4. Maximum Flame Spread: 25. 5. Maximum Smoke Developed: 50 (1" thick and below). 6. Application: Waterproof vapor retarder adhesive as needed C. PIPE FIELD APPLIED JACKETS: 1. PVC Plastic: a. Johns Manville Zeston 2000. b. One piiece molded fitting cover and jacketing material, gloss white. c. Connect with tacks and pressure sensitive color matching vinyl tape. 2. Aluminum Jacket: 0.016 inch thick sheet, embossed finish, with longitudinal slip joints and 2 inch laps, die shaped fitting covers with factory attached protective liner. D. REMOVABLE COVERS: 1. Provide removable covers on valves, fittings, flanges, strainers, traps, etc, where periodic maintenance or removal is required. 2. Use of premolded fittings with PVC covers is acceptable. 3. Use of lace -on type insulating blankets is acceptable. E. INSULATION BLOCK 1. Manville Thermo -12 2. Rigid hydrous calcium silicate heat insulation with thermal conductivity not exceeding 0.41 at 200°F. Block shall be abuse and moisture resistant with minimum 12.5 lbs. per cu. ft density. 3. Block held in place with banding straps. Provide pipe shield between block and pipe hanger. F. TAPE: For tape used for sealing purposes, use type and application method as recommended by the non-conductive covering manufacturer. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL A. VERIFY PIPING has been tested for leakage in accordance with specifications before applying insulation materials. All piping shall be inspected by Owner's Representative prior to installation of insulation. Any insulation applied prior to inspection shall be removed and new insulation applied at no additional cost to Owner. Notify Owner's Representative five (5) working days prior to insulation installation. B. VERIFY THAT ALL SURFACES are clean, dry and free of foreign material. C. INSTALL MATERIALS in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations, building codes and industry standards. D. CONTINUE INSULATION vapor barrier through penetrations except where prohibited by code. E. THE APPEARANCE of the finished work shall be of equal importance with its mechanical correctness and efficiency. Insulation for heating surfaces and piping shall not be applied until surfaces are sufficiently 22 07 00-2 03/08/18 JCPENNEY #0696 TUKWILA, WA SALON REFRESH RENOVATION MARCH 8, 2018 PLUMBING INSULATION 22 07 00 heated to properly dry out the insulation. Insulation shall not be applied until the system its tested and approved. F. WHEREVER VAPOR BARRIERS ARE USED, they must be intact and continuous throughout. All portions of the covering at joints and fittings shall be vapor sealed. G. INSULATE UNIONS, flanges and valve bodies but not operating parts. H. APPLICATION OF ALL MATERIALS shall be in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions. I. INSULATION SHALL BE HANDLED in a manner not adversely affecting its structural or insulating properties. J. PROVIDE SUPPOERT for the insulation on vertical lines to prevent the insulation from slipping downward. K. CARE SHALL BE TAKEN so as not to place insulation over vent and drain outlets. L. "PRESSURE SENSITIVE" CEMENT or laps on insulation coated with such cement by itself shall not constitute a finished seam or joint. 3.02 PIPING INSULATION A. LOCATE INSULATION and cover seams in least visible locations. B. NEATLY FINISH INSULATION at supports, protrusions, and interruptions. C. PROVIDE INSUALTED DUAL temperature pipes or cold pipes conveying fluids below ambient temperature with vapor retardant jackets with self sealing laps. Insulate complete system. D. FOR INSULATED PIPES conveying fluids above ambient temperature, secure jackets with self sealing lap or outward clinched, expanded staples. Bevel and seal ends of insulation at equipment, flanges, and unions. E. FOR PIPE EXPOSED in mechanical equipment rooms or in finished spaces within 10 feet of finished floor, finish with PVC jacket and fitting covers. F. WHERE VALVES, strainers, etc, with insulation require periodic opening for maintenance, repair, or cleaning, install insulation in such a manner that it can be easily removed and replaced without damage. Use of premolded covers or lace -on type insulation blankets is acceptable. G. JACKET SEAMS shall be located on bottom side of horizontal piping. H. PROVIDE INSERT between support shield and piping on piping 1-1/2" diameter or larger. Insulation inserts shall not be less than the following lengths: Pipe Size Insert Length 1-1/2" to 2-1/2" 3" to 6" 10" 12" 22 07 00-3 03/08/18 JCPENNEY #0696 TUKWILA, WA SALON REFRESH RENOVATION MARCH 8, 2018 PLUMBING INSULATION 22 07 00 I. PIPING INSULATION SCHEDULE: System Pipe Insulation Thickness Vapor Exterior Diameter Barrier Locations Cold Water All Sizes Fiberglass or 1/2" Yes Aluminum Elastomeric Jacket Hot Water 2" and below Fiberglass or 1" Yes Aluminum Elastomeric Jacket 2 1/2" and Fiberglass 1 1/2" Yes Aluminum above Jacket END OF SECTION 22 07 00-4 03/08/18 JCPENNEY #0696 TUKWILA, WA SALON REFRESH RENOVATION MARCH 8, 2018 PLUMBING PIPING 22 10 00 PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY: A. WORK INCLUDED: Provide all piping materials as herein specified, shown, or as necessary for complete installation of plumbing systems within the building and to a specified location outside the building, typically 5-0" outside the building wall. B. RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE: 1. Section 22 01 00, "Plumbing Shop Drawings/O&M" 2. Section 22 05 00, "Common Work Results for Plumbing" 3. Section 22 11 00, "Facility Water Distribution" 4. Section 22 13 00, "Facility Sanitary Sewerage" 1.02 SUBMITTALS: A. SUBMIT ALL INFORMATION on all items in this section per section 22 01 00 "PLUMBING SHOP DRAWINGS/O&M". 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE: A. PRODUCT IDENTIFICATION: Refer to individual ASTM specification sections titled "Product Marking" •- that specifies the information to be marked on the material or printed on an attached tag or label. Typically, the information includes the manufacturer's name, brand, or trademark as well as the size, weight, class, standard designation, or any other information that is applicable to the product and included in the standards. J B. RECORDING: All testing with signed and dated forms from the Plumbing Contractor, General Contractor and Owners Representative. Each representative should witness initiation and completion of test. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 GALVANIZED STEEL, BLACK STEEL PIPE & FITTINGS: A. STANDARD WEIGHT PIPE Nominal Pipe Size (in) Manufacturing Methods Wall thickness Standard 3/8 thru 4 Welded Schedule 40 ASTM A53 B. EXTRA STRONG WEIGHT PIPE Nominal Pipe Size (in) Manufacturing Methods Wall thickness Standard 3/8 thru 4 Welded Schedule 80 ASTM A53 C. WROUGHT STEEL BUTT -WELDING FITTINGS: Factory made per ASME 816.9. Match wall thickness of fittings to steel pipe wall thickness. Fittings shall conform to ASTM A234 and meet the same service conditions of seamless steel pipe conforming to ASTM A106, Grade B. Short radius elbows and other fittings not meeting ASME B16.9 are not acceptable. D. GALVANIZED FITTINGS: shall be hot dip galvanized before machining. E. CAST IRON FLANGED FITTINGS: Furnish 125 -Ib. class conforming to ASME B16.1 and meeting or exceeding the chemical and physical requirements of ASTM A126, Class B. 22 10 00-1 03/08/18 JCPENNEY #0696 TUKWILA, WA SALON REFRESH RENOVATION MARCH 8, 2018 PLUMBING PIPING 2210 00 F. MALLEABLE IRON THREADED FITTINGS: Furnish 150 -Ib. class with clean American Standard Taper pipe threads complying with ASME B16.3. Materials shall conform to ASTM A197. G. CONNECTIONS AND JOINTS: 1. CONNECTIONS: Equipment and supply/retum piping mains shall be flanged in sizes 2-1/2" and above. Connections 2" and smaller shall be screwed. Mechanical joints are also acceptable. 2. JOINTS: All pipe 2-1/2" and larger shall be welded. Piping 2" and smaller shall be made up with threaded joints. Mechanical joints are acceptable. 2.02 DUCTILE IRON WATER SUPPLY PIPE AND FITTINGS: A. SIZES 3" to 12" with Pressure Class 350 PSI ANSI/AWWA C151/A21.51 B. PIPE SHALL have cement lining and seal coating in accordance with AWWA C104/ANSI A21.4. Outside of pipe shall have bituminous coating. C. FITTINGS: Provide ductile iron fittings per AWWA C110/ANSI A21.10. D. JOINTS: Joints shall be mechanical or push -on type, made up with fittings and ends to conform to the requirements of AWWA C111/ANSI A21.11. Mechanical joints are acceptable. 2.03 PLASTIC WATER SUPPLY PIPE AND FITTINGS: A. SIZES 4" to 12", Class DR 25, PVC - AWWA C900. PVC water supply pipe is accepted only when matching existing laterals, in buried applications. B. FITTINGS: Provide ductile iron fittings with restrained joints. C. JOINTS: Shall be bell and spigot or compatible solvent cement joints. 2.04 PLASTIC DRAINAGE PIPE AND FITTINGS: A. ALL SIZES Schedule 40 or 80 PVC (ASTM D2665) or ABS (D2661) rated for DWV B. FITTINGS: Schedule 80 PVC per ASTM D2464 or schedule 40 ABS per ASTM D2468. C. JOINTS: All joints shall be solvent cemented. 2.05 CAST IRON DRAINAGE PIPE AND FITTINGS: A. ALL SIZES HUBLESS (ASTM A888) or Hub & Spigot (ASTM A74) B. FITTINGS: Cast Iron Hubless (ASTM A888) or Hub & Spigot (ASTM A74) C. JOINTS: Hubless joints shall consist of a stainless steel band and clamps over neoprene gasket. Neoprene coupling gaskets shall conform to ASTM C534. Hub & Spigot joints shall consist of a neoprene compression gasket conforming to ASTM A74. 2.06 COPPER WATER TUBE AND FITTINGS: A. PIPE SHALL BE temper annealed or drawn as specified. Unless otherwise specifically noted, the size of tubing shown is 1/8 -inch smaller than the nominal outside diameter. Nominal Pipe Size (in) Type Standard 22 10 00-2 03/08/18 JCPENNEY #0696 TUKWILA, WA SALON REFRESH RENOVATION MARCH 8, 2018 PLUMBU'VG PIPING 22 10 00 All sizes K or L ASTM A88 All sizes DWV ASTM B306 B. FITTINGS: Furnish wrought copper solder joint, pressure fittings conforming in all respects to the applicable standard ASME B16.22 or ASME B16.29. Fittings shall be same weight as pipe. C. JOINTS: All pipes shall be soldered. Mechanical joints are unacceptable. 2.07 MECHANICAL JOINTS: A. VICTAULIC COMPANY OF AMERICA - Victaulic System B. VIEGA. - ProPress System PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 PIPING INSTALLATION A. CONNECTIONS: Where job conditions require connections to be made between new work and existing mains, the connections shall be made by using special fittings to suit the actual conditions. Finish work shall conform as nearly as practicable to the essential requirements of this section. All connections shall be as required by local codes. B. COORDINATION: Contractor shall be responsible for the proper fitting of materials and equipment. Install pipe lines to conform to conditions in the building, offsetting to clear structural members and ducts, and making such other provisions as are necessary to fit piping to building and mechanical features installed by other contractors. Where conflicts occur, piping may be judged improper and require relocation. C. EQUIPMENT REMOVAL: Piping connections of equipment shall be designed in such a manner (such as the use of flange spool pieces) that the equipment may be removed without extensive dismantling of the connecting piping. D. TEES: Make tee connections with standard tee fittings. E. ROUTING: Run piping parallel to or at right angles to building walls with horizontal lines as close to structure as possible. F. THREADED JOINTS: Shall be installed using tape or pipe joint compound applied on the male threads only. G. SOLDERED OR BRAZED COPPER JOINTS: Make joints with lead-free 95.5 tin/4 copper/0.5 silver solder using Engle head Silvabrite 100 or equal, 45% silver solder. Select flux compatible with type joint being made. All joints shall comply with local codes and ordinances. 3.02 PIPING ABOVE GROUND A. CONCEALMENT: Install piping in furred spaces in sales, salon, and office areas. B. HEIGHT: Route piping in structural webbing where possible. Minimum heights are: 1. Stock Areas: 14' - 9" 2. Double Deck Stock: 16'-0" 3. Sales and Office: 18" above finished ceiling. 22 10 00-3 03/08/18 JCPENNEY #0696 TUKWILA, WA SALON REFRESH RENOVATION MARCH 8, 2018 PLUMBING PIPING 2210 00 C. ACCESSIBILITY: Installed piping shall not interfere with the operation or accessibility of doors or window shall not encroach on aisles, passageways and equipment, and shall not interfere with the servicing or maintenance of equipment. D. DRAIN LINES: Any equipment which expels water as a matter of function or for routine maintenance shall have drain pipe installed and extended to floor drains. E. ELECTRICAL AREAS: All pipe routing will be installed to avoid any penetration through electrical closets, switchgear room, elevator machine rooms, or above CCTV and OMR rooms. 3.03 PIPING BELOW GROUND A. TRENCHING: Proviide piping service trenches outside the building slab with a minimum depth of: 1. Below the frost line 2. Sanitary, storm or waste at 1'-0" (if below frost line) 3. Domestic water or fire sprinkler at 2'-0" (if below frost line) B. CORROSION PROTECTION: Provide polyethylene encasement for all pipes when highly corrosive soil conditions warrants this application. Protection to be determined by Engineer. C. ANCHORING: Concrete anchor blocks shall be provided and installed at all tees and elbows. END OF SECTION 22 10 00-4 03/08/18 JCPENNEY #0696 TUKWILA, WA SALON REFRESH RENOVATION MARCH 8, 2018 FACILITY WATER DISTRIBUTION 22 11 00 PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY: A. WORK INCLUDED: This section includes specific criteria for the potable water systems within the building and to a specified location outside the building, typically 5'-0" outside the building wall. B. WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE: 1. Section 22 01 00, "Plumbing Shop Drawings/O&M" 2. Section 22 05 00, "Common Work Results for Plumbing" 3. Section 22 05 23, "General -Duty Valves for Plumbing Piping" 4. Section 22 05 29, "Hangers and Supports for Plumbing Piping and Equipment" 5. Section 22 07 00, "Plumbing Insulation" 6. Section 22 10 00, "Plumbing Piping" 7. Section 22 40 00, "Plumbing Fixtures" 1.02 SUBMITTALS: A. SUBMIT ALL information on all items in this section per section 22 01 00 "PLUMBING SHOP DRAWINGS/O&M". 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE: A. QUALITY CONTROL: All valves installed in connection with facility piping shall comply with the following: 1. All gate, globe and angle valves shall be designed and manufactured with back seating features to allow them to be repacked under pressure when in full open positions. 2. All valves 3 inches and smaller shall have threaded ends and have bronze bodies. 3. Valves 4 inches and larger shall have flanged ends and be iron body bronze mounted. B. AMERICAN SOCIETY OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERS (ASME) COMPLIANCE: Comply with ASME 831.9 for building services piping. C. MANUFACTURERS STANDARDIZATION SOCIETY OF THE VALVE AND FITTING INDUSTRY (MSS) COMPLIANCE: Comply with the various MSS standard practices. PART2-PRODUCTS 2.01 WATER SERVICE PIPING (UPSTREAM OF METER): A. PIPING MATERIAL: Water service piping shall be ductile iron or equal to site water service piping. B. WATER SERVICE FITTINGS: Shall be ductile iron mechanical joint. 2.02 HOT AND COLD WATER DISTRIBUTION PIPING (DOWNSTREAM OF METER): A. PIPING MATERIAL: 1. Underground pipe shall be drawn copper tubing, type "K". 2. Above ground pipe shall be drawn copper tubing type "L". 3. Fittings for copper tubing shall be wrought copper. B. ALL EXPOSED PIPING: In finished rooms used in connection with plumbing fixtures shall be chromium -plated brass pipe with plated cast brass fittings. C. SYSTEM DRAIN: Shall be provided on the house side of the main shutoff valve so the entire system can be drained through a 3/4" drain valve with hose connection. 22 11 00-1 03/08/18 JCPENNEY #0696 TUKWILA, WA SALON REFRESH RENOVATION MARCH 8, 2018 FACILITY WATER DISTRIBUTION 2211 00 2.03 WATER SYSTEM ACCESSORIES AND SPECIALTIES: A. GENERAL: Water system accessories and specialties shall be selected from the following criteria, unless otherwise indicated on the contract drawings. Series indication implies the basic unit and may not include options or accessories of the definitive stock model names and numbers listed. In addition, each accessory listed in this section shall meet these general requirements: 1. Provide one manufacturer for each type of accessory throughout the job. 2. Each device should be sized for the nominal pipe size for which it is installed. 3. Provide accessories as indicated in these specifications, where indicated on plans, and where necessitated by code or reasonable plumbing practice necessitates. B. TEMPERING VALVES 1. SINK/LAVATORY TEMPERING VALVES: Pressure balancing valve with integral safety check stops and match valve to fixture flow. Point of use thermostat mixing valves shall comply with ASSE Standard 1016. Set leaving water temperature of metering or solenoid activated lavatories at 90°F and hand sinks, lunch room sinks with separator hot and cold water tempering control including styling salon shampoo stations at 110°F. Approved Manufacturers: LEONARD 210-F, POWERS E480-00, SYMMONS 5 -120 -CK, BRADLEY S59-4004 or WILKINS 12-Z1070. 2. EMERGENCY EYEWASH TEMPERING VALVES: Pressure balancing valve with integral safety check stops and match valve to fixture flow. Emergency Eyewash stations thermostatic mixing valves shall comply with ANSI Standard Z358-1. Emergency Eyewash thermostatic mixing valve shall be designed to fail open with a cold water bypass. Set leaving water temperatures for emergency eyewash stations at 75°F. Approved Manufacturers: GUARDIAN EQUIPMENT G3600, LEONARD TA -300, BRADLEY S19-2000. C. VACUUM BREAKERS: Provide on connections to all equipment, hose bibbs, hose outlets, wall hydrants, below the rim water supplies of all types, plugged or capped outlets, and at all locations specified or shown. Approved Manufacturers: WATTS REGULATOR MODEL 288A or WILKINS MODEL 35 with bronze body chrome -plated in finished areas. D. WATER HAMMER ARRESTERS: Provide at each battery of fixtures utilizing flush valves. Provide access panel at locations where water hammer arrestors are installed above or behind drywall. Approved Manufacturers: AMTROL, WATTS REGULATOR, OR WILKINS. E. TRAP PRIMERS: Provided for all emergency floor drains, where water replenishment is required to prevent odor migration. Approved Manufacturers: PRESCISION PLUMBING PRODUCTS F. DOMESTIC WATER RELIEF VALVES: ASME rated and approved. Valve discharge shall be piped full size to floor drain with minimum approved air gap termination. Approved Manufacturers: BELL AND GOSSETT 790 & 1170. G. STRAINERS: Install ahead of all pumps, automatic valves and as shown. Furnish as "Y" type strainers throughout the job unless specifically noted otherwise. Design for 125 PSIG minimum steam working pressure. For strainers installed in piping two inches and smaller, furnish screwed ends, screwed caps and gasket. Screens on water service shall be 1/16 -inch perforations made of monel or Type 304 Stainless Steel. Approved Manufacturers: ARMSTRONG, HAMMOND VALVE CO., WATTS REGULATOR, OR WILKINS. H. UNIONS: All unions shall be 150 -Ib. malleable, iron screwed, with brass to iron ground joints. PART 3 - EXECUTION 22 11 00-2 03/08/18 JCPENNEY #0696 TUKWILA, WA SALON REFRESH RENOVATION MARCH 8, 2018 FACILITY WATER DISTRIBUTION 2211 00 3.01 WATER PIPING INSTALLATION FOR POTABLE WATER: A. MAINS: Shall be run as shown on the drawings and shall be evenly pitched 1" in 50" to low point drains. The low point drains shall have 3/" ball valve with hose bib connection. B. ANCHORING: All piping shall be blocked as may be necessary to prevent movement when water is suddenly turned on or off. All piping at the elbow which penetrates the wall for lavatories, water coolers and flush valves are to be supported by a 2"X6" wood blocking for zero movement. C. ALL FLOOR DRAINS shall be provided with trap primers. D. ALL FIXTURES with flush valves or automatic valves shall be provided with water hammer arrestors. When multiple fixtures are installed on a common rise, a single arrestors may be installed. 3.02 DISINFECTION OF POTABLE WATER SYSTEM: A. ALL POTABLE water systems shall be purged of deleterious matter and disinfected prior to utilization. Disinfection method as prescribed by the health authority or water purveyor having jurisdiction or, in the absence local authority, per AWWA C651 or AWWA C652. Upon disinfection completion, furnish JCPenney a certificate of compliance from the local authority having jurisdiction. END OF SECTION 22 11 00-3 03/08/18 J JCPENNEY #0696 TUKWILA, WA SALON REFRESH RENOVATION MARCH 8, 2018 FACILITY SANITARY DRAINAGE 2213 00 PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY: A. WORK INCLUDED: This section includes specific criteria for the sanitary drainage system within the building and to a specified location outside the building, typically 5'-0" outside the building wall. B. WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE: 1. Section 22 01 00, "Plumbing Shop Drawings/O&M" 2. Section 22 05 00, "Common Work Results for Plumbing" 3. Section 22 10 00, "Plumbing Piping" for general piping materials and practices 4. Section 22 05 29, "Hangers and Supports for Plumbing Piping and Equipment" 5. Section 22 07 00, "Plumbing Insulation" 1.02 SUBMITTALS: A. SUBMIT ALL INFORMATION on all items in this section per section 22 01 00 "PLUMBING SHOP DRAWINGS/O&M". 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE: A. AMERICAN SOCIETY OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERS (ASME) COMPLIANCE: Comply with ASME B31.9 for building services piping. B. MANUFACTURERS STANDARDIZATION SOCIETY OF THE VALVE AND FITTING INDUSTRY (MSS) COMPLIANCE: Comply with the various MSS standard practices. PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.01 PIPE AND FITTING MATERIALS: A. ABOVE GROUND PIPING WITHIN BUILDINGS: All sanitary drainage and vent piping above ground in buildings shall be of brass or copper pipe, cast iron soil pipe, or galvanized steel pipe. Within the limits of local code or ordinances, ABS or PVC plastic pipe may be installed. All plastic piping shall be insulated and covered completely. The insulation and jacket cover shall not exceed a flame spread rating of 25 and smoke development rating of 50. Refer to insulation specifications Section 22 07 00. This technique must be accepted by local code officials. B. FITTINGS: The materials of which sanitary system pipe fittings are made shall conform to the type of piping materials used in the sanitary system. The fittings shall have no ledges, shoulders, or reductions that can retard or obstruct flow in the piping. Threaded sanitary pipe fittings shall be of the recessed drainage type, black or galvanized. 2.02 SANITARY SYSTEM SPECIALTIES: A. GENERAL: Series indication implies the basic unit and may not include options or accessories of the stock model names and numbers listed. Each item/accessory shall meet these requirements: 1. Provide one manufacturer for each type of accessory throughout the job. 2. Each device should be sized for the nominal pipe size for which it is installed. 3. Provide accessories as specified, required by code and per reasonable plumbing practices. 4. Check structural conditions before ordering any fixture, equipment or fittings. B. DRAINS: 22 13 00-1 03/08/18 JCPENNEY #0696 TUKWILA, WA SALON REFRESH RENOVATION MARCH 8, 2018 FACILITY SANITARY DRAINAGE 2213 00 1. Floor drains shall meet the following criteria: a. Refer to the contract drawings for additional information related to drain outline sizes, strainer and grating types and dimensions, required accessories, and flashing requirements. b. Drains in suspended floor areas shall have double drainage flanges and flashing clamps. c. All drain fixtures shall be delivered to the premises with 'protector caps' sealing the outlets. These protector caps shall not be removed until all roofing and finishing has been completed and then shall be removed only immediately prior to installation of the drain domes and strainers. d. Use tamperproof screws on all non-ferrous metal strainers and grates, and where indicated on the contract drawings. e. Provide elastomeric trap guard inserts as manufactured by Proset Systems, Inc. www.trapquard.com in all floor trains to prevent odor migration. Provide water tight seal per manufacturer recommendations. f. Provide trap primer connections for all floor drains, elastomeric trap guard inserts are not permitted by code. See specification section 22 11 00 for approved manufacturers. 2. FD -1: GENERAL SERVICE FLOOR DRAINS: Shall have cast iron body with double drainage flange and weep holes, polished brass adjustable strainer, and caulk or threaded bottom outlet. Use square strainers in floor areas finished with ceramic tile, and resilient floor tile and round strainers in all other locations. Provide with polished nickel bronze finish. 3. FD -2: FUNNEL ASSEMBLY FOR FD -1: Provide polished nickel bronze finish. 4. FD -3: HEAVY DUTY FLOOR DRAIN WITH SEDIMENT BUCKET: Shall have coated cast iron rectangular body, caulk or threaded bottom outlet, hinged heavy duty grate, drainage flange weep hole, and removable, slotted sediment bucket. 5. Approved Manufacturers and Model Numbers MARK JOSAM JR SMITH WADE FD -1 30000 2010 1100STD 30500 2015 12000NH 2020 1120NH 2030 1160 2040 FD -2 F-4 3580 EF4 ZN-328 F-6 3581 EF6 ZN-329 FD -3 37810-18 2470 2370 Z610 -HL General Notes 1. Refer to the contract drawings drain outline sizes, strainer, grating, dimensions, required accessories and flashing requirements. 2. Drains in suspended floor areas shall have double drainage flanges and flashing clamps. 3. All drain fixtures shall be delivered to the premises with 'protector caps' sealing the outlets. Caps shall not be removed until all roofing and finishing has been completed and only removed immediately prior to installation of the drain domes and strainers. 4. Use tamperproof screws on all non-ferrous metal strainers and grates. 5. Provide trap primer connections for all emergency floor drains, where water replenishment is necessary to prevent odor migration. ZURN NOTES Z415B Z450B Z455B Z456B C. HAIR INTERCEPTORS: 22 13 00-2 03/08/18 JCPENNEY #0696 TUKWILA, WA SALON REFRESH RENOVATION MARCH 8, 2018 FACILITY SANITARY DRAINAGE 22 13 00 1. HI -1 CONCEALED: (Renovations Only) Cast-iron body, gasketed cover and slip -type inlet elbow with perforated stainless steel sediment retainer. Slip joint pipe diameter to accommodate shampoo basin and threaded outlet sized as required. Use in lieu of p -trap. 2. HI -2 EXPOSED: Chrome plated cast iron body, gasketed cover, and slip -type inlet elbow with perforated stainless steel sediment retainer. Slip joint pipe diameter to accommodate shampoo basin, and threaded outlet shall) be sized as required. Use in lieu of p -trap. MARK JOSAM JR SMITH WADE ZURN NOTES H1-1 61000-1 8750 5750 Z1175 1 H1-2 8760 5750 -TO Z1176 2 1. Cast iron with 1-1/2" inlet and outlet/. 2. Chrome plated finish with 1 '/2" inlet and outlet. D. CLEANOUTS: Shall comply with all code requirements regarding proper sizing and placement on all storm system piping, traps, sewers, and drainage. Generally, all cleanouts shall have cast iron body and frame. Floor cleanouts shall have internal closure plug and access cover. Floor access covers shall be scoriated, adjustable secured tops of brushed bronze finish. Floor cleanouts in floor areas finished in ceramic or resilient floor tile shall have square cleanout tops. Tops shall be round in all other areas. Raised and countersunk plugs shall be cast brass with raised or countersunk external thread. For access to all cleanouts in concealed vertical piping, wall covers and plates shall be metal with brushed metal bronze finish. E. TRAPS: Traps shall be installed on all fixtures and inlets to sanitary system except where traps are integral with equipment or fixtures. No fixture shall be double -trapped. All exposed or accessible P -traps shall have bottom cleanout plugs. All handicapped lavatories shall have P -traps, which are offset to the back wall and insulated with 1" inch insulation. Insulation shall be "White" neoprene with proper smoke development UL ratings. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION: A. PIPE: Horizontal sanitary piping shall be installed aligned at minimum uniform slopes 1/4 inch per foot for 3 -inch diameters and less, and 1/8 inch per foot for 4 -inch diameters or more. Where conditions do not permit building drains and sewers to be laid with a fall as great as that specified, a lesser slope may be permitted provided the minimum computed velocity will be 2 feet per second. Low flush water closets and urinals shall have main sanitary lines in chase walls or below the slab sloping at 1/4 inch per foot until all fixtures in each toilet room have been combined onto the main line. B. VENTS: Vent pipes shall extend through the roof full size, unless otherwise required by code. All vent and branch vent pipes shall be so graded and connected as to drain back to the soil or waste pipe by gravity. Extend vents 12 inches (minimum) above roof. Vents through the roof shall be flashed and counter flashed per the roofing manufacturer's requirements. C. FLOOR DRAINS: All floor drains, except those in floors laid on ground, shall be installed with 4 -Ib. sheet lead flashing extending 18 inches from the drain in all directions between the structural and finished floor. Floor drain strainers shall be flush with floor finish. D. CLEANOUTS: Shall be installed where shown and on all vertical risers, except vent stacks, at a height of 30 inches above the finished floor at the base of each stack, and at each change in direction of a horizontal run greater than 45 degrees, and at maximum intervals of 50 feet in the horizontal lines. Cleanouts shall be of the same size up to four inches, and at least four inches for larger pipes. All cleanout 22 13 00-3 03/08/18 JCPENNEY #0696 TUKWILA, WA SALON REFRESH RENOVATION MARCH 8, 2018 FACILITY SANITARY DRAINAGE 22 13 00 placements shall be compatible with store fixture arrangement, freely and easily accessible at all times without recourse to fixture removal for repair or maintenance work. PURGING AND TESTING: E. WATER TEST shall be applied to the sanitary system either in its entirety or in sections after rough piping has been installed. If testing entire system, all openings in the piping shall be closed tightly, except for the highest opening in the system. The system shall be filled with water to point of overflow. System tested in sections will be tested with no less than 10 -foot head of water. Test water shall be kept in the system, or the portion under test, for one hour before start of inspection. If any Teaks occur those areas shall be corrected and re -tested. END OF SECTION 22 13 00-4 03/08/18 1 JCPENNEY #0696 TUKWILA, WA SALON REFRESH RENOVATION MARCH 8, 2018 COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR ELECTRICAL 26 05 00 PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY: This section supplements all sections of this Division and shall apply to all phases of work specified herein, shown on the drawings, or required to provide a complete installation of electrical systems. 1.02 SUBMITTALS: A. GENERAL: Submit all necessary shop drawings and factory literature for Architect/Engineer and JCPenney approval. 1. All shop drawings and submittals shall be approved prior to final fabrication and/or purchase. 2. Shop drawings shall fully explain all procedures involved in executing a complete operational electrical work. 3. Factory literature shall be specific for all factory assembled equipment, fixtures, devices, and items of equipment. 4. All submittals shall properly indicate the pertinent equipment and their external connections for field installation and the necessary field installation instruction. 5. All shop drawings and submittals shall be submitted in the required number of copies and on type of paper in conforrnance with the GENERAL CONDITIONS. B. SAMPLES: Submit samples upon request for approval. Each sample is to include proper tag indicating project and intended location and function. C. OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS: Include in the electrical work the issuance of operating instructions for all equipment requiring service and operator input. 1. Provide qualified personnel for all electrical systems demonstration during store training / orientation. The date(s) for training will be determined by JCPenney Construction Services and the store management personnel. 2. At completion of work provide three (3) copies of all pertinent operating and maintenance instructions in 3 -hole binder manual. Submit to JCPenney Project Manager. Divide with tabs by MCS specification division. 3. Provide the name, address, and telephone number of the manufacturer's local service representative of each item of equipment included in the above requirements. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE: A. It is the intention of these specifications to indicate a standard of quality for all materials incorporated in this work. Manufacturer's names and catalog numbers are used to designate the item of equipment or material as a means of establishing grade and quality. Where several manufacturers are named, only the named manufacturer's products will be considered unless explicitly stated otherwise by the JCPenney Electrical Engineer. Where several manufacturers are named, only the named manufacturers' products will be considered and the Contractor's bid shall be based on their product. B. Where the phrase "OR APPROVED EQUIVALENT" or "OR EQUIVALENT" or "EQUIVALENT TO" or "ACCEPTED SUBSTITUTE" is used in these specifications, the names or name mentioned are to be used as a basis of quality. Other manufacturers will be considered if the quality of the proposed material is equivalent to that of materials named in the opinion of JCPenney. However, such unnamed manufacturers' products will be considered as substitutions and shall not be used as a basis for bidding. 26 05 00 - 1 Rev. 11/21/14 JCPENNEY #0696 TUKWILA, WA SALON REFRESH RENOVATION MARCH 8, 2018 COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR ELECTRICAL 26 05 00 C. Basis of quality shall include material, workmanship, weight, finishes and gauges of material, appearances, capacity and performance. Manufacturer's representation as to availability of equipment, replacement parts and service personnel in the area will be a factor in consideration of submittals. D. Furnish standard products and manufacturers regularly engaged in production of such equipment. E. Furnish manufacturer's latest standard design. F. All materials shall be fully warranted. G. All equipment shall conform to applicable IEEE, UL, ANSI and/or NEMA Standards. H. Obtain manufacturer's recommendations and instructions for all installed equipment including installation instructions, preparation cleaning, tests and pre -service checks, and then ensure all have been performed prior to completion of work. 1.04 DESCRIPTION OF WORK: A. SPECIFICATIONS AND DRAWINGS: Shall be complementary and be used for the complete interpretation of the electrical work. 1. Unless noted or modified by specific notation to the contrary, the indication andfor description of any electrical item in the documents carries with it the instruction to furnish, install and connect same. It shall be understood that the intent governs the work, regardless of whether or not this instruction is explicitly stated. The use of the words "furnish" or "provide" with the absence of the word "install" shall be defined to include the installation and connection of the equipment and/or materials unless specific instructions are included for others to install and/or connect. 2. No exclusion from or limitation in drawings or specifications for the electrical work shall be reason for omitting the appurtenances, accessories, or devices necessary to complete any required system or item of equipment or compliance with codes. 3. The drawings are shown in part diagrammatic, intended to convey the scope of work, indicating the general arrangement of equipment, conduit and outlets. Follow the drawings in laying out the work and verify places for the installation of the materials and equipment. Wherever a question exists as to the exact intended location of outlets or equipment, obtain instructions from the Architect and/or JCPenney before proceeding with the work. B. WORK INCLUDED: Furnish all labor, material, services and skilled supervision necessary for the construction, erection installation, connections, testing and adjustment of all circuits and electrical equipment specified herein, or shown or noted on the drawings, and its delivery to JCPenney complete in all respects ready for use. C. COORDINATION OF WORK: 1. Plan all work so that it proceeds with a minimum of interference with other trades. Inform all parties of openings required for equipment or conduit in the building construction for electrical work and provide all special frames, sleeves and anchor bolts as required. Coordinate the electrical work with the mechanical installation. 2. Work lines and established heights shall be in strict accordance with architectural drawings and specifications insofar as these drawings and specifications extend. Verify all dimensions shown and establish all elevations and detailed dimensions not shown. 3. Lay out and coordinate all work well enough in advance to avoid conflicts or interferences with other 26 05 00 - 2 Rev. 11/21/14 JCPENNEY #0696 TUKWILA, WA SALON REFRESH RENOVATION MARCH 8, 2018 COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR ELECTRICAL 26 05 00 work in progress so that in case of interference the electrical layout may be altered to suit the conditions, prior to the installation of any work and without additional cost to JCPenney. Conflicts arising from lack of coordination shall be this Contractor's responsibility. 26 05 00 - 3 Rev. 11/21/14 JCPENNEY #0696 TUKWILA, WA SALON REFRESH RENOVATION MARCH 8, 2018 COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR ELECTRICAL 26 05 00 D. COOPERATION WITH OTHER TRADES: 1. Perform this work in conformity with the construction called for by other trades and afford reasonable opportunity for the execution of their work. Properly connect and coordinate this work in such a manner as not to delay or interfere with the work of other trades. 2. Examine the drawings and specifications for the general and mechanical work and the work of other similar trades. Coordinate this work accordingly. 3. Promptly report to the Architect and/or JCPenney any delay or difficulties encountered in the installation of this work which might prevent prompt and proper installation, make it unsuitable to connect with or receive the work of others. Failure to so report shall constitute an acceptance of the work of other trades as being fit and proper for the execution of this work. 1.05 AS -BUILT RECORD DRAWINGS - ONE LINE DIAGRAM: A. At completion of job, provide JCPenney project manager with one complete set of electrical drawings reflecting all as built conditions. B. New/Takeover Stores Only: Mount full-sized print of store electrical system one line diagram, under glass, on inside wall of main switchboard room, or alternatively, engraved plastic plate mounted on switchboard. C. New/Takeover Stores Only: Mount full-sized print of store electrical distribution box system, under glass, on inside wall of main switchboard room. 1.06 CODES, PERMITS AND FEES: A. CODES: All work shall meet or exceed all legal requirements and the latest requirements of the National Electric Code, and all State, County, Municipal and other authorities having jurisdiction over electrical construction work at the project. Comply with all applicable building ordinances and codes. Where the contract documents exceed minimum requirements, the contract documents take precedence. B. PERMITS AND FEES: Comply with all requirements for permits, licenses, and fees. Permits, licenses, fees and any other documentation required and arrangements required for the work under this contract shall be obtained by the Contractor at his expense, and made available at the completion of the work, unless otherwise specified. Comply with the requirements of the applicable utility companies serving this project. Make all arrangements with the utility companies for proper coordination of the work. 1.07 MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT FURNISHED BY JCPENNEY: A. The electrical work includes the installation and/or connection of certain materials and equipment furnished by JCPenney. For material or equipment provided by JCPenney, the Contractor shall do the following: 1. Coordinate all deliveries. 2. Unload from arriving delivery vehicles at any designated area on the job site. 3. Examine all items for all damages incurred during delivery for claims to repair and/or replace the same. 4. Handle and store on field storage area and coordinate security until the time of permanent placement. 26 05 00 - 4 Rev. 11/21/14 JCPENNEY #0696 TUKWILA, WA SALON REFRESH RENOVATION MARCH 8, 2018 COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR ELECTRICAL 26 05 00 5. Provide foundations and housekeeping pads for apparatus and equipment as required by other sections of the specification and /or drawings. 26 05 00 - 5 Rev. 11/21/14 JCPENNEY #0696 TUKWILA, WA SALON REFRESH RENOVATION MARCH 8, 2018 COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR ELECTRICAL 26 05 00 6. Mount in place and provide supporting members and fastening necessary to accommodate specific loading requirements. PART2-PRODUCTS 2.01 EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS: A. GENERAL: 1. Equipment and fixtures shall be connected providing circuit continuity in accordance with applicable codes whether or not each conductor, conduit, or protective device is shown between such items of equipment or fixtures and the point of circuit origin. 2. Unless otherwise specified, equipment and materials of the same type or classification, and used for the same purpose, shall be products of approved manufacturers. 3. Use only new, unweathered, and unused material, except as specifically noted. B. APPLICABLE DOCUMENTS: Design, manufacture, testing and method of installation of all apparatus and materials furnished under the requirements of these specifications shall conform to the latest publications of standard rules of the following: American Institute of Steel Construction American Society for Testing & Materials Federal Specifications Institute of Electrical & Electronic Engineers Insulated Power Cable Engineers Assoc National Electrical Code National Electrical Manufacturer's Assoc International Energy Conservation Code Applicable Building Code AISC ASTM FED SPEC IEEE IPCEA NEC NEMA IECC National Electrical Safety Code National Fire Protection Assoc Occupational Safety & Health Act Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc American National Standard Institute International Electrical Counsel Americans with Disabilities Act Applicable Utility Companies NESC NFPA OSHA UL ANSI IEC ADA C. IDENTIFICATION OF EQUIPMENT: Identify, individually, each piece of new equipment with a laminated micarta nameplate black/white core and 1/4" high engraved letters. Temporary identification is required upon installation. 1. Equipment to be labeled. a. Switchboards and Unitized Switchgear b. Panel boards c. Transformers d. Disconnect Switches (with name of equipment served) e. Telephone Cabinets and Backboards f. Emergency System Equipment Lighting Control Panels, Contactors h. Intrusion/Fire Alarm Equipment 2. Do not use abbreviated terms for identification. Spell out in full the proper name and number of each 26 05 00 - 6 Rev. 11/21/14 g. .J J JCPENNEY #0696 TUKWILA, WA SALON REFRESH RENOVATION MARCH 8, 2018 COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR ELECTRICAL 26 05 00 identified equipment, i.e., PANEL -LPA -1 or AIR HANDLING UNIT - AH 5 260500-7 Rev. 11/21/14 JCPENNEY #0696 TUKWILA, WA SALON REFRESH RENOVATION MARCH 8, 2018 COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR ELECTRICAL 26 05 00 3. Additional labeling of disconnect switches: Each and every disconnect switch installed by this Contractor shall have affixed on front an OSHA format label that is black on safety yellow (2-1/2" " x 1- 3/4"), reading: "LOCK OUT FOR SAFETY BEFORE YOU START," with graphic. Label shall be self adhesive vinyl equal to Seton Style No. 93827. 4. Additional labeling of switchboards, distribution boards, and panel boards: Each and every switchboard, distribution board, and panel board installed by this Contractor shall have affixed on front, as detailed below, a label or labels, black on safety yellow (5" x 3-1/2"), reading: "LOCK OUT FOR SAFETY BEFORE YOU START," with graphic. Label shall be self adhesive vinyl and equal to Seton Name Plate Co. Style No. 93826. Switchboards shall have one label affixed to each vertical section of the switchboard at an elevation of approx. 5' -0" AFF. Each distribution board and panel board and each section thereof shall have one label affixed at an elevation of approx. 5' -0." D. ROOM/AREA SIGNS (New Construction): 1. Provide notice signs reading "NOTICE - ELECTRICAL CLOSET - NO STORAGE PERMITTED" for new electrical rooms; including switchboard rooms, al electric panel rooms, electric closets, electric panel area, emergency generator room and telephone equipment room or area. Sign shall be mounted on the entry door or wall mounted where equipment is located in an area instead of a room. Sign shall be 10" x 7", equal to Seton Style No. 75050. 2. Provide notice signs for main switchboard room, all electric panel rooms and areas, emergency generator rooms, HVAC equipment rooms, HVAC fan rooms, office machine rooms and elevator machine rooms, reading "CAUTION — BE SAFE — LOCK IT OUT." Sign shall be 14" x 10", black and safety yellow, equal to Seton Style No. 47820. 3. Signs shall be made of high performance plastic equal to Seton style numbers indicated. Signs shall be mounted on entry door(s) of the above named rooms, except office machine room and any electrical panel room with entry directly from sales area, which shall have signs installed in the room on the wall opposite from entry door. For equipment areas, mount signs on the wall adjacent the equipment. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL: A. EQUIPMENT AND MATERIAL: Install in a neat and workmanlike manner and adjust for satisfactory operation. This shall here be defined as equipment installed to be level, plumb and true with the surrounding structure and other equipment in both the vertical and horizontal planes as intended. Install equipment so that all parts are easily accessible for inspection, operation, maintenance and repair.. Where marring or disfigurement has occurred, replace or refinish the damaged surfaces as directed and to the satisfaction of the Architect and JCPenney. B. CLEARANCE: All cable, wire, raceways, supports, etc., shall maintain a minimum 18 inch clearance above the ceiling plane. C. SUPPORTS: Provide the design, fabrication and erection of supplementary structural framing required for attachment of hangers or other devices supporting electrical equipment. 1. Provide framing members of standard rolled steel shapes, A-36 steel. Provide members welded to structural members equal to the specification for the main structural member. Provide "simple beam" type framing with end connections welded or bolted for shear loads. Use cantilevers only when detailed or specifically approved by the Architect. The Architect's and JCPenney's approvals are required for location of supplementary framing. Use only certified welders. 2. The use of roof deck for support of lighting fixtures, conduit, raceways, and other electrical equipment 26 05 00 - 8 Rev. 11/21/14 • JCPENNEY #0696 TUKWILA, WA SALON REFRESH RENOVATION MARCH 8, 2018 COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR ELECTRICAL 26 05 00 is not permitted. Provide beam clamps, hanger rods, conduit and pipe hangers/ supports and straps. 26 05 00 - 9 Rev. 11/21/14 JCPENNEY #0696 TUKWILA, WA SALON REFRESH RENOVATION MARCH 8, 2018 COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR ELECTRICAL 26 05 00 3. Supports from joists and joist girders: a. All Toads exceeding 100 pounds shall be applied at the panel points of joists/joist girders or web bracing shall be provided. b. Loads of 100 pounds or Tess may be applied within 6" of panel points of the joists/joist girders with "beam clamps" or "C" clamps with retaining straps. c. A total of one hundred (100) pounds or less may be hung from the top or bottom chord of joists/joist girders between the panel points. The load(s) shall be symmetrically applied to the chords using Fig. 60 or 60L. 4. Supports from wide flange beams: Loads to wide flange beams from "beam clamps" and "C clamps" (straps) shall not exceed the following: Beam Size Maximum Beam Clamp Load (Lbs) Maximum C Clamp Load (Lbs) W4 to W10 150 50 W12 200 75 W14 to W16 400 150 W18 700 200 W21 800 200 W24 1000 200 W27 to W30 1500 200 W33 2200 200 W36 2500 200 D. OUTLET LOCATION: 1. Center all outlet boxes with regard to paneling, furring and trim. Repair or replace damaged finishes. Set outlet boxes plumb and flush with the finished surface of the wall, ceiling or floor without projecting beyond same. 2. Install symmetrically all receptacles, switches, and devices shown and where necessary set the long dimension of the pllate horizontal or ganged in tandem. 3. Group under common (multi -toggle) plate more than one device in the same location. E. CUTTING, PATCHING AND PIERCING: 1. Obtain Architects written permission before cutting or piercing structural members. 2. Use craftsmen skilled in their respective trades for cutting, fitting, repairing, patching of plaster and finishing of materials including carpentry work, metal work or concrete work required for this work. Do not weaken walls, partitions or floors with cutting. Holes required to be cut in floors must be drilled without excessive breaking out around the holes. Patching and/or refinishing will be determined by the Architect and JCPenney. 3. Sleeves shall be installed flush with finished walls, finished ceilings or finished floors and sized to accommodate the raceway, unless otherwise specified. 4. Roof penetrations and repairs shall be performed by others. 26 05 00 - 10 Rev. 11/21/14 1 JCPENNEY #0696 TUKWILA, WA SALON REFRESH RENOVATION MARCH 8, 2018 COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR ELECTRICAL 26 05 00 5. Provide watertight conduit openings through floor slabs, masonry walls and continuous partitions. Tightly caulk space between conduit and building materials with a non-flammable sealant. 26 05 00 - 11 Rev. 11/21/14 JCPENNEY #0696 TUKWILA, WA SALON REFRESH RENOVATION MARCH 8, 2018 COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR ELECTRICAL 26 05 00 6. Seal equipment or components exposed to the weather and make watertight and insect proof. Protect equipment outlets and conduit openings with temporary plugs or caps at all times that work is not in progress. F. SPECIAL CONSIDERATIONS: 1. Locate pull boxes to provide easy access for operation, repair and maintenance, and, if concealed, provide access doors. Locate switches and receptacles as shown on the drawings. Where several are grouped at a location do not spread them along the wall. 2. Install floor -mounted equipment on 4" concrete housekeeping pad as specified in appropriate sections of this specification or on drawings. 3. Provide Belleville washers on all bolted bus connections as well as bolted cable connectors. Split ring washers are not acceptable. 4. Take such precautions as necessary to properly protect all apparatus, fixtures, appliances, material, equipment and installations from damage of any kind. The Architect may reject any particular piece or pieces of material, apparatus or equipment scratched, dented or otherwise damaged. 5. Prepare all exposed fittings, boxes, supports and panel boards for painting by removing all oil, grease and dirt. Employ the necessary precautionary methods to prevent scratching or defacing of all electrical apparatus and devices. 6. Exposed conduit installed after room has been painted shall be painted to match room finish by this Contractor. 7. Provide hot dip galvanized components for ferrous materials exposed to the weather. All materials and equipment including but not limited to hangers, supports, fasteners, or fittings, shall have corrosion protection suitable to the environment in which it is installed. 8. Threaded devices shall have standard threads and heads so they can be easily replaced without requiring special tools. 9. Refer to section 26 05 19.19 for minimum size of homerun conductors for circuit distribution boxes. 10. Cables installed under these specifications for termination by others shall) be labeled at the terminating end(s) with identification as to type of system and the area(s) served by the devices on the contractor connected end. 11. All spares delivered to JCPenney under the requirements of these specifications shall be accompanied by an inventory listing. The listing will be verified by JCP store management and signed for verification of delivered quantities. The contractor shall send the signed listing to JCPenney Project Manager. 12. Standby Maintenance, New Stores, Opening Day: Provide Electrical Contractor's representative for standby maintenance and repair at the facility on opening day (as established by the JCPenney Project Manager). Electrical Contractor's representative shall be a fully competent journeyman electrician and shall be on duty for a minimum of eight (8) hours. 13. Contractor shall provide, within 30 days of opening date, a demonstration and explanation of the electrical system to the store management personnel. Refer to paragraph 1.02, C. F. NOISE LIMITATION: 1. Perform all work to assure minimal noise produced by the electrical equipment and installation. 26 05 00 - 12 Rev. 11/21/14 LJ r-• .J . • JCPENNEY #0696 TUKWILA, WA SALON REFRESH RENOVATION MARCH 8, 2018 COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR ELECTRICAL 26 05 00 2. Check and tighten all plates, covers, doors and trims used in conjunction with electrical equipment. 26 05 00 - 13 Rev. 11/21/14 JCPENNEY #0696 TUKWILA, WA SALON REFRESH RENOVATION MARCH 8, 2018 COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR ELECTRICAL 26 05 00 3. Remove and replace any device or equipment which is found to emit noise level higher than industry standards. Perform all work in accordance with the field instructions issued by the Architect to alleviate such conditions. 4. All equipment requiring tightening and all device, lug and connector terminals shall be tightened to the manufacturer's prescribed torque value. 3.02 TESTS: A. Perform all tests deemed necessary to establish full conformance with the specifications, their intent, drawings and suitable operation of each system. B. Tests shall be conducted under the supervision of the Architect or JCPenney representative and the equipment vendor. Testing and commissioning shall be scheduled to accommodate JCPenney schedule. C. All provisions for assistance shall be included for the purpose of the electrical equipment installation inspection by the Architect or JCPenney representative. D. Before application for final acceptance will be considered, all prescribed tests shall be performed, and a statement to that effect shall be signed by the party responsible for conducting such test and the party responsible witnessing same and submitted. E. Correct promptly all defects and deficiencies discovered in any of the electrical work during testing and demonstrate compliance to this effect. 3.03 GUARANTEES AND CERTIFICATIONS: A. GUARANTEES: All work shall be guaranteed in conformity with the requirements of the "Guarantee" portion of the GENERAL CONDITIONS. All test results shall be submitted and made part of the final acceptance. B. CERTIFICATIONS: All certificates required by governing authorities shall be submitted with no reservations attached. 3.04 FINAL INSPECTION AND CORRECTION: THIRTY (30) DAYS AFTER OFFICIAL NEW STORE OPENING: Arrange with the store personnel for final inspection and correction. The following shall be performed. A. All distribution system electrical joints (field or factory) shall be checked for tension and re -tightened. B. All excessive noise producing equipment shall be checked for cause and corrected if it is electrically produced. C. Check the electrical installation visually for any missing or broken component and replace same. 3.05 SPARE DEVICE REQUIREMENTS: SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE: See respective section of these specifications for the individual equipment requirements. END OF SECTION 26 05 00 - 14 Rev. 11/21/14 •, JCPENNEY #0696 TUKWILA, WA SALON REFRESH RENOVATION MARCH 8, 2018 CONDUCTORS 26 0519.19 PART 1 — GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY': A. This section covers all conductors 600V or less. B. Refer to the following sections for work specified elsewhere: 1. 26 05 00 "Common Work Results for Electrical" 2. 26 05 33.13 "Raceways" 1.02 SUBMITTALS: Manufacturer's Data: Submit copies of manufacturer's specifications and product data for products to be used. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE: A. Furnish standard products and manufacturers regularly engaged in production of such equipment. B. All materials shall be fully warranted. C. All equipment shall conform to applicable IEEE, UL, ANSI and/or NEMA Standards. PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIAL: A. GENERAL: 1. All conductors shall be 98% minimum conductivity soft, properly refined copper, solid, for size 10 AWG and smaller. Size 8 AWG and larger conductors shall be stranded copper. Stranded conductors smaller than 8 AWG are not allowed. 2. Minimum size conductor for power and lighting circuits shall be #12 AWG. Minimum size conductor for homeruns from circuit distribution boxes on plans per 16113 series details and branch circuits for column -mounted housekeeping receptacles shall be #10 AWG. 3. All conductor insulation shall be rated for 600 volts, unless otherwise noted. 4. Maximum size conductor for copper feeders and power circuiting shall be 500 KCMIL. 5. Armored cable types AC and BX are specifically not permitted. 6. Type MC cable is permitted as follows: a. Cable shall comply with UL 83, 1479, 1569 and 1581 and shall be labeled and listed. b. Armor shall be constructed of aluminum or galvanized steel strip formed into an interlocking sheath and cable shall be cut only with approved armored cable cutter as per manufacturer's instructions.. c. Conductors shall be solid copper THHN, #12 AWG minimum. d. Color -code of conductors shall meet the requirements of this specification or local code (reference section 2.01, 10). e. All fittings shall be approved for use. 26 05 19.19-1 Rev. 11/21/14 JCPENNEY #0696 TUKWILA, WA SALON REFRESH RENOVATION MARCH 8, 2018 CONDUCTORS 26 0519.19 f. 120V circuits without isolated ground: MC cable may be used for all 120V circuits, except emergency circuits. Multiple circuit homerun MC cable may be used for homeruns. g. 120V circuits with isolated ground: MC cable may be used for 120V isolated ground circuits. MC shall contain 3 insulated conductors (phase, neutral, and isolated ground) designated for isolated circuit. The isolated ground conductor shall be color coded as required in this specification. Multiple circuit homerun MC cable may be used except that each circuit phase conductor must have its own neutral and isolated ground conductor. Example: a two (2) IG circuit cable will have 6 insulated conductors (2 phase, 2 neutrals, 2 isolated ground) designated. Additional ground conductor(s) as required by code shall be included. h. 277V lighting circuits: MC cable may be used for all 277V lighting circuits except the emergency lighting circuits. Multiple circuit homerun MC cable shall contain oversized neutrals (#10 AWG minimum). i. Combination, multiple 120V circuit homerun cables from power circuit distribution boxes may be used. Conductors for isolated ground circuits must comply with paragraph "g" above. 7. Conductors for HVAC 120V control wiring shall be size 14 AWG. For low -voltage exception refer to HVAC specification Division 23. 8. Utilization of insulation shall be as follows: Lighting and appliance branch circuiting Main and subfeeders Fixture wires Direct burial or underground THW, THWN, THHN XHHW, THHN/THWN THW, XHHW, THWN TFN, TFFN, SF,RHH, THHN RHW-USE,UF, RR 9. Type THHN shall not be used in or under the grade level slab. 10. Exterior of wires shall be color coded. a. b. Color coding shall clearly indicate the difference between: 1. 2. 3. Phase wires of different voltage systems. Neutral and phase wires of each voltage system. The grounding system wire. Unless required otherwise by local code authorities use the following color coding scheme: 120/208 Volt System 277/480 Volt System Phase A - Black Phase B - Red Phase C - Blue Neutral - White Phase A - Brown Phase B - Orange Phase C - Yellow Neutral - Natural or Gray c. All equipment grounding conductors shall be green in color. All isolated ground conductors shall be green in color with an overlaid black or yellow stripe. d. In sizes and insulation types where factory applied colors are not available, colored plastic tape in overlapping turns shall be applied at all terminal points and in all points of splicing. Tape shall be applied at minimum intervals of 6" along the wires and cables. 26 05 19.19-2 Rev. 11/21/14 JCPENNEY #0696 TUKWILA, WA SALON REFRESH RENOVATION MARCH 8, 2018 CONDUCTORS 26 0519.19 B. LOW -VOLTAGE WIRE: 1. UL listed and approved non -conduit types must be used unless not legally permitted. 2. All signal wire shall meet or exceed applicable portions of JCPenney specifications with regard to the conductors. The non -conduit cable jacket material description will be substituted for conventional cable jacket description. 3. Power -limited circuit cable as described in low -voltage systems portions of this specification must be UL listed and approved for the intended use. The cable jacket must include the use classification descriptor, i.e. CL2P, in accordance with requirements of the NEC. Point of Sale and telephone cables description and manufacturers listed in Section 27 42 13 - 27 30 00.19. 4. Exterior of wire shall be color coded as follows: Low -Voltage System Color Telephone Green Fire Alarm Red Intrusion Alarm White and Yellow CCTV White POS/Data Blue HVAC Controls Purple Satellite Coax Black Video Gray Audio Natural or Gray Fiber Optic Orange PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL INSTALLATION: A. CONDUCTORS: 1. All conductors shall be continuous from outlet to outlet. 2. Leave sufficient slack on all runs to permit secure connection of equipment. 3. All conductors shall be pulled simultaneously when installed in a common raceway. Delay pulling in until the project progresses to a point where conductors shall not be exposed to damage or moisture. 4. Swab all conduits prior to pulling the conductors and mandrel with 85% ball to all conduits 2" and larger. 5. Use only specifically manufactured lubricant for wire pulling purposes. 6. Dress and lace wires and cables in all cabinets and pull boxes and use necessary insulated support to prevent shifting. 7. Identify feeders at each pull box and cabinets with permanent non-metallic band or tag. 8. Type MC cable shall be installed above grade and in dry locations only. B. SPLICING AND TERMINATING: 1. Maintain all splices and joints in accessible enclosures where easy inspection is available. 26 05 19.19-3 Rev. 11/21/14 JCPENNEY #0696 TUKWILA, WA SALON REFRESH RENOVATION MARCH 8, 2018 CONDUCTORS 26 0519.19 2. Join solid conductors with expendable type insulated coiled steel spring connections (wire nut) or by twisting and soldering. 26 05 19.19-4 Rev. 11/21/14 1. I JCPENNEY #0696 TUKWILA, WA SALON REFRESH RENOVATION MARCH 8, 2018 CONDUCTORS 26 0519.19 3. Terminate solid conductors by means of a neat and fast application directly to the binding screw or post of the equipment. 4. Join, tap and terminate stranded conductors #6 AWG and larger by means of solder sleeves, taps and lugs with applied solder or by means of bolted saddle type or pressure indent type connectors, taps and lugs. Apply pressure indent type connectors, taps and lugs utilizing tools manufactured specifically for the purpose and having features preventing their release until the full pressure has been exerted on the lug or connector. 5. Except where wire nuts are used, build up insulation over conductor joints to a value equal both in thickness and dielectric strength to that of the factory applied conductor insulation. Insulation of conductor taps and joints shall be by means of half -lapped layers of rubber tape, with an outer layer of friction tape; by means of half -lapped layers of approved plastic electric insulating tape or (in the case of bolted type connector joints) by means of split insulating casings molded specifically to insulate the particular connector and conductor and fastened with stainless steel or non-metallic snaps or clips. 6. Exclude splicing procedures for neutral conductors in lighting and appliance branch circuitry which utilize device terminals as the splicing points. 7. Exclude joints or terminations utilizing solder in any conductors used for grounding or bonding purposes. 8. Exclude all but solder or pressure indent type joints in conductors used for signaling or 11 communications purposes. 3.02 INSTALLATION OF LOW -VOLTAGE WIRE: A. CABLE INSTALLED WITHOUT CONDUIT: Shall not be visible in any area accessible to the public. Cables shall be routed in all areas so as to minimize the chance of accidental mechanical damage during any and all phases of stores operations. Cable shall be supported with cable ties from the structure above. Individual cables may be supported individually from ceiling grid wires with approved ceiling wire clips where allowed by local code authorities. No more than one (1) cable shall be supported from a single ceiling wire. Cables shall not lie on the ceiling grid or tiles. B. CONVENTIONAL CONDUIT: Must be used where cable is subject to damage and/or required by the National Electrical Code or local governing authorities. When low voltage cable is routed from exposed cable into conduit or pulled into wall or floor outlet, utilize connectors and fiber bushings to prevent cable jacket damage. C. LOW -VOLTAGE SIGNAL CABLE (New Construction Only): Shall be within conduit between telephone backboard and both the fire and intrusion alarm backboards and data communication backboard in OMR. Electrical contractor shall furnish and install cable and conduit. 3.03 FIREPROOFING: Beyond the termination of raceways, apply fireproofing over the unprotected insulation and/or splices of the following: A. All service feeder cables ahead of main service over -current protection devices within all the pull boxes they pass through and elsewhere where they are not enclosed in raceways. B. Fire pump feeder cables wherever they extend beyond the termination of raceways. C. All feeder wires and cables emanating from different secondary service connections or both normal and emergency supplies which, due to indications on the drawings or unavoidable field conditions, are forced to enter the same, pit unbarriered compartment of a pull box or junction box. END OF SECTION 26 05 19.19-5 Rev. 11/21/14 . J JJCPENNEY #0696 TUKWILA, WA SALON REFRESH RENOVATION MARCH 8, 2018 WIRING DEVICES 26 27 26 PART 1 — GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY: A. This section covers line voltage wiring devices. B. Refer to the following sections for work specified elsewhere: 26 05 00 "Common Work Results for Electrical" 1.02 SUBMITTALS: Manufacturer's Data: Submit copies of manufacturer's specifications and product data for products to be used. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE: A. Furnish standard products and manufacturers regularly engaged in production of such equipment. B. All materials shall be fully warranted. C. All equipment shall conform to applicable IEEE, UL, ANSI and/or NEMA Standards. PART2-PRODUCTS 2.01 SWITCHES AND RECEPTACLES: A. GENERAL: 1. All devices shall be specification grade, heavy duty, standard configuration and intended for the purpose of application. It shall be the contractor's responsibility to provide all necessary accessories to make complete and functioning devices or outlets. 2. Where pilot -light -only is indicated, eliminate the pilot light all together. For swatches with pilot light provide neon light in toggle handle. See below. B. SWITCHES FOR LOCAL CONTROL: Shall be flush tumbler, quiet type, with screw type terminals. 1. Switches shall be rated 120-277 volts, 20 AMPS, AC only. 2. Switches shall be colored ivory. Switches for emergency system lighting shall be colored red. If provided on construction documents, the contractor shall adhere to the Receptacle & Switch Schedule for device color, orientation, and mounting height. 3. Where indicated to have pilot Tight, each shall have a correct voltage red neon pilot light in Lexan handle. Toggle handle lights when load on. 4. Switches shall be rated for 50,000 cycles of operation without deterioration, regardless of whether inductive or resistive (including tungsten) loads are controlled. 5. Non-standard type switches shall incorporate applicable requirements for the standard type and shall be as indicated. 6. Switches for direct control of single phase fractional HP motors, i.e. exhaust tans, shall be motor rated. 26 27 26-1 Rev. 11/14/14 JJCPENNEY #0696 TUKWILA, WA SALON REFRESH RENOVATION MARCH 8, 2018 WIRING DEVICES 26 27 26 C. SPECIAL KEY SWITCHES: Emergency Lighting System (Last Man Out Switch): Flush, cylinder lock type, three -position momentary contact with positive "off' center shall be Allen Bradley #800T-J631A or equal; NO FORK KEY. Furnish eight (8) identical keys. Locate in vestibule of entrance designated "associate entrance" and as indicated on the drawings. D. RECEPTACLES: Shall be specification grade, heavy duty. 1. Receptacles shall be rated 125 volts, 20 AMPS unless otherwise noted. 2. Receptacles shall be colored ivory. Exceptions: Receptacles for emergency system shall be colored red. Isolated ground receptacles shall be colored orange. Receptacles for Sales Area wall mounted display outlets (controlled by lighting control system) shall be colored gray. Sales area column mounted receptacles shall be black. If provided on construction documents, the contractor shall adhere to the Receptacle & Switch Schedule for device color, orientation, and mounting height. 3. Receptacles shall be self -grounding except for isolated ground type, 3 or more wires, single or duplex as indicated with NEMA standard face slot configuration. 4. Receptacles shall be screw type terminals only. 5. Non-standard type outlets and special purpose power supply receptacles shall incorporate applicable requirements for the standard type and shall be as indicated. 6. For each non-standard receptacle, including all twist -lock devices and receptacles rated 30A and larger, furnish one matching attachment plug and connect same to the cord of the associated equipment. E. FACEPLATES FOR WALL -MOUNTED DEVICES: Shall be selected as follows. 1. All plates shall be the same color as their associated devices, except: use white nylon plates for orange isolated ground receptacles; and black nylon plates on gray display circuit receptacles in cove base (2"AFF center, horizontal). If provided on construction documents, the contractor shall adhere to the Receptacle & Switch Schedule for device color, orientation, and mounting height. 2. Faceplates shall have the correct shape opening. 3. Material: NYLON for all switches and receptacles. 4. Blank coverplates for communications open j -boxes shall be nylon. F. MANUFACTURERS: Acceptable manufacturers for above specified devices are 1. Hubbell 2. Leviton 3. Pass & Seymour / Legrand 4. Cooper G. OCCUPANCY SENSOR SWITCH DEVICES: Used in offices, restrooms, stockrooms, fitting rooms (non -emergency lighting) and like spaces. Devices located as indicated on contract drawings. 1. All sensors shall be the dual technology type, and may be low -voltage or line -voltage, depending on the specific installation. 26 27 26-2 Rev. 11/14/14 JJCPENNEY #0696 TUKWILA, WA SALON REFRESH RENOVATION MARCH 8, 2018 WIRING DEVICES 26 27 26 2. Ceiling -mounted sensors shall be white in color. Wall -mounted sensors shall be ivory, unless specified as a different color in the Receptacle & Switch Schedule on the contract drawings. 3. The electrical contractor shall provide additional power packs for low -voltage sensors as required for a complete and operational system. 4. The electrical contractor shall provide additional sensors as required to provide complete coverage based on partition, furniture, and shelving placement. 5. The electrical contractor shall provide masking kits to limit coverage as necessary. 6. Occupancy sensors shall be set for a 10 minute time delay. 7. APPROVED MANUFACTURERS: a. Sensor Switch b. Hubbell c. Wattstopper 2.02 DIMMING EQUIPMENT FOR INCANDESCENT SWITCHING: A. All dimmers shall be U. L. listed for incandescent Toads of 600 watts or 1000 watts as load requires. 1. Incorporate an air gap capable of meeting all applicable requirements of UL 20 and UL 1472 for air gap switches in incandescent dimmers. 2. Dimmers/switches shall meet ANSI/IEEE standard C62.41-1980. B. Dimmer control shall be linear, captured style, slide. 1. Dimmer shall provide a smooth and continuous square law dimming curve. 2. Dimmer shall be voltage regulated so that +/- 10% variation in line voltage shall cause not more than a +/- 5% variation in load voltage when dimmer is operating at 40V (5% Tight output.) Provide integral filtering for harmonics and RF noise. C. Faceplate shall snap on to the dimmer device with no visible means of attachment. 1. Heat fins shall not be visible on front of the device. 2. At locations with multiple devices, provide one seamless multi -gang faceplate. D. Finishes: Dimmers/switches and faceplates shall be white. E. Approved Products: 1. General: Lutron or Lightolier. 2. Special locations: For the styling salon, use only Lutron Nova T style or Lightolier Momentum style. 26 27 26-3 Rev. 11/14/14 JJCPENNEY #0696 TUKWILA, WA SALON REFRESH RENOVATION MARCH 8, 2018 WIRING DEVICES 26 27 26 2.03 PUSHBUTTON, BELL AND TRANSFORMER: A. Door bell in receiving area shall be Edwards #55-6-G5. B. Door bell button (weatherproof) outside receiving door shall be Edwards #852. C. Door bell transformer shall be Edwards #88-50. D. Door bell in behind Catalog desk shall be Edwards #338-G5. E. Door bell button in Associate entrance vestibule shall be Edwards #600. 2.04 DEVICES FOR FLOOR BOX OUTLETS: A. COVERPLATES: Duplex flush coverplates must be black. Flush cap combination covers must be aluminum or black non-metallic. 1. For Round Floor Box - power only or power/data/voice. Cover Type Wiremold / Walker Hubbell Furniture Feed 897CFFTCBK series S1SPFFBL Flush Duplex 881CTCBK series S1SP / S1CFCBL * Flush Quadruplex 881RC4ATC series S1SP / S1CFCBL * Provide blank plates as required to cover unused portion of floorbox opening. 2. Contractor shall provide all necessary parts and accessories for a complete floor box installation. B. OUTLET DEVICES: 1. Receptacles for power shall be as specified elsewhere in this section. 2. Contractor shall provide receptacles of the appropriate type, color and rating where not included with floor box assembly. 3. Coverplates for floor boxes with power receptacles shall be flush sliding cover type. Wiremold/Walker are preferred. 4. Devices for communication outlets mounted in floor boxes are specified elsewhere in these specifications. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION: GENERAL: A. Install all devices indicated complete with coverplates. B. All 120V devices at a common location shall be "gang -mounted" under common cover. Do not "gang - mount" 277V devices. C. All receptacles shall maintain a consistent orientation for neutral connection; use the silvered terminal if supplied with device. 26 27 26-4 Rev. 11/14/14 JJCPENNEY #0696 TUKWILA, WA SALON REFRESH RENOVATION MARCH 8, 2018 WIRING DEVICES 26 27 26 D. Provide definite grounding method for all special outlets including isolated ground devices and power supply receptacles. E. Provide identifying labels on key switches controlling the emergency lighting and roll -up doors (where provided) at entrances. Install labels on coverplates. F. In the office machine room (OMR) label the coverplates of all power outlets with circuit number and serving panelboard identification. G. Any receptacle device installed at a distance of 6 feet or less to a sink or other plumbing device shall be a ground fault circuit interrupting (GFCI) type. END OF SECTION 26 27 26-5 Rev. 11/14/14 JCPENNEY #0696 TUKWILA, WA SALON REFRESH RENOVATION MARCH 8, 2018 LIGHTING 26 50 00 PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY: A. SECTION INCLUDES: This section includes indoor and outdoor lighting fixtures, associated supports, and louvers and/or lenses with lamps installed. B. RELATED SECTIONS: 1. Section 03 30 00 "CAST -IN-PLACE CONCRETE". 2. Section 26 09 23 "LIGHTING CONTROL DEVICES". 1.02.SUBMITTAL C)F FIXTURES DENOTED AS "APPROVED EQUAL": Light Product Data: Submit manufacturer's data on building lighting fixtures not provided by JCPenney including photometric data (optical performance rendered by independent testing laboratory) such as coefficients of utilization, visual comfort probability, candlepower data and curves, zonal lumens, etc. Submit manufacturer's data for all louvers, lenses, and other products deemed necessary. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE: A. FIXTURES, GENERAL: Comply with the requirements specified below, lighting fixture data sheets at the end of section 26 50 00, and lighting fixture schedule on the drawings. 1. Comply with Underwriter's Laboratories requirements. Lighting fixtures shall be listed and bear the UL label or be tested per UL requirements and bear the Zabel by another nationally recognized independent testing laboratory such as ETL. 2. Comply with local building and electrical codes. B. FIXTURE COMPONENTS, GENERAL: Furnish fixtures complete with all required accessories, components, and hangers. 1. Metal parts shall be free from burrs and sharp corners and edges. 2. Sheet metal components shall be steel except as noted otherwise. Components shall be formed and supported to prevent warping and sagging. Pre -painted steel, before forming, may be allowed on unexposed parts. 3. NEC Compliance: Comply with NEC as applicable to installation construction of building light fixtures. 4. NEMA Compliance: Comply with applicable requirements of NEMA Standard Publication Numbers LE1 and LE2 pertaining to lighting equipment. 5. ANSI/IES Compliance: Comply with applicable requirements of ANSI/IES standards pertaining to lighting fixtures and components. 6. Doors, frames, and other internal access pieces shall be smooth operating and free from Tight leakage under operating conditions. Relamping shall not require use of tools. Doors, frames, lenses, diffusers, louvers, and other pieces shall be designed to prevent accidental falling during relamping and when secured in the operating position. 26 50 00 -1 Rev. 12/02/14 JCPENNEY #0696 TUKWILA, WA SALON REFRESH RENOVATION MARCH 8, 2018 LIGHTING 26 50 00 7. Suspended Fixture Support Components: a. Single stem hangers: 1/2 inch steel tubing with swivel ball fitting and ceiling canopy. Finish same as fixture. b. Rod hangers: 3/16 -inch diameter steel rod, threaded and rust inhibited. c. Chain: 150 -Ib. rating. Use same gauge steel "s'" hooks for attachment to fixture. 8. Sockets: a. All fluorescent sockets shall be held rigidly in place and shall contain spring brass contacts. b. Screw sockets shall be nickel -plated brass with a porcelain envelope. c. Mogul sockets shall have internal spring grips and a porcelain envelope. 9. Housings: Unless noted otherwise, shall be of heavy gauge steel (CRS) and shall be formed so as to preclude sag, distortion, or "oil canning". a. Spun housings shall be brushed to remove tool marks. b. Pre -painted steel, before forming, may be used on unexposed parts. C. FLUORESCENT BALLASTS: Each fluorescent lighting fixture shall contain a single ballast except where specific requirements for multiple ballasts are listed in the fixture data sheets. 1. Ballasts shall bear the "CBM certified by ETL" label and conform to the applicable requirements of UL. Ballasts shall be class P (contain internal thermal protection) and have a sound rating of A". 2. Ballasts shall be high efficiency, solid state electronic and universal voltage when available and shall be high power factor type. Electronic ballasts shall have a ballast factor as indicated below. Electronic ballasts shall be intact start type and shall have a THD rating of less than 20%. 3. Ballasts for fixtures used in exterior canopies or other outside locations shall be rated for low temperature conditions. 4. Furnish ballasts with input voltage rating in accordance with drawings/fixture schedule. 5. Ballasts shall be warranted for a minimum of three (3) years. 6. Approved Ballasts and Manufacturers: Where the fixture data sheets of these specifications have a Ballast Factor value and/or ballast manufacturer listed furnish lighting fixtures with ballasts per the data sheet. Otherwise furnish fixture with ballast as indicated below. 26 50 00 -2 Rev. 12/02/14 . >J JCPENNEY #0696 TUKWILA, WA SALON REFRESH RENOVATION MARCH 8, 2018 LIGHTING 26 50 00 FO17T8 one lamp: Sylvania QHE1X32T8/ UNV-ISN-SC FO25T8 one lamp: Sylvania QHE1X32T8/ UNV-ISN-SC FO28T8 one lamp: Sylvania QHE1X32T8/ UNV-ISN-SC FO28T8 three lamp: Sylvania QHE3X32T8/ UNV-ISN-SC F40/25BX twin tube one SylvaniaQHE lamp: 1x40DUUNV ISN -SC SylvaniaQHE F40/25BX twin tube two 2x40DUUNV ISN -SC lamp: FO17T8 two Tamp: FO25T8 two lamp: FO28T8 two lamp: FO28T8 four Tamp: Sylvania QHE2X32T8/ UNV-ISN-SC Sylvania QHE2X32T8/ UNV-ISN-SC Sylvania QHE2X32T8/ UNV-ISN-SC Sylvania QHE4X32T8/ UNV-ISN-SC F40/25BX twin tube SylvaniaQHE three lamp 3x40DUUNV ISN -SC T4 and T5 diameter fluorescent: Electronic ballasts must have end of lamp life failure detection/cut-out. D. HID BALLASTS: Each HID lighting fixture shall contain a ballast(s) compatible with and designated for use with the specified lamps. 1. Ballasts shall be high power, factor constant wattage type and when subjected to plus or minus 10% line voltage variation will produce plus or minus 5% lamp output. 2. Metal halide ballasts shall be lead type. 3. 39 watt ceramic metal halide ballasts shall be electronic universal input voltage, constant power regulation, HPF, low harmonic distortion, 90 degree case temp., U.L. and FCC approved with a five (5) year warranty. 4. Each ballast shall be fused (double fusing on 208V and 480V units). 5. Ballasts shall have a maximum crest factor of 2.0 at the rated voltage. 6. Laminations shall be welded. Capacitor terminals shall be covered by suitable insulating sleeves or boots. 7. Outdoor baI asts a. Provide reliable starting to -20D F. Indoor ballasts shall be rated for 55❑C ambient. b. Ballast capacitor shall be compatible with these ambient temperature ratings. 8. Furnish ballasts with input voltage rating in accordance with drawings/fixture schedule. 9. Ballasts other than electronic shall be warranted for a minimum of three (3) years. 10. Ballast covers shall be removable from below or from within the light fixture to allow easy access to wiring compartment and ballast. E. FLUORESCENT FIXTURES: Ballast(s) as specified above. 1. Conform to tJL1598/CSA 250, "Standard for Safety for Luminaires". 26 50 00 -3 Rev. 12/02/14 JCPENNEY #0696 TUKWILA, WA SALON REFRESH RENOVATION MARCH 8, 2018 LIGHTING 26 50 00 2. Recessed 2' X 2' (nominal) and 2' X 4' (nominal) fixtures shall be fitted for flush mounting in an exposed tee 2' X 4' suspended acoustic tile ceiling or for flush mounting in a gypboard/plaster ceiling. a. Fixture shall have integral ballast(s) and shall be factory pre -wired, fully assembled, and ready for installation when shipped from factory. b. Housing shall be rigidly die -formed and embossed of 22 -gauge min. C.R.S. with all fastenings and attachments by means of spot welds, sheet metal screws or pop rivets. There shall be no ventilation slots or other uplighting means in the housing. 2' X 4' fixtures shall be formed in at least three (3) planes on the two (2) four (4) ft. length bottom edges for rigidity and surface to surface contact on the ceiling tees. Alternately, housings of 20 gauge C.R.S. may have bottom edges formed on two (2) planes on the four (4) sides. 2' X 2' fixtures shall be formed on the four (4) bottom edges for rigidity and surface to surface contact on the ceiling tees. Housing shall provide for mounting of the ballast cover, ballasts, and door frame. Housing shall have a minimum of two (2) 7/8" dia. KO's (Knockouts) in the top and a minimum of one (1) 7/8" dia. KO in each end. Housing shall be fitted with four (4) spring steel safety clips, two (2) each on opposite sides to securely engage the heads of the ceiling tees. Safety clips shall have a rigid return with one (1) drilled 3/16" dia. hole each for attachment of safety cable. Housing exterior shall be finished with white enamel, baked on. Housing for fixtures installed in gypboard/plaster ceilings shall have integral gypboard/plaster mounting frame. c. Interior housing shall be white polyester powder coat finish with a minimum reflectance factor of 92%. d. Ballast covers shall be rigidly formed of C.R.S and shall be removable from below or from within the light fixture to allow easy access to wiring compartment and ballast. e. Ballast(s) shall be mounted on flat surface and shall be secured in place by at least two (2) fasteners, one (1) at each end of the ballast. f. Doorframes for lensed fixtures shall be rigidly formed of 20 -gauge min. C.R.S. with mitered corners without light leaks or visible fasteners. Doorframes shall be mounted to the housing with concealed hinges, be capable of attachment to either side of the fixture, and removable without the use of tools. Doorframe shall be designed to accept the Tens specified. Door frame shall have continuous gasketing on all four (4) sides to eliminate light leaks or the door frame/housing fit shall be configured to provide a three (3) right angle light trap. Doorframe shall permit field replacement of lens. g. Lenses shall be 100% virgin acrylic plastic. Pattern shall be pyramidal base female prisms in a square array. Provide minimum thickness lens as stated in the lighting fixture data sheets. h. Parabolic louver assembly for louvered door fixtures shall be 3" deep, 9 -cell for 2 x 2 and 18 -cell for 2 x 4, formed from 0.025" nominal coil aluminum and interlocked to provide rigidity and to avoid vibration. Louver shall be painted white after fabrication. Louver assembly shall be designed so it can be hinged and latched from either side of fixture. Latches shall be cam lock type with T hinges on opposite side of the louver. Latch finish for fixtures without regress shall be white. i. Parts not specifically identified in this specification shall be made of materials most appropriate to their function. 3. Surface or pendant mounted and suspended lighting fixtures shall be bare, with or without reflectors, or have plastic wrap lens. a. Fixture shall have integral ballast(s) and shall be factory pre -wired and ready for installation when shipped from factory. 26 50 00 -4 Rev. 12/02/14 •-1 JCPENNEY #0696 TUKWILA, WA SALON REFRESH RENOVATION MARCH 8, 2018 LIGHTING 26 50 00 b. Housing shall be rigidly die -formed of heavy gauge steel with all attachments by means of spot welds, sheet metal screws, or pop rivets. Housing shall be formed for rigidity and shall provide for mounting of the ballast and, as required, ballast cover, reflector, or lens. Lensed fixture shall have endplates rigidly attached. Endplates shall be designed for fit to louver to prevent light leakage. c. Ballast cover shall be formed of steel and on bare strip fixtures shall be secured in place by sheet metal screws or quarter -turn fasteners. d. Reflectors for bare strip fixtures shall be die -formed of steel. Bottom edge of reflector shall be rolled. Reflectors shall be attached to housing by means of sheet metal screws or quarter -turn fasteners. Reflectors shall be white polyester powder coat finish with a minimum reflectance factor of 92%. e. Wrap around lens shall be virgin acrylic. Color shall be white or opal for single lamp fixtures and clear for double Tamp fixtures. Minimum thickness lens is specified in the lighting fixture data sheets of these specifications. f. Parts not specifically identified in this specification shall be made of materials most appropriate for their function. 4. Recessed round fluorescent fixtures: Compact fluorescent lamp type. a. Fixture shall have ballast mounted in compartment attached to fixture and shall be factory pre- wired. b. Fixture shall be rough-in/finish sections designed consisting of frame unit and finish unit. Finish unit electrically connects to rough -in unit using quick connect plugs. c. Trim ring shall be 22 -gauge steel with baked enamel finish. See data sheet for each individual fixture for color specification. d. Reflector shall be low -brightness," iridescence inhibited", alzak aluminum photometrically designed for use with compact fluorescent lamps. e. Fixture shall include 28" hanger bars as a part of rough -in section. f. Ballast shall be high power factor type. Refer to paragraph C of this specification section. g. Parts not specifically identified in this specification shall be made of materials most appropriate to their function. F. INCANDESCENT FIXTURES: 1. Conform to UL1598/CSA 250, "Standard for Safety for Luminaires". 2. Recessed fixtures shall, when installed, have trim ring flush with ceiling. 3. Trim ring shall be metallic. See data sheet for each individual fixture for color specification. 4. Recessed housings shall be steel and finished black both inside and out. 5. Fixed downlight fixtures shall have regressed ridged baffle. 6. Sockets shall be as specified elsewhere in this section. 26 50 00 -5 Rev. 12/02/14 JCPENNEY #0696 TUKWILA„ WA SALON REFRESH RENOVATION MARCH 8, 2018 LIGHTING 26 50 00 7. Parts not specifically identified in this specification shall be made of material most appropriate for their function. 26 50 00 -6 Rev. 12/02/14 J JCPENNEY #0696 TUKWILA, WA SALON REFRESH RENOVATION MARCH 8, 2018 LIGHTING 26 50 00 G. LED FIXTURES: 1. Conform to UL 8750 " Standard for Light Emitting Diode (LED) Equipment for Use in Lighting Products" and IJL 1598c "Standard for Light -Emitting Diode (LED) Retrofit Luminaire Conversion Kits", LM -79-08, IESNA Approved Method for the Electrical and Photometric Measurements of Solid State Lighting Products and LM -80-08, IESNA Approved Method for Measuring Lumen Depreciation of Solid State Lighting Sources. 2. LED shall have a nominal CCT (correlated color temperature) of Kelvin temperature indicated in specification or on plans +/- 100K. 3. CRI equal to or greater than 89. 4. LEDs shall have a designed lifetime to exceed 50,000 hours, at which time, end of life shall be defined as the point at which lighting system is 70% of the initial output. 5. Operating temperature rating shall be between +5°C (+40°F) and +40°C (+103°F) ambient. 6. Luminaire and power supply shall each be fully warranted for the specified operational (lumen maintenance) requirements and component failure for a period of no less than 7 years from installation date. 7. Power supplies: a. Shall have a validated lifetime of 60,000 hours with maximum of 5% failures. b. U.L. Class II is required c. RoHS is required H. HID FIXTURES: Conform to UL1598/CSA 250, "Standard for Safety for Luminaires" and ANSI C82.4 1. Ballasts a. Electronic or constant wattage autotransformer (CWA) or regulator, high power factor type. b. Furnish ballasts with input voltage ratings per lighting fixtures schedule on drawings. c. Minimum starting temperature of minus 300C. Normal ambient operating temperature is 4011C. d. Open circuit operation will not reduce average life. e. High pressure sodium (HPS) ballasts shall incorporate a solid state ignitor/starter with average life in pulsing mode of 10,000 hrs. at an ignitor/starter case temperature of 9011C. f. Metal Halide ballasts shall have manufacturer's standard epoxy encapsulated model designed to minimize audible fixture noise. g. Metal Halide fixtures used for emergency lighting functions shall contain an auxiliary instant -on, quartz system. Quartz incandescent automatically switches on when fixture is initially energized and when momentary power outages occur. Tums off quartz lamp automatically when HID lamp reaches approximately 60% light output. Ballast to have internal components independent of incoming line voltage. 2. Trim ring shall be steel painted with color specified elsewhere. 26 50 00 -7 Rev. 12/02/14 JCPENNEY #0696 TUKWILA, WA SALON REFRESH RENOVATION MARCH 8, 2018 LIGHTING 26 50 00 3. Reflector for metal halide fixture must give photometric performance using clear lamp. 26 50 00 -8 Rev. 12/02/14 JCPENNEY #0696 TUKWILA, WA SALON REFRESH RENOVATION MARCH 8, 2018 LIGHTING 26 50 00 I. TRACK LIGHTING FIXTURES: 1. Conform to UL1574 "Track Lighting Systems". 2. Provide components including track, fittings, and fixtures from same manufacturer. 3. Housing shall be constructed using spun technique. J. FINISHES: 1. Fixtures: Recessed fixture housing may be pre -painted material. All other surfaces such as door frames, internal ballast/driver covers, and all other reflective surfaces shall be painted after fabrication with baked -on white enamel with a minimum reflectance of 92%. 2. All clear alzak aluminum louvers for fluorescent fixtures shall have iridescent inhibiting process treatment. K. WIRING: All internal wiring shall be copper, 600 volt, temperature rated per UL standards. 1. Conform to local codes and ordinances. 2. Incandescent sockets shall be wired with high temperature wire per requirements of U.L. Internal wires (within fixture housing) shall be protected by braided sleeve. Auxiliary J -box shall be pre -wired and U.L. approved for 60❑C supply wires. 3. Fixtures shall have internal wiring sized not less than 18 gauge with thermoplastic insulation type required for UL listing and local codes and ordinances. Wiring connections within the wireway for stranded conductors shall be made using fully insulated, compression type, copper connectors. "Wire nuts" shall only be used with solid conductors. L. GASKETS: Shall be of a closed cell material suitable for the applicable temperature and proposed environment. No gasket material shall be used which shall age, harden or permanently deform under pressure. M. ACCESSORIES: All fixtures shall include plaster frames, trims, yokes, lenses in place, and all other appurtenances necessary to affect a complete installation. All fixtures shall be fabricated in a neat and workmanlike manner and shall conform to industry standards with regard to modularity, length and overall size. N. LABELS: Label stating fixture type number and manufacturer name shall be placed in a conspicuous location on the exterior of the luminaire. Label stating voltage and maximum wattage shall be placed on the interior of incandescent fixtures. O. OUTDOOR FIXTURES: Lighting and/or components of lighting fixtures which are exposed to the weather shall be constructed of anodized aluminum or stainless steel. Lighting fixtures and/or components not directly exposed to the weather, such as under extended canopies, may be constructed of steel with 2 coats of zinc chromate prime before application of the final finish. P. LAMPS PROVIDED: Shall be manufactured by Osram/Sylvania and supplied by JCPenney per National Contract unless noted otherwise on the drawings or on data sheets. Q. EMERGENCY FLUORESCENT POWER SUPPLY: Fixtures designated to provide illumination at Toss of power when there is no emergency generator. 1. Conform to UL 924, "Emergency Lighting and Power Equipment". 26 50 00 -9 Rev. 12/02/14 JCPENNEY #0696 TUKWILA, WA SALON REFRESH RENOVATION MARCH 8, 2018 LIGHTING 26 50 00 2. Fixtures shall have self-contained, modular, battery -inverter unit factory -mounted within the fixture body. a. Test Switch and LED Indicator Light: Visible and accessible without opening fixture or entering ceiling. b. Battery shall be sealed, maintenance -free, nickel -cadmium type with a minimum nominal 10 - year life. c. Charger shall be fully automatic, solid state, constant current type. d. Operation: Automatically turns 1 lamp on when supply circuit voltage drops below 80% of nominal. R. EXIT SIGNS: Conform to UL924, "Emergency Lighting and Power Equipment. UL label shall be affixed. 1. Sign colors: Letters shall be red unless required otherwise by local code. 2. Minimum height of letters shall be 6" unless required otherwise by local code. 3. Stencil face shall consist of a brushed (Satin finish) aluminum faceplate. Include arrows as indicated from plans. 4. LCD shall be used for the luminous portion of the lettering. S. LANDSCAPE LIGHTING: 1. All above grade lighting fixtures shall be extruded or cast aluminum, bronze, or copper. 2. All below grade or in ground lighting fixtures shall be extruded or cast bronze or copper. 3. All below grade lighting fixtures shall be manufactured with anti -siphon barriers. 4. Below grade lighting wells shall be constructed of bituminous fiber or similar material. 5. All lighting fixtures shall be rated for operation at either 120 volts or 277 volts. 6. All external fasteners shall be tamper proof. 1.05 DELIVERY STORAGE AND HANDLING: A. LIGHTING FIXTURES: All lighting fixtures and lamps unless noted otherwise shall be fumished by JCPenney and installed under the General Contract. Only lighting fixtures as indicated on the Lighting Fixture Schedule modified to satisfy local codes and ordinances, if required, and as manufactured by the "Approved Manufacturers" shall be accepted. Even though a manufacturer's catalog and/or drawing number is listed on the lighting fixture details, it shall be this Contractor's responsibility to furnish all required accessories or modifications to meet the specification requirements for lighting fixtures. B. EXTENT: Extent of building lighting work is indicated by drawings, schedules and requirements of this section. C. SPARE LAMPS, LIGHTING FIXTURE FUSES, AND BALLASTS: Shall be furnished by JCPenney under the General Contract and turned over to the Store Manager at the time of substantial completion. At the time of the spare lamps turnover, all installed lamps shall be working properly. The spare lamps, ballasts and fuses shall number: 26 50 00 -10 Rev. 12/02/14 1 LJ . JCPENNEY #0696 TUKWILA, WA SALON REFRESH RENOVATION MARCH 8, 2018 LIGHTING 26 50 00 Incandescent Lamps 15% each type Fluorescent Lamps 5% each type min. two (2) each type HID Lamps 5% each type min. two (2) each type PART 2 — PRODUCTS 2.01 FIXTURE DATA SHEETS: 000 SERIES: LED Fluorescent Ballasts HID Ballasts 2% each type min.. one (1) each type One (1) each type 014 LIGHTING FIXTURE DATA Description Mounting Dimensions Lamps Ballast Trim Features Photometric Performance Dtl. Reference Accent light bar Surface 4 ft. length (4) 15 watt PAR 38 LED spots or (3) PAR 38 spots and (1) 17 watt PAR 38 LED flood. NA NA Steel surface mounted bar with (4) individual fixed location lamp holders; white finish. 70 watt fixture rating NA LED PAR 38 spot and flood performance 26 50 014 Approved Mfg(s) 014 Juno SP28651-4L-WH 26 50 00 -11 Rev. 12/02/14 JCPENNEY #0696 TUKWILA, WA SALON REFRESH RENOVATION MARCH 8, 2018 LIGHTING 26 50 00 015 LIGHTING FIXTURE DATA Description Mounting Dimensions Lamps Ballast Trim Features Photometric Performance Dtl. Reference Accent light bar Surface 4 ft. length (5) 15 watt PAR 38 LED spots or (4) PAR 38 spots and (1) 17 watt PAR 38 LED flood. NA NA Steel surface mounted bar with (5) individual fixed location lamp holders; white finish. 85 watt fixture rating NA LED PAR 38 spot and flood performance 26 50 015 Approved Mfg(s) 015 Juno SP28651-5L-WH-5 Order 1650HB hanger bars separately 017 LIGHTING FIXTURE DATA Description Mounting Dimensions Lamps Ballast Trim Features Photometric Performance Dtl. Reference Accent light bar Surface 4 ft. length (5) 17 watt PAR 38 LED floods. NA NA Steel surface mounted bar with (5) individual fixed location lamp holders; white finish. 110 watt fixture rating. NA LED PAR 38 spot and flood performance 26 50 017 Approved Mfg(s) 017 Juno SP28651-5L-WH Order 1650HB hanger bars separately 26 50 00 -12 Rev. 12/02/14 JCPENNEY #0696 TUKWILA, WA SALON REFRESH RENOVATION MARCH 8, 2018 LIGHTING 26 50 00 26 50 00 -13 Rev. 12/02/14 JCPENNEY ##0696 TUKWILA, WA SALON REFRESH RENOVATION MARCH 8, 2018 LIGHTING 26 50 00 019 LIGHTING FIXTURE DATA Description Mounting Dimensions Lamps Ballast Trim Features Photometric Performance Dtl. Reference Current limited track Surface 6 ft. length (4)15 watt PAR 38 LED spots and (1) 70 watt LED wall wash NA NA Steel surface mounted track with (4) individual track heads and (1) wall wash; white finish. 240 watt fixture rating. 2 amp ocp. See Standard Dtl. NA 26 50 019 Approved Mfg(s) 019 Juno 1-T257LED-35K-WH and 4-T690WH 020 LIGHTING FIXTURE DATA Description Mounting Dimensions Lamps Driver Trim Features Photometric Performance Dtl. Reference Lensed Recessed 2' X 2' Integral Cree "True White" Technology LED 35 Watts, 90 CRI 0 -10 volt dimming 20 gauge steel housing; room side heat sink; field replaceable light engine; white opal diffusing lens See Standard Dtl. 3200 lumen output 26 50 020 Approved Mfg(s) 020 Cree CR22-32L-3350K-S-JCP CR22 FIXTURE 35W 3200 LUMENS 1 26 50 00 -14 Rev. 12/02/14 t J l J .71 JCPENNEY #0696 TUKWILA, WA SALON REFRESH RENOVATION MARCH 8, 2018 LIGHTING 26 50 00 26 50 00 -15 Rev. 12/02/14 JCPENNEY #0696 TUKWILA, WA SALON REFRESH RENOVATION MARCH 8, 2018 LIGHTING 26 50 00 022 LIGHTING FIXTURE DATA Description Mounting Dimensions Lamps Driver Trim Features Photometric Performance Dtl. Reference Lensed Recessed 2' X 2' Integral Cree "True White" Technology LED 44 Watts, 90 CRI 0 -10 volt dimming Cold rolled steel housing; integral heat sink; field replaceable light engine; white opal diffusing glass lens See Standard DtI. 3200 lumen output 26 50 022 Approved Mfg(s) 022 Cree LR24-32SKA-3350K 120/277 L 023 LIGHTING FIXTURE DATA Description Mounting Dimensions Lamps Driver Trim Features Photometric Performance Dtl. Reference Lensed Recessed 2' X 2' Integral Cree "True White" Technology LED 52 Watts, 90 CRI 0 -10 volt dimming Cold rolled steel housing; integral heat sink; field replaceable light engine; white opal diffusing glass Tens See Standard DtI. 3800 lumen output 26 50 023 Approved Mfg(s) 023 Cree LR24-38SKA-3350 120/277 26 50 00 -16 Rev. 12/02/14 JCPENNEY #0696 TUKWILA, WA SALON REFRESH RENOVATION MARCH 8, 2018 LIGHTING 26 50 00 024 LIGHTING FIXTURE DATA Description Mounting Dimensions Lamps Driver Trim Features Photometric Performance Dtl. Reference Lensed Recessed 4 inch aperture down light Integral Cree "True White" Technology LED 9.5 Watts, 90 CRI 0 -10 volt dimming Cold rolled steel housing; integral heat sink; field replaceable light engine; white opal diffusing lens See Standard Dtl. 575 lumen output 26 50 024 Approved Mfg(s) 024 T Cree LR4E 15C — H4 — LT415WH 1025 LIGHTING FIXTURE DATA Description Mounting Dimensions Lamps Driver Trim Features Photometric Performance Dtl. Reference Open Recessed 4 inch aperture hyperbolic down light 3 MacAdam Ellipse binned LED for color consistency, 29 Watts, greater than 80 CRI 0 -10 volt dimming Semi specular hyperbolic Alzak reflector. Steel housing; integral cast aluminum heat sink; field replaceable light engine; See Standard Dtl. 2300 lumen output; 50,000 hrs.@ 70%lumen maintenance. 26 50 025 Approved Mfg(s) 025 Juno L4-2335U-G2-L400H-CQ Integral flange HB - 28 Hanger bars 26 50 00 -17 Rev. 12/02/14 JCPENNEY #0696 TUKWILA, WA SALON REFRESH RENOVATION MARCH 8, 2018 LIGHTING 26 50 00 026 LIGHTING FIXTURE DATA Description Mounting Dimensions Lamps Driver Trim Features Photometric Performance DtI. Reference Lensed Recessed 6 inch aperture down light Integral Cree "True White" Technology LED 13 Watts, 90 CRI 0 -10 volt dimming aluminum housing; integral heat sink; field replaceable light engine; white opal diffusing lens See Standard Dtl. 1000 lumen output 26 50 026 Approved Mfg(s) 026 Cree LR6-10L-35K-120 - RC6-12W-GU24-LT6AP- DR 027 LIGHTING FIXTURE DATA Description Mounting Dimensions Lamps Driver Trim Features Photometric Performance Dtl. Reference T Lensed Recessed 6 inch aperture down light Integral Cree "True White" Technology LIED 13 Watts, 90 CRI 0 -10 volt dimming aluminum housing; integral heat sink; field replaceable light engine; white opal diffusing Tens See Standard DtI. 1000 lumen output 26 50 027 Approved Mfg(s) 027 Cree LR6-10L-35K-277 - RC6-12W-GU24-LT6AP- DR ,-- 26 26 50 00 -18 Rev. 12/02/14 • • JCPENNEY #0696 TUKWILA, WA SALON REFRESH RENOVATION MARCH 8, 2018 LIGHTING 26 50 00 26 50 00 -19 Rev. 12/02/14 JCPENNEY #0696 TUKWILA, WA SALON REFRESH RENOVATION MARCH 8, 2018 LIGHTING 26 50 00 031 LIGHTING FIXTURE DATA FIXTURE TYPES 031-4 T031-1 Description Mounting Dimensions Lamps Driver Trim Features Photometric Performance Dtl. Reference Linear LED white light fixture Surface Nom. 1.5" diameter by 4 ft. Integral LED 21 Watts, 80 CRI, 120 by 120 degree beam angle, 3500 K Constant current 120 volt integral driver; in line connection NA Silver aluminum tubular frame. See Standard Dtl. 262 lumens/ ft. output 26 50 031 Linear LED white light fixture Surface Nom. 1.5" diameter by 1 ft. Integral LED 5.2 Watts, 80 CRI, 120 by 120 degree beam angle, 3500K Constant current 120 volt integral driver; in line connection NA Silver aluminum tubular frame. See Standard Dtl. 262 lumens/ ft. output 26 50 031 Approved Mfg(s) 031-4 031-1 Ecosense LCOS- 48-35-120-120 LCIS- 12-35-120-120 1 040 LIGHTING FIXTURE — DATA Description Mounting Dimensions Lamps Driver Trim Features Photometric Performance Dtl. Reference Lensed Recessed Nom. 9" X 10" Integral 3000 K LED; 41 Watts, greater than 85 CRI Class 2 electronic constant current LED driver Formed steel trim and upper housing white powder coat paint. Die cast aluminum housing; integral extruded aluminum heat sink; field replaceable light engine; diffusing lens See Standard Dtl. 1800 lumen output 26 50 040 Approved Mfg(s) 040 Amerlux MCAV-40-LED-E-W T -277V -W W-3000 26 50 00 -20 Rev. 12/02/14 JCPENNEY #0696 TUKWILA, WA SALON REFRESH RENOVATION MARCH 8, 2018 LIGHTING 26 50 00 063 LIGHTING FIXTURE DATA Fixture Type (s) Description Mounting Dimensions Lamps Ballasts Trim Features Housing Photometric Performance Dtl. Reference 063 Fluorescent wall light, exterior Surface Integral 72 W LED Fully gasket Tens. All voltage ballast. Polycarbonate lens, bronze finish Rectangular aluminum housing. One piece die-cast aluminum door frame with one piece extruded silicone gasketing between housing and door frame. All exposed fasteners are stainless steel. Bronze finish. Suitable for wet location. Lens to be clear flat tempered glass sealed to door frame with EPDM gasketing. See Standard Dtl. 26 50 063 Approved Mfg(s)* 063 072 r LSI XCHW M3 -FT -LED -48-450-U E-BRZ-172787 *Or approved equal. 072 LIGHTING FIXTURE DATA Description Mounting Dimensions Lamps Ballast Trim Features Photometric Performance Dtl. Reference Gimbal ring track head with attached socket Track Mounted (track type 078) NA 15 watt PAR 38 LED spot or 17 watt PAR 38 LED flood. NA NA Matte white finish. Provide matching track with matching finish. Mounts to type 078 track. NA LED PAR 38 spot and flood performance 26 50 072 Approved Mfg(s) 072 r Juno SP27916WH Order 1650HB hanger bars separately 26 50 00 -21 Rev. 12/02/14 JCPENNEY #0696 TUKWILA, WA SALON REFRESH RENOVATION MARCH 8, 2018 LIGHTING 26 50 00 074 LIGHTING FIXTURE DATA FIXTURE TYPES 074 074B Description Mounting Dimensions Lamps Ballast Trim Features Photometric Performance DtI. Reference Adjustable wire form, open back gimbal rang Track Mounted (track type 078) NA 15 watt PAR 38 LED NA Matte white finish. Provide matching track with matching finish. Mounts to type 078 track. Square steel wire; 90 degree by 358 degree rotation. NA., NA 26 50 074 Adjustable wire form, open back gimbal ring Track Mounted (track type 078B) NA 15 watt PAR 38 LED NA Matte black finish. Provide matching track with matching finish. Mounts to type 078B track. Square steel wire; 90 degree by 358 degree rotation. NA. NA 26 50 074B Approved Mfg(s) 074 074B Juno T437WH- 120 Volt T437BL- 120 Volt 26 50 00 -22 Rev. 12/02/14 • JCPENNEY #0696 TUKWILA, WA SALON REFRESH RENOVATION MARCH 8, 2018 LIGHTING 26 50 00 078 LIGHTING FIXTURE DATA FIXTURE TYPES 078-2S 078-4S; 078-4B 078-8; 078-8B 078-12; 078-12B Description Mounting Dimensions Lamps Trim Features Photometric Performance Dtl. Reference Low profile, single circuit track Surface/Pendant 2 ft. length NA T -bar clips Extruded "I" beam channel; one-piece thermoplastic insulator. Two 12 gauge solid copper conductors. May be field cut. Matte white or B = matte black finish. NA NA 26 50 078 Low profile, single circuit track Surface/Pendant 4 ft. length NA T -bar clips Extruded "I" beam channel; one-piece thermoplastic insulator. Two 12 gauge solid copper conductors. May be field cut. Matte white or B = matte black finish. NA NA 26 50 078 Low profile, single circuit track Surface/Pendant 8 ft. length NA T -bar clips Extruded "I" beam channel; one-piece thermoplastic insulator. Two 12 gauge solid copper conductors. May be field cut. Matte white or B = matte black finish. NA NA 26 50 078 Low profile, single circuit track Surface/Pendant 12 ft. length NA T -bar clips Extruded "I" beam channel; one-piece thermoplastic insulator. Two 12 gauge solid copper conductors. May be field cut. Matte white or B = matte black finish. NA NA 26 50 078 Approved Mfg(s) 078 _ Juno SP27886-WHT2WH w/ T38WH SP27887-WHT4WH w/ T38WH SP24981- WHT8WH w/ T38WH SP24982- WHT2WH w/ T38WH SP24979-BLT4BL w/ T38BL SP24981-BLT8BL w/T38BL SP24982-BLT12BL w/T38BL 26 50 00 -23 Rev. 12/02/14 JCPENNEY #0696 TUKWILA, WA SALON REFRESH RENOVATION MARCH 8, 2018 LIGHTING 26 50 00 100 SERIES: Fluorescent 101 (101/E) LIGHTING FIXTURE DATA Description Mounting Dimensions Lamps Ballast Trim Features Photometric Performance Dtl. Reference Lensed Recessed 2' X 4' 3-F028/835/SS/ECO Single solid state (electronic) Three (3) lamps Sylvania QHE 3X32T8/UNV-ISN-SC Lens: .125 in. min. thick, prismatic acrylic See Standard Dtl. 26 50 101 Lensed Recessed 2' X 4' 3-F028/835/SS/ECO Single solid state (electronic) Three (3) lamps Sylvania QHE 3X32T8/UNV-ISN-SC Lens: .125 in. min.. thick, prismatic acrylic Emergency battery/charger unit See Standard Dtl. 26 50 101 Approved Mfg(s)* 101 101/E Columbia LSI/Lightron J24 332 FSA12.1253EB8UNV 96047-01 J24 332 FSA12.1253EB8UNV-EL 96047-01/E * or approved equal 102 (102/E) LIGHTING FIXTURE DATA Fixture Type(s) Description Mounting Dimensions Lamps Ballast Trim Features Photometric Performance Dtl. Reference 102 Lensed Recessed 2' x 4' 4-F028/835/SS/ECO Single solid state (electronic) Four (4) lamp Sylvania QHE 4X32T8/UNV-ISN-SC Lens: .125 in. min. thick, prismatic Acrylic See Standard Dtl. 26 50 102 102/E Lensed Recessed 2' x 4' 4-F028/835/SS/ECO Single solid state (electronic) Four (4) lamp Sylvania QHE 4X32T8/UNV-ISN-SC Lens: 125 in min. thick, prismatic acrylic Emergency battery/charger unit See Standard Dtl 26 50 102 Approved Mfg(s)* _ 102 102/E Columbia LSI-Lightron J24 432 FSA12. 125 4EB8-UNV 92205-02 J24 432 FSA12. 125 4EB8-UNV-EL 92205-02/E *Or approved equal 26 50 00 -24 Rev. 12/02/14 JCPENNEY #0696 TUKWILA, WA SALON REFRESH RENOVATION MARCH 8, 2018 LIGHTING 26 50 00 103 (103/E) LIGHTING FIXTURE DATA Fixture Type(s) Description Mounting Dimensions Lamps Ballast Trim Features Photometric Performance Dtl. Reference 103 Deep Cell White Louver No Reveal Recessed 2' x 4' 3-FO28/835/SS/ECO Single solid state (electronic) Three (4) Tamp Sylvania QHE 3X32T8/UNV-ISN-SC Louver: 3" high, 18 cell, parabolic, aluminum, baked white enamel finish. Rotating cam latches with T -hinges on opposite side. See Standard Dtl. 26 50 103 _ 103/E Deep Cell White Louver No Reveal /Emerg. Battery Recessed 2' x 4' 3-FO28/835/SS/ECO Single solid state (electronic) Three (3) lamp Sylvania QHE 3X32T8/UNV-ISN-SC II Emergency battery/charger unit ll Louver: 3" high, 18 cell, parabolic, aluminum, baked white enamel finish. Rotating cam latches with T -hinges on opposite side. See Standard Dtl 26 50 103 Approved Mfg(s)* 103 103/E LSI-Lightron PBNR 2xX4 332 18 cell white/277 PBNR 2xX4 332 18 cell white/277 w Emergency Batter *Or a •proved e • ual 107-QHE; (107-QHE/E) LIGHTING FIXTURE DATA Fixture Type(s) Description Mounting Dimensions Lamps Ballast Trim Features Photometric Performance Dtl. Reference 107-QHE Lensed Recessed 2' x 2' 2-F40/25BX/835/IS/WM Single solid state (electronic) Two (2) lamp Sylvania QHE 2X40DL/UNV-ISN-SC Lens: .125 in. min. thick, prismatic acrylic 26 50 107-QHE 107-QHE /E Lensed Recessed 2' x 2' 2- F40/25BX/835/IS/WM Single solid state (electronic) Two (2) lamp Sylvania QHE 2X40DUUNV-ISN-SC Lens: 125 in min. thick, prismatic acrylic Emergency battery/charger unit 26 50 107-QHE Approved Mfg(s)* 107-QHE 107-QHE /E Columbia LSI-Lightron 4PS22 240TT FSA12.125 EBTT120/277 94436-07 4PS22 240TT FSA12.125 EBTT120/277- EL 94436-07/E *Or approved equal 26 50 00 -25 Rev. 12/02/14 JCPENNEY #0696 TUKWILA, WA SALON REFRESH RENOVATION MARCH 8, 2018 LIGHTING 26 50 00 108-QHE; (108-QHE /E) LIGHTING FIXTURE DATA Fixture Type(s) Description Mounting Dimensions Lamps Ballast Trim Features Photometric Performance Dtl. Reference 108-QHE Lensed Recessed 2' x 2' 3- F40/25BX/835/IS/WM Single solid state (electronic) Three (3) lamp Sylvania QHE 3X4ODUUNV-ISN-SC Lens: .125 in. min. thick, prismatic acrylic See Standard Dtl. 26 50 108-QHE 108-QHE /E Lensed Recessed 2' x 2' 3- F40/25BX/835/IS/WM Single solid state (electronic) Three (3) Tamp Sylvania QHE 3X4ODUUNV-ISN-SC Lens: 125 in min. thick, prismatic acrylic Emergency battery/charger unit See Standard Dtl. 26 50 108-QHE Approved Mfg(s)* 108-QHE 108-QHE /E Columbia LSI-Lightron 4PS22 340TT FSA12.125 3EBTT120/277 94089-08 4PS22 240TT FSA12.125 3EBTT120/277- EL 94089-08/E *Or approved equal 110 (110/E) LIGHTING FIXTURE DATA Fixture Type(s) Description Mounting Dimensions Lamps Ballast Trim **Features Photometric Performance Dtl. Reference 110 3" deep cell white aluminum baffle troffer Recessed, grid and gyp. board 1' x 4' nom 2-F028/835/SS/ECO Single solid state (electronic) 110 and 110E: single two (2) lamp Sylvania QHE 2X32T8/UNV-ISN-SC 3" high, parabolic, aluminum, baked white enamel finish. Rotating cam latches with T- hinges on opposite side. See Standard Dtl. 26 50 110 110/E 3" deep cell white aluminum baffle troffer Recessed, grid and gyp. board 1' x 4' nom 2-F028/835/SS/ECO Single solid state (electronic) Single two (2) lamp 2X32T8/UNV-ISN-SC 3" high, parabolic, aluminum, baked white enamel finish. Rotating cam latches with T -hinges on opposite side. Emergency battery/charger unit See Standard Dtl. 26 50 110/E Approved Mfg(s)* 110 110/E Columbia LS I-Lightron PBNRG-1 x4-232-8C/W-UN IV PBN RG -1 x4-232-8C/W-UN IV/E *Or approved equal 26 50 00 -26 Rev. 12/02/14 JCPENNEY #0696 TUKWILA, WA SALON REFRESH RENOVATION MARCH 8, 2018 LIGHTING 26 50 00 112 QHE (112 QHE /E LIGHTING FIXTURE DATA Fixture Type(s) Description Mounting Dimensions Lamps Ballast Trim Features Photometric Performance DtI. Reference 112 QHE 3" Deep CeII Louver/Semi-Specular Recessed 2' x 2' nom 2- F40/25BX/835/IS/WM Single solid state (electronic) Two (2) lamp Sylvania QHE 2X40DL/UNV-ISN-SC See Standard Dtl. 26 50 112 QHE 112 QHE /E 3" Deep Cell Louver/Semi-Specular Recessed 2' x 2' nom 2- F40/25BX/835/IS/WM Single solid state (electronic) Two (2) lamp Sylvania QHE 2X40DUUNV-ISN-SC Emergency batter/charger unit See Standard Dtl.. 26 50 112 QHE Approved Mfg(s)* 112 QHE 112 QHE /E Columbia LSI-Lightron 4522 240TT LD33 S EBTT120/277 92154-12 4522 240TT LD33 S EBTT120/277- EL 92154-12/E *Or approved equal 113 QHE (113 QHE /E) LIGHTING FIXTURE DATA Fixture Type(s) Description Mounting Dimensions Lamps Ballast Trim Features Photometric Performance Dtl. Reference 113 QHE 3" Deep Cell Louver/Semi-Specular Recessed 2' x 2' nom 3- F40/25BX/835/IS/WM Single solid state (electronic) Three (3) lamp Sylvania QHE 3X40DUUNV-ISN-SC See Standard DtI. 26 50 113 QHE 113 QHE /E 3" Deep CeII Louver/Semi-Specular Recessed 2' x 2' nom 3- F40/256X/835/IS/WM Single solid state (electronic) Three (3) Tamp Sylvania QHE 3X40DUUNV-ISN-SC Emergency batter/charger unit See Standard Dtl. 26 50 113 QHE Approved Mfg(s)* 113 QHE 113 QHE /E Columbia LSI-Lightron 4522 340TT LD33 S 3EBTT120/277 91096-13 4522 340TT LD33 S 3EBTT120/277- EL 91096-13/E *Or approved equal 26 50 00 -27 Rev. 12/02/14 JCPENNEY #0696 TUKWILA, WA SALON REFRESH RENOVATION MARCH 8, 2018 LIGHTING 26 50 00 114 (114/M) (114/S) (114/E) LIGHTING FIXTURE DATA Fixture Type(s) Description Mounting Dimensions Lamps Ballast Trim Features Photometric Performance Dtl. Reference 114 (114/M) (114/S)** Lensed Recessed, grid and gyp board 1' x 4' nom 2-FO28/835/SS/ECO Single solid state (electronic) 114 and 114E: single two (2) lamp 114M: single four (4) lamp 114S: no ballast Sylvania QHE 2X32T8/UNV-ISN-SC Lens: .125 in. min. thick, prismatic acrylic See Standard Dtl. 26 50 114 114/E Lensed Recessed, grid and gyp board 1' x 4' nom 2-FO28/835/SS/ECO Single solid state (electronic) Single two (2) Tamp Sylvania QHE 4X32TB/UNV-ISN-SC Lens: .125 in. min. thick, prismatic acrylic Emergency battery/charger unit See Standard Dtl. 26 50 114 Approved Mfg(s)* 114 (114/M) (114/S)** 114/E Columbia LSI-Lightron J14 232 FSA12.125.EB8277 94062-14 J14 232 FSA12.125.EB8277-EL 94062-14/E *Or approved equal **Types 114/M and 114/S are installed and used in pairs only. They have interconnect armored cable assemblies with connectors to allow the 2 *Lamps in type 114/S to operate from the ballast in type 114/M. Length of cable assemblies are to allow fixtures to operate end to end. 115 (115SP) LIGHTING FIXTURE DATA Fixture Type(s) Description Mounting Dimensions Lamps Ballast Trim Features Photometric Performance Dtl. Reference 115 Lensed/Wrapped Surface 3 in x 2 ft. 1-F017/735/ECO Standard one (1) lamp, high power factor: One (1) lamp Sylvania QHE 1X32T8/UNV-ISN-SC Extruded white acrylic shielding See Standard Dtl. 26 50 115 115SP Lensed/Wrapped Surface 3 in x 2 ft. 2-F017/735/ECO Standard two (2) lamp, high power factor: Two (2) lamp Sylvania QHE 2X32T8/UNV-ISN-SC Extruded white acrylic shielding See Standard Dtl. _ 26 50 115SP Approved Mfg(s)* 115 115SP Columbia LSI-Lightron W -2 -1 -17 -E -U Series W81 one lamp W -2 -2 -17 -E -U Series W81 two lamp *Or approved equal 26 50 00 -28 Rev. 12/02/14 JCPENNEY #0696 TUKWILA, WA SALON REFRESH RENOVATION MARCH 8, 2018 LIGHTING 26 50 00 116 QHE (116 QHE /ELLIGHTING FIXTURE DATA Fixture Type(s) Description Mounting Dimensions Lamps Ballast Trim Features Photometric Performance Dtl. Reference 116 QHE Deep Cell White Louver Recessed 2' x 2' nom 2- F40/25BX/835/IS/WM Single solid state (electronic) Two (2) Tamp Sylvania QHE 2X40DL/UNV-ISN-SC Louver: 3: high, 9 cell, parabolic, aluminum, baked white enamel finish. Rotating cam latches with T -hinges on opposite side. No reveal See Standard Dtl. 26 50 116 QHE 116 QHE/E Deep CeII White Louver/ Emergency Battery Recessed 2' x 2' nom 2- F40/25BX/835/IS/WM Single solid state (electronic) Two (2) lamp Sylvania QHE2x40DUUNV ISN SC Emergency battery/charger unit Louver: 3" high, 9 cell, parabolic, aluminum, baked white enamel finish. Rotating cam latches with T -hinges on opposite side. No reveal See Standard Dtl. 26 50 116 QHE Approved Mfg(s)* 116 QHE 116 QHE /E Columbia LSI-Lightron P222 240TT GW33 S 3EBTT120/277 89190-16 P222 240TT GW33 S 3EBTT120/277-EL 89190-16/E *Or approved equal 118 LIGHTING FIXTURE DATA FIXTURE TYPES 118-G 118-4 118-8 Description Mounting Dimensions Lamps Ballast Trim Features Photometric Performance Dtl. Reference Continuous run flangeless fluorescent slot light Recessed —Grid Ceiling 4 inches x 4 ft. (1) T5 4 ft. HO Fluorescent FP54/835/HO/ECO Universal high efficiency electronic Extruded aluminum trim and flangeless opal lens 20 gauge cold rolled steel housing finished in powder coat high reflectance white. See Standard Dtl. 2900 Lumens per lamp 26 50 118-G Continuous run flangeless fluorescent slot light Recessed —Gypboard Ceiling 4 inches x 4 ft. (1) T5 4 ft. HO Fluorescent FP54/835/HO/ECO Universal high efficiency electronic Extruded aluminum trim and flangeless opal lens 20 gauge cold rolled steel finished housing in powder coat high reflectance white. See Standard Dtl. 2900 Lumens per lamp 26 50 118-4 Continuous run flangeless fluorescent slot light Pendant 4 inches x 8 ft. (2) T5 4 ft. HO Fluorescent FP54/835/HO/ECO Universal high efficiency electronic Satin extruded aluminum and flangeless opal lens 20 gauge cold rolled steel finished housing in powder coat high reflectance white. Aircraft cable suspension. White power cord. See Standard Dtl. 2900 Lumens per lamp 26 50 118-8 Approved Mfg(s) 118-G 118-4 118-8 Zumtobel SCONSW-1T5H0-046.54- P-W-MODSYL49121 SCON4EA-1T5HO-046.54- P-W-MODSYL49121 SL4-PD-1T5HO-046.54-P- W-MODSYL49121 26 50 00 -29 Rev. 12/02/14 JCPENNEY #0696 TUKWILA, WA SALON REFRESH RENOVATION MARCH 8, 2018 LIGHTING 26 50 00 26 50 00 -30 Rev. 12/02/14 JCPENNEY #0696 TUKWILA, WA SALON REFRESH RENOVATION MARCH 8, 2018 LIGHTING 26 50 00 119 LIGHTING FIXTURE DATA Fixture Type (s) Description Mounting Dimensions Lamps Ballasts Trim Features Photometric Performance Dtl. Reference 119 1 Lamp/Wrap Lens Surface 4"length 1-FO28/835/SS/ECO Solid state (electronic): Sylvania QHE 1X32T8/UNV-ISN-SC Extruded white acrylic shielding See Standard Dtl. 26 50 119 Approved Mfg(s)" 119 Columbia LSI-Lightron AD4 132 EB8277 96048-19 *Or approved equal. P222 340TT GW33 S 3EBTT120/277 89190-20 120 QHE (120 QHE /E) LIGHTING FIXTURE DATA Fixture Type(s) Description Mounting Dimensions Lamps Ballast Trim Features Photometric Performance Dtl. Reference 120 QHE 3" Deep Cell White Louver Recessed 2'X2' nom 3- F40/25BX/835/IS/WM Single solid state (electronic) Three (3) lamp, Sylvania QHE3x40DUUNV ISN SC Louver: 3" high, 9 cell, parabolic aluminum, baked white enamel finish. Rotating cam latches with T -hinges on opposite side. No Reveal See Standard Dtl. 26 50 120 QHE 120 QHE /E 3" Deep Cell White Louver/Emergency Battery Recessed 2')(2" nom 3- F40/25BX/835/IS/WM Single solid state (electronic) Three (3) lamp, Sylvania QHE3x40DUUNV ISN SC Emergency battery/charger unit Louver: 3" high, 9 cell, parabolic aluminum, baked white enamel finish. Rotating cam latches with T -hinges on opposite side. No Reveal See Standard Dial. 26 50 120 QHE Approved Mfg(s)* 120 QHE 120 QHE /E Columbia LSI-Lig_htron P222 340TT GW33 S 3EBTT120/277 89190-20 P222 340TT GW33 S 3EBTT120/277-EL 89190-20/E 26 50 00 -31 Rev. 12/02/14 JCPENNEY #0696 TUKWILA, WA SALON REFRESH RENOVATION MARCH 8, 2018 LIGHTING 26 50 00 121 (121/2) (121/3) (121/4) (121/4R) LIGHTING FIXTURE DATA FOR USE IN SALON ONLY Fixture Type(s) Description Mounting Dimensions Lamps Ballast Trim Features Photometric Performance Dtl. Reference 121/2 Bare Strip/side mount Surface 2ft 1 -FP 145T5/835 Solid state (electronic) One (1) lamp: QTP1X28T5/UNV-PSN See Standard Dtl. 26 50 121 121/3 Bare Strip/side mount Surface , 3ft 1-FP145T5/835 Solid state (electronic) One (1) lamp: QTP1X28T5/UNV-PSN See Standard Dtl. 26 50 121 121/4 Bare Strip/side mount Surface 4ft 1-FP145T5/835 Solid state (electronic) One (1) lamp: QTP1X28T5/UNV-PSN See Standard Dtl. 26 50 121 122-2 Approved Mfg(s)* Columbia LSI-Lightron WP4 232.EB8277 96049-22 WP4 432.EB8277 96049-24 *Or approved equal Columbia LSI-Lightron 105-1-21-T5SE-UNV 105-1-21-T5SE-UNV 105-1-21-T5SE-UNV *Or approved equal 122 LIGHTING FIXTURE DATA Fixture Type(s) Description Mounting Dimensions Lamps Ballast Trim Features Photometric Performance Dtl. Reference 122-2 2 Lamp/Wrap Lens Surface/Pend 4' length 2-FO28/835/SS/ECO Single solid state (electronic) Two (2) lamp: Sylvania QHE 2X32T8/UNV-ISN-SC Lens: .125 in. min. thick, prismatic acrylic wraparound See Standard Dtl. 26 50 122 122-4 4 Lamp/Wrap Lens Surface/Pend 4" length 4-FO28/835/SS/ECO Single solid state (electronic) Four(2) lamp Sylvania QHE 4X32T8/UNV-ISN-SC Lens: .125 in. min.. thick, prismatic acrylic wraparound Emergency power supply See Standard Dtl. 26 50 122 Approved Mfg(s)* 122-2 122-4 Columbia LSI-Lightron WP4 232.EB8277 96049-22 WP4 432.EB8277 96049-24 *Or approved equal 26 50 00 -32 Rev. 12/02/14 JCPENNEY #0696 TUKWILA, WA SALON REFRESH RENOVATION MARCH 8, 2018 LIGHTING 26 50 00 125 LIGHTING FIXTURE DATA Fixture Type(s) Description Mounting Dimensions Lamps Ballast Trim Features Photometric Performance Dtl. Reference 125 Lensed Fluorescent uplight/downlight Surface 2'X2' (4) CF18DD/E/835 Two solid state (electronic)HPF Two (2) lamp: Sylvania QTP1/2X18CF/UNV Lens: .125 in. min. thick, prismatic acrylic; perforated metal side panels and stainless steel finish custom fixture See Standard Dtl. 26 50 125 Description Approved Mfg(s)* 125 Surface — used behind header only Columbia LSI-Lightron Surface 2x2 418 Quad Perf. Custom Lamps *Or approved equal (126 0) (126 1 QHE) 126 2 QHE) (126 3 QHE) LIGHTING FIXTURE DATA FOR USE WITIH HEADERS ONLY Fixture Type (s) (126 0) (126 1 QHE) (126 2 QHE) (126 3 QHE) Description Fixed reflector twin tube fluorescent wall wash Mounting Surface — used behind header only Dimensions See Dtl. Lamps 1- F40/25BX/835/IS/WM Ballasts 126 0: no ballast 126 1: electronic 1 lamp, QHE1x40DL/UNV ISN SC 126 2: electronic 2 lamp, QHE2x40DUUNV ISN SC 126 3: electronic 3 lamp, QHE3x40DL/UNV ISN SC Trim Fixtures mounted to structural header for an assembly of 1, 2 or 3 fixtures Features "Piggy back" provision for 126 3, 126 2 & 126 0 126 3: supports 2 each type 126 0 126 2: supports 1 each type 126 0 126 2 & 126 3: Prewire cables assemblies to be part of fixtures Photometric See Standard Dtl. Performance Dtl. Reference 26 50 126 QHE Approved Mfg(s)* (126 0) (126 1 QHE) (126 2 QHE) (126 3 QHE) LSI-Lightron 96148-26 1 *Or approved equal. 26 50 00 -33 Rev. 12/02/14 JCPENNEY #0696 TUKWILA, WA SALON REFRESH RENOVATION MARCH 8, 2018 LIGHTING 26 50 00 127 LIGHTING FIXTURE DATA Fixture Type (s) Description Mounting Dimensions Lamps Ballasts Trim Features Photometric Performance Dtl. Reference 127 Compact Fluorescent Recessed See Dtl. 1 -CF 42DT/E/IN835 Electronic, high frequency (40kHZ) with lamp fault interrupter (LFI) Sylvania QTP2X26CF/UNV/BS Reflector with trim — White Matte black baffle with attached etched glass lens See Standard Dtl. 26 50 127 Approved Mfg(s)* 127 Columbia LSI-Lightron 206VCFL — 1 42T — UNIV — C27 *Or approved equal. 128 LIGHTING FIXTURE DATA Fixture Type (s) Description Mounting Dimensions Lamps Ballasts Trim Features Photometric Performance Dtl. Reference 128 Compact Fluorescent downlight, 42W Recessed See Dtl. 1 -CF 42DT/E/IN835 Electronic, high frequency (40kHZ) with lamp fault interrupter (LFI) Sylvania QTP2X26CF/UNV/BS Reflector — self flanged with trim - White Reflector — specular Alzak, iridescence free See Standard Dtl. 26 50 128 Approved Mfg(s)* 128 Columbia LSI-Lightron 96185-28 *Or approved equal. 26 50 00 -34 Rev. 12/02/14 a 1 JCPENNEY #0696 TUKWILA, WA SALON REFRESH RENOVATION MARCH 8, 2018 LIGHTING 26 50 00 130 (130-4) (130-8) 14E) (130-8E) LIGHTING FIXTURE DATA Fixture Type(s) Description Mounting Dimensions Lamps Ballast Trim Features Photometric Performance Dtl. Reference 130-4 Bared Strip w/refl. Surface/Suspended 4 ft. 1-FO28/835/SS/ECO 130-4 & 130-4E: Solid state (electronic) One (1) lamp Sylvania QHE 1X32T8/UNV-ISN-SC 130-4E: Emergency battery/charger unit See Standard Dtl. 26 50 130 130-8 Bared Strip w/refl. Surface/Suspended 4 ft. 1-FO28/835/SS/ECO 130-8 & 130-8E: Single solid state (electronic) two (2) Tamp Sylvania QHE 2X32T8/UNV-ISN-SC 130-8E: Emerg. Battery/charger unit See Standard Dtl. 26 50 130 Approved Mfg(s)* 130-4 (130-4E) CS4 132 EB8277 w/CRS4 CS4 132 EB8277-EL w/CRS4 94063-30/4 130-8 (130-8E) CS8 132 EB8277 w/CRS4 CS8 132 EB8277-EL w/CRS4 94063-30/8 Columbia LSI-Lightron 131/4 *Or approved equal 131 (131-4J (131-8) (131-18E) LIGHTING FIXTURE DATA Fixture Type(s) Description Mounting Dimensions Lamps Ballast Trim Features Photometric Performance Dtl. Reference 131-4 Bare Strip/wire guard Surface/Suspended 4ft 1-FO28/835/SS/ECO Solid state (electronic) One (1) lamp: QHE1X32T8/UNV-ISN- SC Wire guard per specs See Standard Dtl. 26 50 131 131-8 Bare Strip/wire guard Surface/Suspended 8ft 1-FO28/835/SS/ECO Solid state (electronic) Two (2) lamp: QHE2X32T8/UNV- ISN -SC Wire guard per specs See Standard Dtl. 26 50 131 131-/8E Bare Strip/wire guard Surface/Suspended 8ft 1-FO28/835/SS/ECO Solid state (electronic) Two (2) lamp: QHE2X32T8/UNV- ISN -SC Wire guard per specs With Battery Inverter See Standard Dtl. 26 50 131 Approved Mfg(s)* 131/4 131/8 131/8E Columbia LSI-Lightron CH4 132 EB6UNV w/ CHWG4 94064-31/4 CH4 132 EB6UNV w/ CHWG4 94064-31/8 CH4 132 EB6UNV w/ CHWG4 94604-31/8E *Or approved equal 26 50 00 -35 Rev. 12/02/14 JCPENNEY #0696 TUKWILA, WA SALON REFRESH RENOVATION MARCH 8, 2018 LIGHTING 26 50 00 137 (137-2) (137-4) (137-8) LIGHTING FIXTURE DATA Fixture Type(s) Description Mounting Dimensions Lamps Ballast Trim Features Photometric Performance DtI. Reference 137-2 Strip w/refl. Surface/Suspended 2 ft. 1- FO17/735/ ECO 137-2: Solid state (electronic) One (1) lamp Sylvania QHE 1X32T8/UNV- ISN-SC Silver baffle See Standard DtI. Aisle Light 26 50 137 137-4 Strip w/refl. Surface/Suspended 4 ft. 1-FO28/835/SS/ECO 137-4: Solid state (electronic) One (1) lamp Sylvania QHE 1X32T8/UNV- ISN -SC Silver baffle See Standard Dtl. Aisle Light 26 50 137 137-8 Strip w/refl. Surface/Suspended 8 ft. 2-FO28/835/SS/ECO 137-8: Single solid state (electronic) two (2) lamp Sylvania QHE 2X32T8/UNV- ISN -SC Silver baffle See Standard Dtl. Aisle Light 26 50 137 Approved Mfg(s)* 137-2 137-4 137-8 LSI-Lightron AIS 446142 2' Perimeter Light AIS 445402 4' Perimeter Light AIS 445186 8' Perimeter Light *Or approved equal *Or approved equal 138 (138-2) (138-4) (138-8) LIGHTING FIXTURE DATA Fixture Type(s) Description Mounting Dimensions Lamps Ballast Trim Features Photometric Performance Dtl. Reference 138-2 Double bare strip/refl Surface/Suspended 2ft 2-FO17/735/ ECO Solid state (electronic) Two (2) lamp: QHE2X32T8/UNV- ISN -SC See Standard Dtl. 26 50 138 138-4 Double bare strip/refl Surface/Suspended 4ft 2-FO28/835/ SS/ECO Solid state (electronic) Two (2) lamp: QHE2X32T8/UNV- ISN -SC See Standard Dtl. 26 50 138 138-8 Double bare strip/refl Surface/Suspended 8ft 4-FO28/735/SS/ ECO Solid state (electronic) Four (4) lamp: QHE4X32T8/UNV-ISN-SC See Standard Dtl. 26 50 138 Approved Mfg(s)* 138/2 138/4 138/8 Columbia LSI-Lightron CSR2 217 EB8 UNV r 94065-38/2 CSR 232 EB8 UNV 94065-38/2 CSR8 232 4EB8 UNV 94065-38/8 *Or approved equal 26 50 00 -36 Rev. 12/02/14 JCPENNEY #0696 TUKWILA, WA SALON REFRESH RENOVATION MARCH 8, 2018 LIGHTING 26 50 00 139 (139-2) (139-4) (139-8) LIGHTING FIXTURE DATA Fixture Type(s) Description Mounting Dimensions Lamps Ballast Trim Features Photometric Performance Dtl. Reference 139-2 Bare Strip Surface/Suspended 2ft 1-FO17/835/ ECO Solid state (electronic) One (1) lamp: QHE1X32T8/UNV-ISN-SC See Standard Dtl. 26 50 139 139-4 Bare Strip Surface/Suspended 4ft 1-FO28/835/ SS/ECO Solid state (electronic) One (1) lamp: QHE1X32T8/UNV-ISN- SC See Standard DtI. 26 50 139 _ 139-8 Bare Strip Surface/Suspended 8ft 2-FO28/835/SS/ ECO Solid state (electronic) Two (2) lamp: QHE2X32T8/UNV- ISN -SC See Standard Dtl. 165139 26 50 139 Approved Mfg(s)* 139/2 139-4 139-8 Columbia LS I-Lightron CH2 117 EB8UNV 94066-39/2 CH4 132 EB8 UNV 94066-39/4 CH8 132 EB8 UNV 94066-39/8 *Or approved equal 142 (142-2) (142-4) (142-8) LIGHTING FIXTURE DATA Fixture Type(s) Description Mounting Dimensions Lamps Ballast Trim Features Photometric Performance Dtl. Reference 142-2 Bare Strip, *Lamps offset with overlap ends for light coves Surface/Suspended 2ft 1-FO17/735/ ECO Solid state (electronic) One (1) lamp: QHE1X32T8/UNV-ISN- SC See Standard DtI. 26 50 142 142-4 Bare Strip, *Lamps offset with overlap ends for light coves Surface/Suspended 4ft 1-FO28/735/SS/ECO Solid state (electronic) One (1) Tamp: QHE1X32T8/UNV- ISN -SC See Standard Dtl. 26 50 142 142-8 Bare Strip, *Lamps offset with overlap ends for light coves Surface/Suspended 8ft 2-FO288/735/SS/ECO Solid state (electronic) Two (2) lamp: QHE2X32T8/UNV-ISN- SC See Standard Dtl. 26 50 142 Approved Mfg(s)* 142-2 142-4 142-8 Columbia LSI-Lightron SS2 117 EB UNV 95227-42/2 SS4 132 EB8 UNV SS8 132 EB8 UNV 95227-42/4 195228-42/8 *Or approved equal 26 50 00 -37 Rev. 12/02/14 JCPENNEY #0696 TUKWILA, WA SALON REFRESH RENOVATION MARCH 8, 2018 LIGHTING 26 50 00 _143 (143-2) (143-4) (143-8) LIGHTING FIXTURE DATA Fixture Type(s) Description Mounting Dimensions Lamps Ballast Trim Features Photometric Performance Dtl. Reference 143-2 Double bare strip, `Lamps at right angle Surface 2ft 2-FO17/735/ ECO Solid state (electronic) Two (2) lamp: QHE2X32T8/UNV-ISN-SC See Standard Dtl. 26 50 143 143-4 Double bare strip, *Lamps at right angle Surface 4ft 2-FO28/835/ SS/ECO Solid state (electronic) Two (2) lamp: QHE2X32T8/UNV- ISN -SC See Standard Dtl. 26 50 143 143-8 Double bare strip, *Lamps at right angle Surface 8ft 4-FO28/735/SS/ ECO Solid state (electronic) Four (4) lamp: QHE4X32T8/UNV-ISN-SC See Standard Dtl. 26 50 143 Approved Mfg(s)* 143-2 143-4 143-8 Columbia LSI-Lightron SPFS220M4-UNV 93287-43/2 SPFS40M4-UNV 93287-43/4 SPFS2880M4-UNV - 93287-43/8 *Or approved equal 144 (144-2) (144-4) (144-8) LIGHTING FIXTURE DATA Fixture Type(s) Description Mounting Dimensions Lamps Ballast Trim Features Photometric Performance Dtl. Reference 144-2 Bare Strip Surface/Suspended 2ft 1-FO17/735/ ECO Solid state (electronic) Two (2) lamp: QHE2X32T8/UNV- ISN -SC See Standard Dtl. 26 50 144 144-4 Bare Strip Surface/Suspended 4ft 2-FO28/835/ SS/ECO Solid state (electronic) Two (2) lamp: QHE1X32T8/UNV-ISN-SC See Standard Dtl. 26 50 144 144-8 Bare Strip Surface/Suspended 8ft 4-FO28/735/SS/ ECO Solid state (electronic) Four (4) lamp: QHE4X32T8/UNV-ISN-SC See Standard Dtl. 26 50 144 Approved Mfg(s)* 144-2 144-4 144-8 Columbia LS I-Lightron CSR 217 EB8 UNV 94067-44/2 CS4 232 EB8 UNV 94067-44/4 CS8 232 4-EB8 UNV 94067-44/8 *Or approved equal 26 50 00 -38 Rev. 12/02/14 JCPENNEY #0696 TUKWILA, WA SALON REFRESH RENOVATION MARCH 8, 2018 LIGHTING 26 50 00 145 LIGHTING FIXTURE DATA Fixture Type (s) Description Mounting Dimensions Lamps Ballasts Trim Features Photometric Performance Dtl. Reference 148-0 (148-1) (148-2) 145 Round Compact Fluorescent downlight Recessed 7" nominal aperture opening 2-CF13DS/827 Solid State (electronic) HPF w/lamp fault interrupter (LFI) Sylvania QTP1/2X13CF/UNV/BS White Trim Clear Alzak Non iridescent reflector cone See Standard Dtl. 26 50 145 Approved Mfg(s)* Mounting 145 Prescolite Staff See Dtl. CFR813U 28P-CLIF-W H H P *Or approved equal. Ballasts r 148 (148-0) (148-1) (148-2) LIGHTING FIXTURE DATA Fixture Type (s) 148-0 (148-1) (148-2) Description High Wattage Adjustable twin tube fluorescent wall wash Mounting Recessed Dimensions See Dtl. Lamps 1-FT55DU835 Ballasts 148-0: no ballast 148-1: Solid State electronic 1 lamp. Sylvania QTP1X54 T5HO/UNV 148-2: Solid State electronic 2 lamp: Sylvania QTP2X54 T5HO/UNV Trim Features "Piggy back" provisions for types 148/2, and 148/0. Type 148-2 supports 1 each type 148- 0. Prewired cables assemblies are to be a part of the fixture 148-2. Use with "WW1" or "WW4" frame to mount at angle to grid or in groups. Photometric See Standard Dtl. Performance Dtl. Reference 26 50 148 Approved Mfg(s)* 148-/0 148-1 148-2 Columbia LSI-Lightron 95242-48/0 95242-48/1 95242-48/2 *Or approved equal. 26 50 00 -39 Rev. 12/02/14 JCPENNEY #0696 TUKWILA, WA SALON REFRESH RENOVATION MARCH 8, 2018 LIGHTING 26 50 00 149 (149-0) (149-1) (149-2) (149-3) LIGHTING FIXTURE DATA Fixture Type (s) 149-0 (149-1) (149-2) (149-3) Description Adjustable twin tube fluorescent wall wash Mounting Recessed Dimensions See Dtl. Lamps 1-ft28DU835/SS Ballasts 149-0: no ballast 149-1: Solid State HPF electronic 1 lamp. Sylvania QT1X4ODL/277 149-2: Solid State HPF electronic 2 lamp: Sylvania QHE2X4ODUUNV ISN SC 149-3: Solid State HPF electronic 3 lamp. Sylvania QHE3x440DL/UNV ISN SC Trim Features "Piggy back" provisions for types 149-3, 149-2 and 149-0. Type 149-3 supports 2 each type 149-0 and type 149-2 supports 1 each type 149-0. Prewired cables assemblies are to be a part of the fixtures (types 149-3 and 149-2) Photometric See Standard Dtl. Performance Dtl. Reference 26 50 149 Approved Mfg(s)* 149-0 149-1 149-2 149-3 Columbia LSI-Lightron 95242-49/0 95242-49/1 95242-49/2 95252-49/3 *Or approved equal. 163 LIGHTING FIXTURE DATA T Fixture Type (s) Description Mounting Dimensions Lamps Ballasts Trim Features Photometric Performance Dtl. Reference 163 Fluorescent wall light, exterior Surface (2) CF 18DD/E/835 HPF, starting temperature, down to 0°. Sylvania QTP1 X2X18CF/UNV Fully gasket lens. All voltage ballast. Polycarbonate lens, bronze finish See Standard Dtl. 26 50 163 163-PHC Fluorescent wall light, exterior Surface (2) CF 18DD/E/835 HPF, starting temperature, down to 0°. Sylvania Fully gasket lens. All voltage ballast. Polycarbonate lens, bronze finish See Standard Dtl. 26 50 163-PHC Approved Mfg(s)* 163 LSI CHWS FTM 18 CFL2 F UE BRZ CHWS FTM 18 CFL2 F UE BRZ w/ Photocell *Or approved equal Housing: Rectangular aluminum housing. One piece die-cast aluminum door frame with one piece extruded silicone gasketing between housing and door frame. All exposed fasteners are stainless steel. Bronze finish. Suitable for wet location. Lens to be clear flat tempered glass sealed to door frame with EPDM gasketing. 26 50 00 -40 Rev. 12/02/14 JCPENNEY #0696 TUKWILA, WA SALON REFRESH RENOVATION MARCH 8, 2018 LIGHTING 26 50 00 184 LIGHTING FIXTURE DATA Fixture Type (s) Description Mounting Dimensions Lamps Ballasts Trim Features Photometric Performance Dtl. Reference 184 Double lamp, sealed lens, linear fluorescent see "other features" below Surface 3" length (nom.) 2-F025/735SS/ECO Solid state electronic two (2) lamp, -20 degree starting temp, Univ.:: Sylvania QHE2x232T8/UNV-ISN-SC Specular aluminum reflector, Yoke mounting See Standard Dtl. 26 50 184 Approved Mfg(s)* 184 LSI LF25D-UNV-BR-YM-LL *Or approved equal. Housing: Extruded aluminum housing with die cast aluminum end plates. Silicone gasketing. All exposed fasteners are stainless steel. Bronze finish. Suitable for wet location. Thermoplastic lamp holders. Lens to be outdoor rated UV resistant 100% acrylic. 188-6, (188-8) LIGHTING FIXTURE DATA Fixture Type (s) Description Mounting Dimensions Lamps Ballasts Trim Features Photometric Performance Dtl. Reference 188-6, 188-8 Single lamp, open exterior fluorescent strip light see "other features" below Surface 188-6 (6' length nom.); 188-8 (8' length nom.) 188-6 (1-F72/T12/D35/HO); 188-8 (1-F96/T12/D35/HO) Integral mounted solid state electronic (1) lamp, -20 degree starting temp, 277V Sylvania QY2X96/277 HO U.L. listed suitable for damp location See Standard Dtl. 26 50 188 Approved Mfg(s)* 188 LSI- Lightron 6S*1HO 0 277V WHT; 8S*1HO 0 277V WHT *Or approved equal. Housing: Die formed heavy gauge aluminum housing with heavy duty outdoor sockets with compressions springs for proper lamp contact. All exposed fasteners are stainless steel. Suitable for damp location. Baked on, higher reflectance, weather resistant, white enamel finish. 26 50 00 -41 Rev. 12/02/14 JCPENNEY #0696 TUKWILA, WA SALON REFRESH RENOVATION MARCH 8, 2018 LIGHTING 26 50 00 200 SERIES: INCANDESCENT 1200 LIGHTING FIXTURE DATA Fixture Type (s) Description Mounting Dimensions Lamps Ballasts Trim Features Photometric Performance Dtl. Reference 200 Incandescent pit light with globe and wire guard Surface wall Nominal 5" by 12" 1-9WLED A19 as per lighting fixture schedule N/A See Dtl. N/A 26 50 200 Approved Mfg(s)* 200 Hubbell VW -151 with wire guard 1 *Or approved equal. 1 210 LIGHTING FIXTURE DATA Fixture Type (s) Description Mounting Dimensions Lamps Ballasts Trim Features Photometric Performance Dtl. Reference 210 . Incandescent downlight Recessed Nominal 8" opening 1-9WLED A19 as per lighting fixture schedule N/A See Dtl. Recessed mounting in gypboard or lay -in ceiling. Includes adjustable mounting brackets, die-cast lens bezel and Fresnel Tens and built in thermal protection. U.L. listed for damp location N/A 26 50 210 Approved Mfg(s)* 210 Prescolite 90M-71 *Refer to lighting fixture schedule for complete lamp information. 26 50 00 -42 Rev. 12/02/14 JCPENNEY #0696 TUKWILA, WA SALON REFRESH RENOVATION MARCH 8, 2018 LIGHTING 26 50 00 251 LIGHTING FIXTURE DATA Fixture Type (s) Description Mounting Dimensions Lamps Ballasts Trim Features Photometric Performance Dtl. Reference 251 Adjustable, retractable incandescent Recessed 6" nominal housing opening (1) Sylvania 15WPAR38/LED lamp up to 100W or as indicated per lighting fixture schedule on plans See Dtl. See Dtl. cable assembly, "pigtails" of varying length required, see plans contractor provides length measurements and quantities to vendor. "Elbow" housing rotates down to 45°. Removable stop allows 55°. Housing rotates in ceiling plane 358°. Par 38 lamp performance 26 50 251 Approved Mfg(s)* 251 LSI-Lightron Staff 92046-51 4444JCPWH 1 *Or approved equal. 255 LIGHTING FIXTURE DATA Fixture Type (s) Description Mounting Dimensions Lamps Trim Features Photometric Performance Dtl. Reference 255 Adjustable, retractable incandescent, 120V Recessed 8" nominal housing opening (1) Sylvania 15W PAR38/LED lamp as indicated per lighting fixture schedule on plans See Dtl. "Elbow" housing rotates down to 45°. Removable stop allows 55°. Mousing rotates in ceiling plane 358°. Par 38 lamp performance 26 50 255 Approved Mfg(s)* 255 LSI-Lightron 97149-59 *Or approved equal. 26 50 00 -43 Rev. 12/02/14 JCPENNEY #0696 TUKWILA, WA SALON REFRESH RENOVATION MARCH 8, 2018 LIGHTING 26 50 00 271-T LIGHTING FIXTURE DATA FOR USE IN STYLING SALON ONLY Fixture Type (s) Description Mounting Dimensions Lamps Ballasts Trim Features Photometric Performance Dtl. Reference 271-T Low voltage incandescent wall mounted fixture Surface Nominal 14", 6" extension (1) Bi -pin 20 watt Sylvania 20T4Q/COAX xenon lamp 4" octagonal j -box required for integral Lightech 60 watt 120V/12V Electronic Class II Transformer N/A Nickel finish wall bracket w/borosilicate white satin conical glass lamp shade Par 38 lamp performance _ 26 50 271-T Approved Mfg(s)* 271-T Charlotte International Partners *Or approved equal. 272-W LIGHTING FIXTURE DATA FOR USE IN STYLING SALON ONLY Fixture Type (s) Description Mounting Dimensions Lamps Ballasts Trim Features Photometric Performance Dtl. Reference 272-W Low voltage incandescent wall mounted fixture Pendant Nom. 14", 6" extension (1) Bi -pin watt Sylvania 20T4Q/CL/AX xenon lamp 4" octagonal j -box required for integral Lightech 60 watt 120V/12V Electronic Class II Transformer N/A Nickel finish bracket w/ borosilicate white satin conical glass lamp shade. 26 50 272-W Approved Mfg(s)* 272-W Charlotte International Partners *Or approved equal. 273 LIGHTING FIXTURE DATA FOR USE IN JUNIOR FITTING ROOM Fixture Type (s) Description Mounting Dimensions Lamps Ballasts Trim Features Photometric Performance Dtl. Reference 273 Fluted shade pendat Pendant Nom. 14", 6" extension (1) 5 W Compact Fluorescent NA N/A Nickel finish canopy w/ white fluted plastic lamp shade. Used in groups of three 26 50 273 Approved Mfg(s)* 273 Charlotte International Partners *Or approved equal. 26 50 00 -44 Rev. 12/02/14 JCPENNEY #0696 TUKWILA, WA SALON REFRESH RENOVATION MARCH 8, 2018 LIGHTING 26 50 00 281 LIGHTING FIXTURE DATA Fixture Type (s) Description Mounting Dimensions Lamps Ballasts Trim Features Photometric Performance Dtl. Reference 281 120 volt down light, incandescent, non-adjustable Recessed 6" nominal aperture opening (1) Sylvania 15 watt PAR38/LED lamp as indicated per lighting fixture schedule on plans N/A Ridged baffle, black White Trim Ring Par 38 lamp performance 26 50 281 Approved Mfg(s)* 281 LSI-Lightron Prescolite 91168-81 1220-920 *Or approved equal. 283 LIGHTING FIXTURE DATA Fixture Type (s) Description Mounting Dimensions Lamps Ballasts Trim Features Photometric Performance Dtl. Reference 283 277 volt down light, incandescent, non-adjustable Recessed 6" nominal aperture opening (1) Sylvania 15 watt PAR38/LED Tamp as indicated per lighting fixture schedule on plans N/A Ridged baffle, black, white trim ring Single phase, toroidal transformer, 277V to 120V, 100VA, 0.96 p.f., class B insulation, UL listed. Par 38 lamp performance 26 50 283 Approved Mfg(s)* 283 LSI-Lightron 96055-83 *Or approved equal. 284 LIGHTING FIXTURE DATA Fixture Type (s) Description Mounting Dimensions Lamps Ballasts Trim Features Photometric Performance Dtl. Reference 284 120 volt, Adjustable incandescent Recessed 8" nominal aperture opening (1) Sylvania 15 watt PAR38/LED or as indicated per lighting fixture schedule on plans N/A Black Alzak Cone, White trim ring Lamp socket holder rotates 358° and lamp tilts to 45°. White trim ring Par 38 lamp performance 26 50 284 Approved Mfg(s)* 284 LSI-Lightron 96055-84 *Orap •roved equal. 1 26 50 00 -45 Rev. 12/02/14 JCPENNEY #0696 TUIKWILA, WA SALON REFRESH RENOVATION MARCH 8, 2018 LIGHTING 26 50 00 286 LIGHTING FIXTURE DATA Fixture Type (s) Description Mounting Dimensions Lamps Ballasts Trim Features Photometric Performance Dtl. Reference 286 277 volt Adjustable incandescent Recessed 8" nominal dia. aperture opening (1) Sylvania 15 watt PAR38/LED as indicated per lighting fixture schedule on plans Black Alzak Cone; white trim ring Lamp socket holder rotates 358° and lamp tilts to 45°. White trim ring. Single phase, torroidal transformer, 277V to 120V, 100VA, 0.96 p.f. class B insulation, UL (listed Par 38 lamp performance 26 50 286 Approved Mfg(s)* 286 LSI-Lightron 96046-86 *Or approved equal. 300 SERIES: HID 300 LIGHTING FIXTURE DATA Fixture Type (s) Description Mounting Dimensions Lamps Ballasts Trim Features Photometric Performance Dtl. Reference 300 Rectangular, Dual fixture head adjustable metal halide accent light Recessed/Grid 1 ft. by 2 ft. nominal: 6" dia. Lamp aperture (2) MCP39 Par 30LN/U/830/SP (2) Sylvania QTP 1X39MH/UNV Lamp socket holder rotates 358° and lamp tilts to 90°. Par 30 lamp performance 26 50 300 Approved Mfg(s)* 300 LSI-Lightron Duetto *Or approved equal. 300-D LIGHTING FIXTURE DATA Fixture Type (s) Description Mounting Dimensions Lamps Ballasts Trim Features Photometric Performance Dtl. Reference 300-D Rectangular, Dual fixture head adjustable metal halide accent light Recessed/Grid 1 ft. by 2 ft. nominal: 6" dia. Lamp aperture (2) MCP70 Par 30LN/U/830/SP (2) Sylvania QTP 1X70MH/UNV Lamp socket holder rotates 358° and lamp tilts to 90°. Par 30 lamp performance 26 50 300-D Approved Mfg(s)* 300-D LSI-Lightron Duetto *Or approved equal. 26 50 00 -46 Rev. 12/02/14 JCPENNEY #0696 TUKWILA, WA SALON REFRESH RENOVATION MARCH 8, 2018 LIGHTING 26 50 00 26 50 00 -47 Rev. 12/02/14 JCPENNEY #0696 TUKWILA, WA SALON REFRESH RENOVATION MARCH 8, 2018 LIGHTING 26 50 00 303 LIGHTING FIXTURE DATA Description Mounting Dimensions Lamps Ballast Trim Features Photometric Performance Dtl. Reference Lensed Recessed Nom. 9" X 10" MC39T6/U/G12/830 PB Metal Halide; 45 Watts, greater than 85 CRI Constant power regulation. ANSI M130 Formed steel trim and upper housing; white powder coat paint. Die cast aluminum housing; diffusing lens; 45 degree tilt. See Standard Dtl. 3400 lumen output 26 50 303 Approved Mfg(s) 303 Amerlux MCAV-39-T6-E-WT-120/277V-W W 307 LIGHTING FIXTURE DATA Description Mounting Dimensions Lamps Ballast Trim Features Photometric Performance Dtl. Reference Lensed Recessed Nom. 9" X 10 MC70T6/U/G12/830 PB Metal Halide; 75 Watts, greater than 85 CRI Constant power regulation. ANSI M139 Formed steel trim and upper housing; white powder coat paint. Die cast aluminum housing; diffusing lens; 45 degree tilt. See Standard Dtl. 6400 lumen output 26 50 307 Approved Mfg(s) 307 Amerlux MCAV-70-T6-E-WT-120/277V-W W 26 50 00 -48 Rev. 12/02/14 JCPENNEY #0696 TUKWILA, WA SALON REFRESH RENOVATION MARCH 8, 2018 LIGHTING 26 50 00 320 LIGHTING FIXTURE DATA Fixture Type (s) Description Mounting Dimensions Lamps Ballasts Trim Features Photometric Performance Dtl. Reference 320 Metal Halide uplight — exterior Surface Nominal 9" by 17" 1 — MCP100/U/MED/830 Metal halide for ANSI M90 Cast housing and clear glass shield Each fixture individually fused. Tempered glass lens, Sponge neoprene gasket bonded to main fixture frame by waterproof high temperature adhesive. Adjustable knuckle for aiming. Exterior finish bronze or custom color to match building finish. See Standard Dtl. 26 50 320 Approved Mfg(s)* 320 LSI-Lightron SLS-100MH-SMC-MT-VF-BRZ-LL *Or approved equal. 330 LIGHTING FIXTURE DATA Fixture Type (s) Description Mounting Dimensions Lamps Ballasts Trim Features Photometric Performance Dtl. Reference 330 Metal halide floodlight — exterior Surface Nominal 9" by 17" 1-M 175/C/U/MED Type 330 — metal halide for ANSI M57 Cast housing with glare shield and clear convex polycarbonate shield. Each fixture individually fused. Clear polycarbonate shield. Sponge neoprene gasket bonded to main fixture frame by waterproof high temperature adhesive. Adjustable knuckle for aiming. Exterior finish bronze or custom color to match building finish. See Standard Dtl. 26 50 330 Approved Mfg(s) 330 LSI-Lightron SLS-175MH-SMC-MT-VF-BRZ-LL-PS-GS *Or approved equal 26 50 00 -49 Rev. 12/02/14 JCPENNEY #0696 TUKWILA, WA SALON REFRESH RENOVATION MARCH 8, 2018 LIGHTING 26 50 00 366, 366E, 367 LIGHTING FIXTURE DATA Fixture Type(s) Description Mounting Dimensions Lamps Ballast Trim Features Photometric Performance Dtl. Reference 366 Metal Halide downlight- exterior Recessed 9" nom. Aperture 1-MCP100/U/MED/830 Metal halide for NSI M90 Aperture cone: Aluminum 16 ga. Matte white finish Each fixture individual fused. Tempered glass lens. Sponge neoprene gasket bonded to main fixture frame by waterproof high temperature adhesive See Standard Dtl. Absolute cut —off above 55° 26 50 366 366E Metal Halide downlight- exterior Recessed 9" nom. Aperture 1-MCP100/U/MED/830 1-150 Q/CL/DC Metal halide for ANSI M90 Aperture cone: Aluminum 16 ga. Matte white finish Each fixture individually fused. Tempered glass lens. Sponge neoprene gasket bonded to main fixture frame by waterproof high temperature adhesive. Emergency quartz re -strike system. See Standard Dtl. Absolute cut-off above 55° 26 50 366 367 Metal Halide downlight- exterior Recessed 11" nom. Aperture 1-M 175/C/U/MED Metal halide for ANSI M57 Aperture cone: Aluminum 16 ga. Matte white finish Each fixture individually fused. Tempered glass lens. Sponge neoprene gasket bonded to main fixture frame by waterproof high temperature adhesive. See Standard Dtl. Absolute cut-off above 55° 26 50 367 McPhilben Halo/Cooper Lightron Approved Mfg(s)* 366 366E 367 Columbia LSI-Lightron 97086-66 97086-66E 97087-67 *Or approved equal 370 LIGHTING FIXTURE DATA Fixture Type (s) Description Mounting Dimensions Lamps Ballasts Trim Features Photometric Performance Dtl. Reference 370 Metal Halide downlight — exterior Surface Wall Nominal 9" by 17" 1 — MCP100/U/MED/830 Metal halide for ANSI M90 Gasket tempered glass diffuser Finish shall be bronze aluminum See Standard Dtl. 26 50 370 Approved Mfg(s)* 370 McPhilben Halo/Cooper Lightron 6A363MOD-100<H-DB JCP -70 89181-70 *Or approved equal. 26 50 00 -50 Rev. 12/02/14 JCPENNEY #0696 TUKWILA, WA SALON REFRESH RENOVATION MARCH 8, 2018 LIGHTING 26 50 00 371 LIGHTING FIXTURE DATA Description Mounting Dimensions Lamps Ballast Trim Features Photometric Performance Dtl. Reference Adjustable rectangular flood wail wash Track Mounted (track type 078) NA (1) 39 watt G12 bi-pin Metal Halide Integral high efficiency electronic Matte white finish. Provide matching track with matching finish. Mounts to type 078 track. Extruded aluminum lamp housing with die-cast aluminum end caps and lens holder. 90 degree by 358 degree rotation. See Standard Dtl. 3400 Lumen Output 26 50 371 Approved Mfg(s) 371 Juno TM256-39WH-120 Volt *Or approved equal. 387 LIGHTING FIXTURE DATA Fixture Type(s) Description Mounting Dimensions Lamps Ballasts Trim Features Photometric Performance Dtl. Reference 387 Round adjustable Metal Halide 277V Recessed Nominal 7 in. dia. (1) MCP39 Par 30LN/U/830/SP (1) Sylvania QTP 1X39MH/UNV White trim ring. Clear alzak cone Lamp socket holder rotates 358° and lamp tilts to 45°. Each fixture individually fused. Par 30 lamp performance 26 50 387 Approved Mfg(s)* 387 LSI-Lightron 97006 *Or approved equal. 390 LIGHTING FIXTURE DATA Fixture Type(s) Y 390 Description HID, downlight, exterior, square lens Mounting Recessed Dimensions Lamps 1 — MCP100/U/MED/830 Ballasts HPF ANSI M90 Trim Features Individual fixture fuse. gasket temperature glass lens Photometric See Standard Dt. Performance Dtl. Reference 26 50 390 Approved Mfg(s)* 390 LSI-Lightron 96145-90 *Or approved equal. 26 50 00 -51 Rev. 12/02/14 JCPENNEY #0696 TUKWILA, WA SALON REFRESH RENOVATION MARCH 8, 2018 LIGHTING 26 50 00 393 LIGHTING FIXTURE DATA Fixture Type(s) Description Mounting Dimensions Lamps Ballasts Trim Features Photometric Performance Dtl. Reference 393 Area, HID, exterior Surface wall 1 — MCP100/U/MED/830 HPF, starting temperature, down to -20 degrees. ANSI M90 Fully gasket lens. All voltage ballast. Polycarbonate lens See Standard Dt. 26 50 393 Approved Mfg(s)* 393 Hubbell LSI-Lightron Stonco PVIL-0100H-118 96057-93 WPM -101 MAL *Or approved equal. 400 SERIES: TRACK AND OTHER 404 LIGHTING FIXTURE DATA FOR USE ON FEATURE WALLS ONLY Fixture Type(s) Description Mounting Dimensions Lamps Ballasts Trim Features Photometric Performance DtI. Reference 404 Adjustable Low Voltage Incandescent Pendant 4—50MR16/B/FU35/CU12V covered halogen incandescent (4) Lightech 75 watt 277VPRI/12V SEC low voltage electronic Class II transformers Matted brushed aluminum finish. Curved fixture support rods and base plate for each of four fixtures. (4) Remote mounted transformers in single junction box, sized as required for proper ventilation. Furnished with 5 meter length of low voltage wire supplied with quick connect adapters. MR -16 lamp performance 26 50 404 Approved Mfg(s)* 404 Charlotte International Products *Or approved equal. 26 50 00 -52 Rev. 12/02/14 JCPENNEY #0696 TUKWILA, WA SALON REFRESH RENOVATION MARCH 8, 2018 LIGHTING 26 50 00 415 LIGHTING FIXTURE DATA Fixture Type(s) Description Mounting Dimensions Lamps Ballasts Trim Features Photometric Performance Dtl. Reference 415 Emergency Recessed wall or ceiling Nominal 10" by 11" (2) 6V par 36 9 watt Tungsten Lamps N/A White face plate with two (2) par 36 emergency lights Recessed integral emergency battery with surface test switch and indicator lamp See Standard Dt. 26 50 415 Approved Mfg(s)* 415 LSI LSI RSE 6 18 L TRW3 WH SD2 *Or approved equal. 420 LIGHTING FIXTURE DATA Fixture Type(s) Description Mounting Dimensions *Lamps Ballasts Trim Features Photometric Performance Dtl. Reference 420 Emergency Recessed wall or ceiling Nominal 9" by 13" (1) 6V Par 36 N/A White face plate trim ring Recessed integral emergency battery with surface test switch and indicator lamp See Standard Dt. 26 50 420 Approved Mfg(s)* 420 Surelites LSI RG -1 *Or approved equal. 453 LIGHTING FIXTURE DATA Fixture Type(s) Description Mounting Dimensions Lamps Ballast Trim Features Photometric Performance Reference 453 Adjustable rectangular flood wall wash Track Mounted (track type 478) NA (2) F40/25BX/835/IS/WM Integral high efficiency electronic Matte white finish. Provide matching track with matching finish. Mounts to type 478 track. Extruded aluminum lamp housing with die-cast aluminum end caps and lens holder. 90 degree by 358 degree rotation. See Standard Dtl. 2346 Lumen Output 26 50 453 Approved Mfg(s) 453 LSI BW — 2 -40 — W LMP835 26 50 00 -53 Rev. 12/02/14 JCPENNEY #0696 TUKWILA, WA SALON REFRESH RENOVATION MARCH 8, 2018 LIGHTING 26 50 00 470 LIGHTING FIXTURE DATA (472-8) (472-12) LIGHTING FIXTURE DATA Fixture Type(s) Description Mounting Dimensions Lamps Ballasts Trim Features Photometric Performance Dtl. Reference 470 Adjustable Yoke Open Back Metal Halide Track (1) MCP39 Par 30LN/U/830/SP (1) Sylvania QTP 1X39MH/UNV Gimbal ring lamp attachment Matte white finish. Provide matching track with matching finish(es). and 478 track Par 30 SP or FL lamp performance 26 50 470 Mounts to Type 472 Approved Mfg(s)* 470 Approved Mfg(s)* LSI 472-4 472-8 *Or approved equal. LSI 472 (472-2) (474-4) (472-8) (472-12) LIGHTING FIXTURE DATA Fixture Type(s) Description Mounting Dimensions Lamps Ballast Trim **Features Photometric Performance Dtl. Reference 472-2 Track, single circuit with 277V step-down transformer Surface mount with enclosed transformer mounted above ceiling 2 ft. T -bar clip for lay -in ceiling Matte white finish N/A 26 50 472 472-4 Track, single circuit with 277V step-down transformer Surface mount with enclosed transformer mounted above ceiling 4 ft. T -bar clip for lay -in ceiling Matte white finish N/A 26 50 472 472-8 Track, single circuit with 277V step-down transformer Surface mount with enclosed transformer mounted above ceiling 8 ft. T -bar clip for lay -in ceiling Matte white finish N/A 26 50 472 472-12 Track, single circuit with 277V step-down transformer Surface mount with enclosed transformer mounted above ceiling 12 ft. T -bar clip for lay -in ceiling Matte white finish N/A 26 50 472 Approved Mfg(s)* 472-2 472-4 472-8 472-12 LSI 95220-72/2 95220-72/4 195220-72/8 95220-72/12 *Or approved equal *Refer to lighting fixture schedule for complete lamp information. **Single phase toroidal transformer, 277V to 120V, 500VA, 0.96 p,f. class B insulation, UL Listed, mounted on separate support means and installed above ceiling. Track is connected to `low" side of transformer. 26 50 00 -54 Rev. 12/02/14 JCPENNEY #0696 TUKWILA, WA SALON REFRESH RENOVATION MARCH 8, 2018 LIGHTING 26 50 00 473 473/MP LIGHTING FIXTURE DATA Fixture Type(s) Description Mounting Dimensions Lamps Ballast Trim **Features Photometric Performance Dtl. Reference 473 Adjustable Yoke Solid Round Back Incandescent Tract 5 %" nominal dia. Housing opening (1) 15 watt PAR 38 LED lamp or as indicated on plans Matte white finish. Type 473 track fixture mounts to type 472 and 478 track Par 38 lamp performance 26 50 473 473/MP Adjustable Yoke Solid Round Back Incandescent Track 5'/2" nominal dia. Housing opening (1) 15 watt PAR 38 LED or as indicated on plans Matte white finish. Type 473/MP consists of the type 473 fixture and a flush ceiling mounted mono - point adapter for single non -track installation. Par 38 lamp performance 26 50 473 Approved Mfg(s)* 473 473/MP Indy: Halo/Cooper J73T-10 JCP -73 JCP-73/MP LSI 92123-73 9212-73MP *Or ap •roved e.ual 474R (474B) LIGHTING FIXTURE DATA Fixture Type(s) Description Mounting Dimensions Lamps Ballast Trim Features Photometric Performance Dtl. Reference ! 474R Adjustable Yoke Open Back Track (Type 472, 478) (1) 15 watt PAR 38 LED or as indicated on plans Gimbal ring lamp attachment Matte white finish. Provide matching track with matching finish (es). Mounts to type 472 and 478 track. Par 38 SP or FL lamp performance 26 50 474 474B Adjustable Yoke Open Back Track (Type 472, 478) (1) 15 watt PAR 38 LED or as indicated on plans Gimbal ring lamp attachment Matte black finish. Provide matching track with matching finish (es). Mounts to type 472 and 478 track. Par 38 FL lamp performance 26 50 474 Approved Mfg(s)* 474R 474B LSI 91179-74 91179-74MP *Or approved equal 26 50 00 -55 Rev. 12/02/14 JCPENNEY #0696 TUKWILA, WA SALON REFRESH RENOVATION MARCH 8, 2018 LIGHTING 26 50 00 478 (478-2) (478-4) (478-8) (478-12) LIGHTING FIXTURE DATA _ Fixture Type(s) Description Mounting Dimensions Lamps Ballast Trim **Features Photometric Performance Dtl. Reference 478-2 Track, single circuit Surface T -bar clip for lay -in ceiling Matte white finish N/A 26 50 478 478-4 Track, single circuit Surface T -bar clip for lay -in ceiling Matte white finish N/A 26 50 478 478-8 Track, single circuit Surface T -bar clip for lay -in ceiling Matte white finish N/A 26 50 478 478-12 Track, single circuit Surface T -bar clip for lay -in ceiling Matte white finish N/A 26 50 478 Approved Mfg(s)* 478-2 478-4 478-8 478-12 LSI-Lightron 87180-78/2 87180-78/4 87180-78/8 87180-78/12 *Or approved equal 479 (479-6) (479-12) (479/18) LIGHTING FIXTURE DATA FOR USE IN STYLING SALON ONLY Fixture Type(s) Description Mounting Dimensions Lamps Ballasts Trim Features Photometric Performance Dtl. Reference 479 (479-6) (479-12) (479/18) Miniature adjustable round accent Track (type 472/478) See Dtl. 2.38 in sq. 1- 50MR16/B/FL/35/CL/12V covered halogen incandescent. Fixture consist of track fixture unit assembled with a track transformer. Primary /20V, Secondary, with no stem, 6 inch, 12 inch, or 18 inch pendant attachment to ceiling mounted track. Finish: Mercedes Grey. Socket: Porcelain construction with two (2) set screws for positive lamp contact MR16 Lamp performance 26 50 479 Approved Mfg(s)* 479 (479-6) (479-12) (479/18) Lightron 4912 Mercedes Grey with integral 12V transformer and no, 6", 12" or 18" stem *Or approved equal. 26 50 00 -56 Rev. 12/02/14 JCPENNEY #0696 TUKWILA, WA SALON REFRESH RENOVATION MARCH 8, 2018 LIGHTING 26 50 00 495 LIGHTING FIXTURE DATA Fixture Type(s) Description Mounting Dimensions Lamps Ballasts Trim Features Photometric Performance Dtl. Reference 495 Truck dock incandescent, 120V Surface wall (1) 17 watt PAR 38 LED flood N/A Provide separate local fabricated steel mounting plate bolted through wall. Fixture mounts to plate. Finish shall be safety yellow baked on enamel. Two (2) each 30" arms. Total length 60" See Standard Dtl. 26 50 495 Approved Mfg(s)* 495 LSI Abolite 96058-95 DMR -60 -300 -INC -120V *Ora • •roved e• ual. 498 — 498/E LIGHTING FIXTURE DATA Fixture Type(s) Description Mounting Dimensions Lamps Ballast Trim Features Photometric Performance Dtl. Reference 498 Exit Sign, LED Canopy and Universal See Dtl. Solid state light emitting diodes, 2 watts max. N/A 6 in. high letters by % in. Lens: clear acrylic screened red on white background. Housing: Aluminum, black finish. Face plate: natural aluminum with 2 pry out directional arrows. See Standard Dtl. 26 50 498 498/E Exit Sign, LED with Emergency Battery Canopy and Universal See IDtl. Solid state Tight emitting diodes, 2 watts max. N/A 6 in. high letters by % in. Lens: clear acrylic screened red on white background. Housing: Aluminum, black finish. Face plate: natural aluminum with 2 pry out directional arrows. Type 98/E only See Standard Dtl. 26 50 498 Approved Mfg(s)* 498 498/E LSI *Or approved equal 26 50 00 -57 Rev. 12/02/14 JCPENNEY #0696 TUKWILA, WA SALON REFRESH RENOVATION MARCH 8, 2018 LIGHTING 26 50 00 500 SERIES: DECORATIVE 500 LIGHTING FIXTURE DATA Fixture Type(s) Description Mounting Dimensions Lamps Ballasts Trim Features Photometric Performance Dtl. Reference 500 3 suspended cylindrical glass pendants with 12 inch diameter canopy Surface pendant with 3 aircraft cable supported glass rods 39" height x 11" diameter (3) Integral LED lamps, 6500K color temperature N/A Round cylindrical champagne thick glass rod, matte silver lamp enclosure, matte silver canopy Glass cylindrical shade over glass rod. Provide bottom diffuser. N/A 26 50 500 Approved Mfg(s)* 500 Charlotte International 501 LIGHTING FIXTURE DATA Fixture Type(s) Description Mounting Dimensions Lamps Ballasts Trim Features Photometric Performance Dtl. Reference 501 18" cylinder pendant fixture Bottom of fixture to be 8'-0" A.F.F. 10" height x 18" diameter 9W A19 LED, 120 volt N/A Blue Tamarind 1006, matted chrome pendant, matte nickel canopy White acrylic parchment shade. Provide bottom diffuser. N/A 26 50 501 Approved Mfg(s) 501 Charlotte International 502 LIGHTING FIXTURE DATA Fixture Type(s) Description Mounting Dimensions Lamps Ballasts Trim Features Photometric Performance Dtl. Reference 502 6" cylinder pendant fixture Bottom of fixture to be 7'-6" A.F.F. 16" height x 6" diameter 9W A19 LED, 120 volt N/A Blue Tamarind 1006, matted chrome pendant, matte nickel canopy White acrylic parchment shade. N/A 26 50 502 Approved Mfg(s) 502 Charlotte International 26 50 00 -58 Rev. 12/02/14 JCPENNEY #0696 TUKWILA, WA SALON REFRESH RENOVATION MARCH 8, 2018 LIGHTING 26 50 00 503 LIGHTING FIXTURE DATA Fixture Type(s) Description Mounting Dimensions Lamps Ballasts Trim Features Photometric Performance Dtl. Reference 503A Tall box wall sconce Bottom of fixture to be 5'-0" A.F.F. 16" height x 5.5" wide x 5.5" deep (2) 9W A19 LED, 120 volt N/A Blue Tamarind 1006, (Deleted white cord, white canopy) White acrylic parchment shade. N/A 26 50 503 503B Tall box wall sconce Bottom of fixture to be 5'-0" A.F.F. 16" height x 5.5" wide x 5.5" deep (2) CF 13 Compact Fluorescent, 120 volt N/A Blue Tamarind 1006, (Deleted white cord, white canopy) White acrylic parchment shade. N/A 26 50 503 Approved Mfg(s) 503A 503B Charlotte International 504 LIGHTING FIXTURE DATA Fixture Type(s) Description Mounting Dimensions Lamps Ballasts Trim Features Photometric Performance Dtl. Reference 504A Double shade 18 inch pendant fixture Bottom of fixture to be 7'-6" A.F.F. 10" height x 8" wide x 8" deep 9W A19 LED, 120 volt N/A Matted chrome pendant, matte nickel canopy White acrylic parchment square shade. N/A 26 50 504 504B Double shade 48 inch pendant fixture Bottom of fixture to be 7'-6" A.F.F. 10" height x 8" wide x 8" deep 9W A19 LED, 120 volt N/A Matted chrome pendant, matte nickel canopy White acrylic parchment square shade. N/A 26 50 504 Approved Mfg(s) 504A 504B Charlotte International 1505 LIGHTING FIXTURE DATA Fixture Type(s) Description Mounting Dimensions Lamps Ballasts Trim Features Photometric Performance Dtl. Reference 505A Two tier shade with 18 inch pendant Bottom of fixture to be 8'-0" A.F.F. 9W A19 LED, 120 volt N/A White acrylic parchment shade. N/A 26 50 505 505B Two tier shade with 48 inch pendant Bottom of fixture to be 8'-0" A.F.F. 9W A19 LED, 120 volt N/A White acrylic parchment shade. N/A 26 50 505 Approved Mfg(s) 505A 505B Charlotte International 26 50 00 -59 Rev. 12/02/14 JCPENNEY #0696 TUKWILA, WA SALON REFRESH RENOVATION MARCH 8, 2018 LIGHTING 26 50 00 26 50 00 -60 Rev. 12/02/14 JCPENNEY #0696 TUKWILA, WA SALON REFRESH RENOVATION MARCH 8, 2018 LIGHTING 26 50 00 510 LIGHTING FIXTURE DATA Fixture Type(s) Description Mounting Dimensions Lamps Ballasts Trim Features Photometric Performance Dtl. Reference 510A 18 inch pendant fixture with metal ring shade Bottom of fixture to be 8'-0" A.F.F 9W A19 LED, 120 volt N/A White acrylic parchment shade. N/A 26 50 510 510B 36 inch pendant fixture with metal ring shade Bottom of fixture to be 8'-0" 9W A19 LED, 120 volt N/A White acrylic parchment shade. N/A 26 50 510 510C 48 inch pendant fixture with metal ring shade Bottom of fixture to be 8'-0" A.F.F. 9W A19 LED, 120 volt N/A White acrylic parchment shade.. N/A 26 50 510 Approved Mfg(s) 510A 510B 510C Charlotte International 512 LIGHTING FIXTURE DATA Fixture Type(s) Description Mounting Dimensions Lamps Ballasts Trim Features Photometric Performance Dtl. Reference 512 LED and metal chandelier Pendant 18" Height X 39" Width (14) — Integral LEDs N/A Silver metal square tube frame with LED in diffuse opal acrylic squares. 40 W. N/A 26 50 512 Approved Mfg(s)* 512 Haines Jones & Cadbury 514 LIGHTING FIXTURE DATA Fixture Type(s) Description Mounting Dimensions Lamps Ballasts Trim Features Photometric Performance Dtl. Reference 514 Black metal open frame pendant Pendant 18" Height X 18" Width Rhomboid (1) 30 W Edison Marconi N/A Black metal N/A 26 50 514 Approved Mfg(s)* 514 Charlotte International 26 50 00 -61 Rev. 12/02/14 JCPENNEY #0696 TUKWILA, WA SALON REFRESH RENOVATION MARCH 8, 2018 LIGHTING 26 50 00 26 50 00 -62 Rev. 12/02/14 . _4 . J JCPENNEY #0696 TUKWILA, WA SALON REFRESH RENOVATION MARCH 8, 2018 LIGHTING 26 50 00 515 LIGHTING FIXTURE DATA Fixture Type(s) Description Mounting Dimensions Lamps Ballasts Trim Features Photometric Performance Dtl. Reference 515A White resin dome pendant Pendant 24 inch diameter (1) 4 pin retrofit LED N/A White Glossy Finish N/A 26 50 515 515B Red resin dome pendant Pendant 24 inch diameter (1) 4 pin retrofit LED N/A Red Glossy Finish Pantone 187C N/A 26 50 515 Approved Mfg(s)* 515A 515B Charlotte International 516 LIGHTING FIXTURE DATA Fixture Type(s) Description Mounting Dimensions Lamps Ballasts Trim Features Photometric Performance Dtl. Reference 516 Crystal Chandelier Pendant 18" Height X 18" Width Rhomboid (1) 30 W Edison Marconi N/A Black metal N/A 26 50 516 Approved Mfg(s)* 516 Charlotte International E3002B-I-CH-WH *Or aproved e. ual. 520 LIGHTING FIXTURE DATA Fixture Type(s) Description Mounting Dimensions Lamps Ballasts Trim Features Photometric Performance Dtl. Reference 520 Incandescent wall sconce Surface 5" Height X 10" Width 1 — 100W T10 N/A (2) decorative satin aluminum finish knobs White opal glass quarter sphere bowl N/A 26 50 520 Approved Mfg(s)* 520 Eureka E3002B-I-CH-WH *Or aproved e. ual. 26 50 00 -63 Rev. 12/02/14 JCPENNEY #0696 TUKWILA, WA SALON REFRESH RENOVATION MARCH 8, 2018 LIGHTING 26 50 00 _ 525 LIGHTING FIXTURE DATA Fixture Type(s) Description Mounting Dimensions Lamps Ballasts Trim Features Photometric Performance Dtl. Reference 525 Decorative wall sconce Surface 20" height x 7" width x 4" projection (1) 40W incandescent, 120 volt N/A Brass with "silver gator" finish White acrylic parchment shade. N/A 26 50 525 Approved Mfg(s)* 525 Charlotte International "Little Zeus" *Or approved equal. 530 LIGHTING FIXTURE DATA Fixture Type(s) Description Mounting Dimensions *Lamps Ballasts Trim Features Photometric Performance Dtl. Reference 530 Decorative wall sconce with white linen shade Surface 20" height x 7" width x 7" projection 9W A19 LED, 120 volt N/A Nickel finish square canopy with nickel fixture arm White acrylic parchment shade. N/A 26 50 530 Approved Mfg(s)* 530 Charlotte International "Le Klint" *Or approved equal. 535 LIGHTING FIXTURE DATA Fixture Type(s) Description Mounting Dimensions Lamps Ballasts Trim Features Photometric Performance Dtl. Reference 535 Decorative pendant — optical shop Surface 17..5" diameter shade (1) CF9EL/G25/2700K N/A White plastic ruffle shade. White cord suspension. N/A 26 50 535 Approved Mfg(s)* 525 Charlotte International "Le Klint" *Or approved equal. 26 50 00 -64 Rev. 12/02/14 JCPENNEY #0696 TUKWILA, WA SALON REFRESH RENOVATION MARCH 8, 2018 LIGHTING 26 50 00 540 LIGHTING FIXTURE DATA Fixture Type(s) Description Mounting Dimensions Lamps Ballasts Trim Features Photometric Performance Dtl. Reference 540 Decorative pendant — optical shop Surface 30" diameter open framework shade (1) CF9EL/G25/2700K N/A Chartreuse metal bendable shade. White cord suspension. N/A 26 50 540 Approved Mfg(s)* 540 Charlotte International "Bendant" 545 LIGHTING FIXTURE_ DATA v Fixture Type(s) Description Mounting Dimensions Lamps Ballasts Trim Features Photometric Performance Dtl. Reference 545 Decorative pendant — custom decorating Surface 30" diameter double tier white plastic corrugated shade (6) 9WLED A19 as per lighting fixture schedule N/A Double white plastic shade. White cord suspension. N/A 26 50 545 Approved Mfg(s)* 545 Charlotte International 550 LIGHTING FIXTURE DATA Fixture Type(s) Description Mounting Dimensions Lamps Ballasts Trim Features Photometric Performance Dtl. Reference 550 Decorative pendant — Men's LEVI Pendant 18" diameter black metal shade (1) 9WLED A19 as per lighting fixture schedule N/A Black cord suspension. N/A 26 50 550 Approved Mfg(s)* 550 Charlotte International 26 50 00 -65 Rev. 12/02/14 JCPENNEY #0696 TUKWILA, WA SALON REFRESH RENOVATION MARCH 8, 2018 LIGHTING 26 50 00 560 LIGHTING FIXTURE DATA Fixture Type(s) Description Mounting Dimensions Lamps Ballasts Trim Features Photometric Performance Dtl. Reference 560 Decorative pendant — Women's LEVI Pendant Clear glass globe (1) Edison Marconi N/A Black cord suspension. N/A 26 50 560 Approved Mfg(s)* 560 Charlotte International DD1 (DD2), (DD3) LIGHTING FIXTURE DATA Fixture Type(s) Description Mounting Dimensions Lamps Ballasts Trim Features Photometric Performance DD1 White Steel Flanged Frame Recessed Nominal 12" X 2' N/A N/A White PAF Powder Coated Steel Gypboard Flanged Frame for (1) type 300 light fixture N/A DD2 White Steel Flanged Frame Recessed Nominal 12" X 4' N/A N/A White PAF Powder Coated Steel Gypboard Flanged Frame for (2) type 300 light fixture mounted in a row N/A DD3 White Steel Flanged Frame Recessed Nominal 12" X 6' N/A N/A White PAF Powder Coated Steel Gypboard Flanged Frame for (3) type 300 light fixture mounted in a row N/A Approved Mfg(s)* LSI-Lightron *Or approved equal. 26 50 00 -66 Rev. 12/02/14 1 JCPENNEY #0696 TUKWILA, WA SALON REFRESH RENOVATION MARCH 8, 2018 LIGHTING 26 50 00 WW1 WW4 LIGHTING FIXTURE DATA Fixture Type(s) Description Mounting Dimensions Lamps Ballast Trim Features Photometric Performance Dtl. Reference WW1 White Steel Flanged Frame Recessed Nominal 9" X 2" N/A N/A 6 in. high letters by % in. White PAF Powder Coated Steel Gypboard Flanged Frame for (1) type 149 or 148 fixture N/A WW4 White Steel Flanged Frame Recessed Nominal 9" X 8" N/A N/A 6 in. high letters by % in. White PAF Powder Coated Steel Gypboard Flanged Frame for (4) type 149 or 148 light fixtures mounted in a row N/A Approved Mfg(s) " WW1 WW4 LSI -Li. htron *Or approved equal PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION: A. GENERAL: 1. Where surface mounted fixtures are indicated for installation on low-density cellulose fiberboard, provide 1-1/2" ceiling spacers unless UL approved for mounting directly to the ceiling material. 2. Provide plaster frames for all recessed lighting fixtures installed in gypboard/plaster ceilings unless otherwise approved by the Architect or JCPenney. Provide plaster frame designed and fabricated of such material to preclude the possibility of staining the plaster. 3. Properly support and align fixtures and provide all necessary steel shapes for support of the fixtures. Provide, independent from ceiling grid, a minimum of one support wire for each ceiling mounted fixture Where local codes or ordinances require, in seismic zones, or where drawings/details specifically indicate, provide additional independent support wires for each fixture. Coordinate complete fixture installation with the building construction. 4. Lighting fixture enclosures in fire rated ceilings shall conform to UL and lighting fixture manufacturers' requirements. 5. Square and rectangular fixtures shall be mounted with sides parallel to building lines and parallel with ceiling lines. 6. Verify all ceiling systems and coordinate fixture type and accessories prior to installing fixtures. Coordinate and cooperate with ceiling supplier in the preparation of ceiling shop drawings. 7. Install fluorescent fixtures as recommended by the manufacturer or as necessary to provide exact horizontal alignment and preventing horizontal or vertical deflection or angular jointing of fixtures suspended in a continuous row. 8. Prior to installing any stock area lighting fixtures, the contractor shall coordinate with JCPenney Project Manager or her/his designated representative for proper placement and orientation with shelving and other equipment. 26 50 00 -67 Rev. 12/02/14 JCPENNEY #0696 TUKWILA, WA SALON REFRESH RENOVATION MARCH 8, 2018 LIGHTING 26 50 00 9. Rotation and adjustment of each directional fixture shall be checked prior to and after installation. Fixture shall adjust easily after installation. Any fixture not moving or not staying where directionally set shall be repaired or replaced. 10. Contractor to pull fixtures completely down out of housing and orient directional fixtures at a 30 degree angle and in direction shown on drawings at time of installation. Prior to store opening date Contractor to provide labor for reorientation of accent lighting fixtures at the direction of JCPenney Electrical Engineer, store visual personnel, or her/his designated representative. Said re -orientation will be for a period not to exceed eight (8) hours total. 11. Contractor to orient directional fixtures in jewelry department to the center of each case. 12. Exterior floodlighting, initial adjustment: Above ground mounted adjustable fixtures at the time of installation shall be set with lens tilted up and back at angle of 60 degrees with respect to a vertical plumb line. 13. Exterior floodlighting, final adjustment: The final adjustment of all exterior building floodlighting shall be per the direction of the JCP Electrical Engineer. B. SITE LIGHTING 1. Provide concrete bases for pole mounted fixtures as detailed on the contract drawings and as specified herein. 2. Provide anchor bolts of the size and orientation recommended by the pole manufacturer. The pole manufacturer's instructions shall govern the installation of all anchor bolts regardless of presence of any conflicting information. 3. Where conductors are strung within poles, take all steps necessary to insure that the conductor insulation will not wear by virtue of pole movement caused by wind or similar action. Consult the pole manufacturer for recommendations. 4. Grounding: a. Connect the green ground wire specified "Grounding" in section of these specifications to the pole ground and luminaire ground. b. Where poles (including luminaire) exceed 25 feet in overall height above ground, omit the green ground conductor and provide a ground rod and grounding conductor per c. and d. c. Ground rod shall consist of a "Copperweld" 3/8" by 5' ground rod driven full length into the earth. Top minimum 1/2" below grade. d. Grounding conductor shall consist of one (1) No. 6 AWG bare stranded copperweld Type "D" conductor. Provide "Cadweld" connections at junctures of the ground rod and grounding conductor. Terminate the grounding conductor at the pole as recommended by the manufacturer. END OF SECTION 26 50 00 -68 Rev. 12/02/14 \ ,PERMIT COORD COPY PLAN REVIEW/ROUTING SLIP PERMIT NUMBER: D18-0098 DATE: 04/02/18 PROJECT NAME: JC PENNEY SITE ADDRESS: 1249 SOUTHCENTER MALL X Original Plan Submittal Response to Correction Letter # Revision # before Permit Issued Revision # after Permit Issued DEPARTMENTS: /41— 4141 Building Division Ng %Ikt 1•11114 Public Works PQM 0J0 E o66 Fire Prevention Structural V1A iV/A- h -24-i e Planning Division 1111 nPermit Coordinator IN PRELIMINARY REVIEW: Not Applicable ri (no approval/review required) DATE: 04/03/18 Structural Review Required REVIEWER'S INITIALS: DATE: APPROVALS OR CORRECTIONS: Approved Corrections Required ❑ Denied (ie: Zoning Issues) Approved with Conditions (corrections entered in Reviews) DUE DATE: 05/01/18 n Notation: REVIEWER'S INITIALS: DATE: Permit Center Use Only CORRECTION LETTER MAILED: Departments issued corrections: Bldg ❑ Fire ❑ Ping ❑ PW ❑ Staff Initials: 12/18/2013 TRI -NORTH BUILDERS INC llotne Espanol Contact Safety & Health Claims & Insurance Washington State Department of 4% Labor & Industries Page 1 of 2 Search L&I A -Z Index I lelp NIy l.&l Workplace Rights Trades & Licensing TRI -NORTH BUILDERS INC Owner or tradesperson Principals THAYER, THOMAS W, PRESIDENT JONES, DONALD L, VICE PRESIDENT C T CORPORATION SYSTEM, AGENT Doing business as TRI -NORTH BUILDERS INC WA UBI No 601 978 408 PO BOX 259568 MADISON, WI 53725-9568 608-271-8717 Business type Corporation Governing persons THOMAS W THAYER JOSEPH DONNINO JR; DONALD L JONES; DARREN NOAK; DONNA THAYER; License Verify the contractor's active registration / license / certification (depending on trade) and any past violations. Construction Contractor License specialties GENERAL License no TRINOBI01102 Effective --- expiration 10/22/1999— 06/20/2019 Bond Guarantee Company of North America USA, The Bond account no. 40145724 Active. Meets current requirements. $12,000.00 Received by L&I Effective date 07/24/2017 08/23/2017 Expiration date Until Canceled Bond history Insurance Amerisure Insurance Company Policy no. CPP20822150501 $1,000,000.00 Received by L&I Effective date 03/07/2018 03/01/2018 Help us improve https://secure.lni.wa.gov/verify/Detail.aspx?UBI=601978408&LIC=TRINOBI01102&SAW= 6/6/2018 TRI -NORTH BU:LDERS INC Expiration date 03/01/2019 Insurance history Savings No savings accour.ts during the previous 6 year period. Lawsuits against t. e bond or savings No lawsuits again: t the bond or savings accounts during the previous 6 year periiod. L&l Tax debts 11 No L&I tax debts Le recorded for this contractor license during the previous 6 year period, but some debts may be recorded L; other agencies. License Violations No license violatic ;s during the previous 6 year period. Workers' ccmp Do you know if the usiness has employees? If so, verify the business is up-to-date on workers' comp premiums. L&I Account ID 983,266-00 Doing business as TRI NORTH BUILT RS INC Estimated workers reported Account is closed. N/A L&I account contact T1 / JAN BENTLE. (360)902-4652 - Email: STR0235@Ini.wa.gov Public Wor::s Strikes and Debarments Verify the contractor is eligible to perform work on public works projects. Contractor Strikes No strikes have bran issued against this contractor. Contractors not a: awed to bid No debarments hi :e been issued against this contractor. Workplace Safety and health No inspections during the previous 6 year period. Page 2 of 2 ('.1 , Washington State Dept. of Labor & Industries. Use of this site is subject to the laws of the state. of Washington Help us improve https://secure.lni. Na.gov/verify/Detail.aspx?UBI=601978408&LIC=TRINOBI01102&SAW= 6/6/2018 ARCHITECT: REy,IS,ONS No changes .shall h.) mrq+o to thr.? scope of work withoi:i prior approval of Tukwila Building Division. NOTE: Revisions will require a now plan submittal and may ir'v'ud,e adGltianal plan re»rio'.,w fees. J FILE COPY Permit No. D`S-00°Ig Plan review approval is subject to errors and omissions. Approval of construction documents dots not authorize the violation of any adopted coda cr ordinµnco. flcccipt of approved Field Co and condi ' s is ccclnowwllocgod: By: "U Date: G vN l 8 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION SEPARnTE FEFIMiT REQUIRED FOR: 13/Mcchanicat El/Electrical CBPlumbing M//Cas Piping C y of Tukwila ELlI' D VISION PROJECT TEAM OWNER: ARCHITECT: JCPENNEY COMPANY, INC. K2M DESIGN, INC. 6501 Legacy Dr. Plano, Texas 75024 P 972.431.3342 Contact: BRITTANY CLEMENS Email: blemen5@jcp.com ELECTRICAL ENGINEER: K2M DESIGN, INC. 5500 Walsh Lane, Suite 100 Rogers, AR 72758 P 479.802,5511 Contact: JAMES McGHEE Email: jmcghee@K2Mdesign.com 3121 Bridge Avenue Cleveland, OH 44113 P 216.588,0741 Contact: KRISTINA LACH Email: klach@K2Mdesign.com GENERAL CONTRACTOR: TO BE DETERMINED ABBREVIATIONS ABV. ADJ. A.F.F. ABOVE ADJUSTABLE ABOVE FINISHED (CONC.) FLOOR ALUM. ALUMINUM ANOD. ANODIZED APPROX. APPROXIMATE ARCH. ARCHITECT or ARCHITECTURAL B.O.C. BACK OF CURB BD. BOARD BLDG. BUILDING BLK. BLOCK BLKG. BLOCKING BM. BEAM BOT. BOTTOM C.C. COLOR CODE C.H. CEILING HEIGHT CLG. CEILING CJ CONTROL JOINT CL CENTERLINE C.O. CLEAN OUT C.M.U. CONCRETE MASONRY UNIT COL. COLUMN CONT. CONTINUOUS CONTR. CONTRACTOR CONC. CONCRETE CT CERAMIC TILE DBL. DOUBLE DEG. DEGREE DEPT. DEPARTMENT DETL. DETAIL DF DRINKING FOUNTAIN DIA. DIAMETER DIM. DIMENSION DN. DOWN DR. DOOR DS DOWNSPOUT DWG. DRAWING EA. EACH E.I.F.S. EXTERIOR INSULATION FINISH SYSTEM E.G. EGGSHELL PAINT FINISH E.J. EXPANSION JOINT ELEC. ELECTRICAL EL. ELEVATION ELEV. ELEVATOR EQUIP. EQUIPMENT EQUIV. EQUIVALENT ESCAL. ESCALATOR E.W.C. ELECTRIC WATER COOLER EXT. EXTERIOR F.D. F.E. F.E.C. F.H.C. F.R.T. FIN. FLR. FLUOR. FTG. FLOOR DRAIN FIRE EXTINGUISHER FIRE EXTINGUISHER AND CABINET FIRE HOSE CABINET FIRE RETARDANT TREATED FINISH FLOOR FLUORESCENT FOOTING GA. GALV. G.F.R.C. G.C. G.I. GYP. HDWD. HDWE. H.C. H.E.W.C. H.M. HOR. H.P. HR. HT. I.D. INCAND. INSUL. JAN. JST. L.B. L.L.H. L.L.V. L.P. MAS, MAT'L. MAX. MECH. MEP MTL. MFR. MGR. MIN. MISC. M.O. M.S.G. MTD. JANITOR JOIST GAUGE GALVANIZED GLASS FIBER REINF. CONC. GENERAL CONTRACTOR GALVANIZED IRON GYPSUM HARDWOOD HARDWARE HANDICAPPED HANDICAPPED E.W.G. HOLLOW METAL HORIZONTAL HIGH POINT HOUR HEIGHT R RISER, RADIUS R/A RETURN AIR REF. REFERENCE REINF. REINFORCED , REQ'D REQUIRED R.D. ROOF DRAIN RM. ROOM R.O. ROUGH OPENING S/A SUPPLY AIR S.A.C. SUSPENDED ACOUSTICAL CEILING S.C. S.F. S.G. INSIDE DIAMETER SIM. INCANDESCENT SPEC. INSULATED, INSULATION SPKLR. SQ. S.S. STRUCT. LOCAL BUILD (OR PURCHASE) STD. STL. BY THE CONTRACTOR LONG LEG HORIZONTAL LONG LEG VERTICAL LOW POINT MASONRY MATERIAL MAXIMUM MECHANICAL MECHANICAL, ELECTRICAL, PLUMBING METAL MANUFACTURER MANAGER MINIMUM MISCELLANEOUS MASONRY OPENING MANUFACTURERS STANDARD GAUGE MOUNTED N.I.C. NOT IN CONTRACT NONCOM. NONCOMBUSTIBLE N.T.S. NOT TO SCALE O.C. ON CENTER 0.D. OVERFLOW DRAIN 0.H.DOOR OVERHEAD DOOR OPNG. OPENING O.H. OPPOSITE HAND PLT PLATE PLAM. PLASTIC LAMINATE PLYWD. PLYWOOD PNL. PANEL POL., POLISHED PREFAB. PREFABRICATED P.S.F. POUNDS PER SQUARE FOOT PT. POINT PTD. PAINTED SOLID CORE SQUARE FOOT SEMI GLOSS PAINT FINISH SIMILAR SPECIFICATIONS SPRINKLER SQUARE STAINLESS STEEL STRUCTURAL STANDARD STEEL TA TOILET ACCESSORY T.O.C. TOP OF CURB THK. THICK T.O.S. TOP OF STEEL T or TRD. TREAD TYP. TYPICAL U.N.O. V.C.T. VERT. VEST. V.I.F. W/ W/0 W.C. WD. WDTH. W.W.F. UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE VINYL COMPOSITION TILE VERTICAL VESTIBULE VERIFY IN FIELD WITH WITHOUT WATER CLOSET WOOD WIDTH WELDED WIRE FABRIC SALON ::U' E F ES T #0696 NATION S TC T R M' LL 1249 SCUT CENTER MALL T IL' , W' 98188 ARCHITECTURAL SYMBOLS } EXISTING BUILDING COLUMN GRID PARTITION TYPE SYMBOL, REF. PARTITION 3 TYPES ON SHEET A601 x /// COLUMN GRID CG I CORNER GUARD TNEW XX/AX.XX T\ DETAIL NUMBER SHEET NUMBER WX WINDOW NUMBER ELEVATION (INTERIOR AND XX/AX.XX EXTERIOR) REF. SYMBOL T EXTERIOR FINISH MATERIAL SYMBOL, REF. 5 LEGEND ON EXTERIOR ELEVATIONS SHEETS DETAIL NUMBER WALL SECTION REFERENCE SYMBOL t x ) KEYNOTE NUMBER WALL SECTION IS ON THIS SHEET RM NAME 1234 '' ROOM NUMBER V SECTION DETAILS (NOT WALL XX/AX.XX SECTIONS) REF. SYMBOL Tom, ( o __--- DOOR NUMBER T REVISIONS DELTA, REVISIONS MADE BY ADDENDUM HAVE ALPHA. LETTERS 1 //////�1 -0„ CHANGES IN CEILING HEIGHT 10 -0 ENLARGED DETAILS REFERENCE SYMBOL (PLAN DTLS., SECTION DTLS.) XX/AX.XX XX/AX.XX REVISIONS DELTA, REVISIONS MADE BY / \ MEANS OTHER THAN BY ADDENDUM HAVE �� NUMBERS 7, -IiiiFINISHED CONCRETE FLOOR SURFACE ± INDICATES THIS DIMENSION IS APPROXIMATE. IT IS SHOWN FOR 5'-7' f--"'`--- GENERAL INFORMATION ONLY, IT IS NOT CRITICAL, AND SHOULD BE FIELD VERIFIED ALL OF THESE SYMBOLS MAY, OR MAY NOT HAVE BEEN USED IN THE PRODUCTION OF THESE DRAWINGS. DRAWINGS AND DETAILS TITLES SALON REFRESH RENOVATION /()SCALE: 1/16" = i' 0" DETAIL NUMBER STORE LOCATION MAP SOUTHCENTER MALL NORTH LOCATION MAP SOUTHCENTER MALL 1249 SOUTHCENTER MALL TU KWI LA, WA 98188 NORTH INDEX OF DRAWINGS • ISSUED O REFERENCE ONLY ARCHITECTURAL A000 COVER SHEET, DRAWING INDEX, A A004 RENOVATION GENERAL NOTES A200 OVERALL SCOPE PLAN D LOCATION MAP A201 GENERAL NOTES SCOPE NOTES AND A202 ENLARGED SALON REFRESH PLANS A301 SALON SCOPE STANDARD DETAILS EGENDS,ENLARGED PLANS 1- a PLUMBING P10 PLUMBING PLAN ELECTRICAL E001 ELECTRICAL NOTES AND DETAILS 100 ELECTRICAL LIGHTING! POWER PLAN <13 m 1- w • • • • BUILDING DATA A. BUILDING SCOPE OF WORK: REFRESH OF THE INTERIOR FINISHES AND SALON FIXTURES OF THE EXISTING SALON (APPROXIMATELY 3,256 S.F.) LOCATED WITHIN THE EXISTING JCPENNEY STORE. SCOPE OF WORK INCLUDES: TO PROVIDE POWER AS INDICATED AND NEW LED WALL -WASH FIXTURES. REPLACEMENT OF PAINT, TILE, BASE, CEILING TILES, AND LIGHT FIXTURES. B. APPLICABLE BUILDING CODES: BUILDING CODE: 2015 WASHINGTON STATE MECHANICAL: 2015 WASHINGTON STATE ELECTRICAL: .NATIONAL ELECTRIC PLUMBING: 2015 WASHINGTON STATE FIRE: 2015 WASHINGTON STATE ENERGY: 2015 WASHINGTON STATE ACCESSIBILITY: 2009 ICC/ANSI A117.1 BUILDING CODE MECHANICAL CODE CODE �t0%T PLUMBING CODE FIRE CODE ENERGY CODE C. OCCUPANCY CLASSIFICATION: EXISTING TO REMAIN GROUP M, MERCANTILE (DEPARTMENT STORES/RETAIL SALES) GROUP B, BUSINESS (OFFICE AREA) GROUP S-1, STORAGE (MODERATE HAZARD) NON -SEPARATED MIXED USES D. CONSTRUCTION CLASSIFICATION: EXISTING CONSTRUCTION TYPE IB TO REMAIN UNALTERED. E. MEANS OF EGRESS: EXISTING TO REMAIN UNALTERED. RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA APR 02 2018 PERMIT CENTER REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED . MAY 01 2018 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION F. FIRE ALARM, DETECTION AND EXTINGUISHING EQUIPMENT EXISTING AUTOMATIC SPRINKLER SYSTEM THROUGHOUT BUILDING. EXISTING FIRE ALARM SYSTEM WILL REMAIN UNALTERED. EXISTING FIRE EXTINGUISHERS ARE PER NEPA 10. THE EXACT LOCATION AND TYPES WILL BE COORDINATED WITH THE LOCAL FIRE MARSHAL AND THE OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE. G. PLUMBING FIXTURES : RESTROOMS TO REMAIN UNALTERED; NO PLUMBING WORK. H.STRUCTURAL: EXISTING TO REMAIN UNALTERED. K? Architecture, Engineering, Interior Design, Asset Management, Specialty Consulting 3121 Bridge Avenue Cleveland, Ohio 44113 URL: www.k2mdesign.com Building Relationships Based on Trust and Results Cleveland I Columbus I Indianapolis 1 Key largo I Key West !Marathon I Charlotte I Baltimore I Bentonville Seal: SCOTT C. MAtONF_-Y___ STATE OF WASHINGTON Scott C. Maloney, WA License #10110 Expiration Date 3/2/2020 Consultants: MEP ENGINEER. K2M Design, Inc. Submissions: 03/08/18 PERMIT &BIDS LLJ rO (n Drawing Size 24x36 Project #: 18052 Drawn By: KAL Checked By: PN Title: COVER SHEET & PROJECT DATA Sheet Number: A000 Date: March 8, 2017 ©2018 by K2M Design, Inc. ARCHITECT: GENERAL & ARCHITECTURAL NOTES 1. ALL WORK SHALL BE DONE IN ACCORDANCE WITH JCPENNEY MASTER CONTRACT SPECIFICATIONS (MCS), MERCHANDISE WALL DETAILS (MIND) AND STANDARD DETAILS (SD) WHICH REPRESENT THE MINIMUM ACCEPTABLE CRITERIA AS DETERMINED BY JCPENNEY. 2. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR (GC) IS RESPONSIBLE FOR ADHERING TO ALL APPLICABLE CODES, ORDINANCES AND STANDARDS AS DICTATED BY LOCAL, STATE AND FEDERAL AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION (AHJ). THE IMPLEMENTATION OF AN'( SUCH REQUIREMENTS ON THE DESIGN OR CONSTRUCTION OR ANY OMISSIONS OR CONFLICTS BETWEEN THE DRAWINGS AND OTHER JCPENNEY SUPPLIED DOCUMENTATION, SHALL BE BROUGHT TO THE ATTENTION OF THE JCPENNEY CONSTRUCTION PROJECT MANAGER (JCP CPM) AS SOON AS THEY ARE IDENTIFIED AND BEFORE PROCEEDING WITH ANY WORK. 3. THE GC SHALL REFER TO THE ASBESTOS CONTAINING MATERIAL (ACM) SURVEY OR REPORT PROVIDED BY JCPENNEY AND VERIFY WITH THE JCP CPM ANY AREAS THAT MAY CONTAIN ACM, 4. THE GC IS RESPONSIBLE FOR SECURING ALL NECESSARY PERMITS AND INSPECTIONS. THE GC SHALL ALSO VERIFY ALL PERMITS HAVE BEEN CLOSED AT THE CONCLUSION OF CONSTRUCTION. 5. ALL QUESTIONS CONCERNING THE DEFINITION OF SCOPE OF WORK, DESIGN INTENT AND PROJECT IMPLEMENTATION SHALL BE FORWARDED TO THE JCP CPM FOR RESOLUTION. 6. DURING THE DEMOLITION PORTION OF THIS PROJECT, THE JCPENNEY DEPARTMENT STORE IS TO REMAIN OPERATIONAL AT ALL TIMES. PROVIDE TEMPORARY BARRICADES, PEDESTRIAN ACCESS WAYS, AND PROTECTION AS REQUIRED. COORDINATE WITH JCPENNEY PROJECT REPRESENTATIVE, FIRE DEPARTMENT AND LOCAL CODES. FIRE SPRINKLER SYSTEM TO REMAIN FULLY FUNCTIONAL AT ALL TIMES. 7. THE BARRICADE WILL BE COMPRISED OF A 4 FOOT HARD PLYWOOD BARRIER - PAINTED ARCHITECTURAL WHITE. (REFER TO DETAILS FOUND ON A301.) CLEAR PLASTIC CORNER GUARDS MUST BE INSTALLED AT EACH OUTSIDE CORNER TO INSURE CUSTOMERS AND ASSOCIATES ARE KEPT SAFE FROM ACCIDENTAL INJURIES. CONTRACTOR SHALL TAKE ALL NECESSARY MEASURES TO INSURE DUST AND DEBRIS DUE TO CONSTRUCTION WORK IS KEPT FROM SPREADING TO ADJOINING MERCHANDISE PADS. CONTRACTOR WILL BE REQUIRED TO COMPENSATE OWNER FOR ANY DAMAGE TO ADJOINING FIXTURES AND MERCHANDISE. 8. CONTRACTOR WILL PROVIDE AND INSTALL A WHITE OPAQUE POLY BARRIER FROM 4 FOOT TO EXISTING CEILING HEIGHT TO INSURE ALL CONSTRUCTION AREAS ARE KEPT OFF LIMITS TO JCPENNEY ASSOCIATES AND CUSTOMERS. BARRICADE MLST BE BUILT AND KEPT NEAT AND TIDY DURING THE ENTIRE RENOVATION PROCESS. 9. AT COMPLETION OF FIXTURE INSTALLATION, REMOVE AND DISPOSE OF EXISTING BARRICADE POLY AND SUPPLY NEW "WHITE" CLEAN POLY HELD UP BY JCPENNEY SUPPLIED AUTOPOLES UP TO 6 FEET HIGH. GENERAL MANAGER WILL INSTALL ICPENNEY SUPPLIED "COMING SOON BANNERS' USING THE AUTOPOLES ON THE OUTSIDE OF THE POLY ENCLOSURE. 10. GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR ALL DAMAGES TO EXISTING CONSTRUCTION TO REMAIN AND SHALL REPAIR ANY DAMAGES CAUSED BY DEMOLITION, 11. GC TO COORDINATE WITH JCPENNEY PROJECT REPRESENTATIVE REGARDING TEMPORARY POWER AND WATER. 12. GC TO REFER TO DETAILS PROVIDED ON A301 FOR SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS CONCERNING BARRICADE INFORMATION. 13, GC SHALL VERIFY ON SITE CONDITIONS DURING THE BID PERIOD TO CONFIRM DRAWINGS AND NOTIFY THE ARCHITECT OF ANY DISCREPANCIES OR OMISSION PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION. ALL DIMENSIONS ARE TO BE VERIFIED IN THE FIELD WITH EXISTING CONDITION AND JCPENNEY FIELD REPRESENTATIVE. 14. LB ON THE FIXTURE PLAN INDICATES THE GC WILL "LOCALLY BUILD" THE REQUIRED ITEM. JCP WILL SUPPLY THE LOCAL BUILD FILLER COMPONENTS THAT WILL NEED TO BE MODIFIED BY THE GC. IN SOME INSTANCES THE GC WILL NEED TO MATCH EXISTING FINISHES ON FIXTURES THAT WILL BE REUSED. FOR NEW MILLWORK FIXTURES, ADDITIONAL LAMINATE WILL BE INCLUDED WITH THE LB COMPONENTS TO MATCH THE NEW MILLWORK. 15. GC TO PROVIDE AND INSTALL MATERIALS IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE SCOPE OF WORK AND PLANS AS PROVIDED IN THIS PACKAGE AND AS INDICATED ON THE RESPONSIBILITY LIST PROVIDED THIS SHEET. 16. GC IS RESPONSIBLE FOR ACQUIRING A WASTE CONTAINER FOR THE REMOVAL AND PROPER DISPOSAL OF ALL CONSTRUCTION WASTE, DEBRIS, EQUIPMENT, FIXTURES AND MATERIALS IDENTIFIED FOR DISPOSAL. 17. GC TO REVIEW THE LOW -VOLTAGE FIRE ALARM/HORN/STROBE RELOCATION INFORMATION AND PROVIDE A SEPARATE COST FOR THE CONDUIT WORK RELATED TO THIS WORK. SEE DRAWINGS AND NOTES FOR MORE INFORMATION. CONTACT TYCO PROJECT MANAGER FOR ANY FIRE OR INTRUSION DEVICE REMOVAL DURING DEMO OR RENOVATION AS BOTH SYSTEMS MUST REMAIN OPERATIONAL AT ALL TIMES. OTHERWISE, REMOVAL COULD RESULT IN SYSTEM TROUBLE. 18. JCP TO SUPPLY ALL HARD FLOOR TILE, WALL TILE, AND BORDER TILE. GC SUPPLIES SETTING MATERIAL AND GROUT. GC TO SUPPLY ANY ADDITIVES THAT HAVE BEEN APPROVED IN THE JCP MASTER SPECIFICATIONS. 19. GROUT LINE WIDTHS: THE SALON FLOOR TILE AND SALES FLOOR TILE WILL HAVE A 1/8" GROUT WIDTH. SEESECURITY NOTES REGARDING 3/8" GROUT LINE JOINT AT EAS LOCATIONS. 20. PATCH AND REPAIR ALL CONSTRUCTION IN THE AREAS OF DEMOLITION AS NECESSARY TO ACCOMMODATE NEW WORK AND FINISHES. THIS INCLUDES PATCHING HOLES, FILLING DEPRESSION, LEVELING SURFACES AND SIMILAR WORK AS NECESSARY TO MAKE PREPARED SURFACES APPEAR AS NEW AND MATCH ADJACENT FINISHES. 21. GENERAL CONTRACTOR TO REVIEW AND FOLLOW THE PROVIDED JCPENNEY DECOR DRAWINGS FOR FLOOR FINISH AND WALL FINISH REQUIREMENTS. 22. ALL WALL STANDARDS REMOVED FROM THE WALLS ARE TO BE STORED FOR FUTURE USE. 23. WALL/PARTITION SUPPORT MATERIALS: NO DIMPLED TYPE METAL STUDS ALLOWED. ONLY FLAT METAL STUDS WILL BE ACCEPTED. 24. STUDS: ASTM C 645; 20 GAUGE MATERIAL, MINIMUM THICKNESS OF 0.0359 OR A MINIMUM OF .80 LBS. PER LINEAL ET AT SALES AREA WALLS. 25. DEPTH OF SECTION: 3_5/8", 2-1/2", OR AS OTHERWISE INDICATED. 26. FINISH: ALL STEEL STUDS TO BE GALVANIZED PER ASTM A_653 27. OMISSIONS OR CONFLICTS BETWEEN THE DRAWINGS AND OTHER JCP SUPPLIED DOCUMENTATION SHALL BE BROUGHT TO THE ATTENTION OF THE JCP PROJECT MANAGER BEFORE PROCEEDING WITH ANY WORK. IN CASE OF CONFLICT, THE GC MUST FOLLOW THE MOST STRINGENT REQUIREMENT AS DIRECTED BY THE JCP FIELD REPRESENTATIVE OR JCP PROJECT MANAGER AT NO ADDITIONAL COST TO JCP. 28. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR WILL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR TURNING OVER CONSTRUCTION PHASES IN A CLEAN CONDITION. THIS INCLUDES CLEANING ALL WINDOWS, MIRRORS, AND REMOVAL OF DUST FROM SURFACES AND FINAL VACUUMING OF CARPETS AT THE COMPLETION OF EACH PHASE. 29. GC SHALL MAKE NO CHANGES FROM THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS, CHANGES TO THE SCOPE OF WORK OR EXTRAS, WHICH INCLUDE COST, WILL NOT BE HONORED WITHOUT THE PROMPT APPROVAL OF THE JCPENNEY PROJECT MANAGER. 30, REPLACEMENT SALON LOCKSETS (AS REQUIRED): REFER TO MASTER CONTRACT SPECIFICATIONS AND DOOR SCHEDULES, FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. 31.THE STORE PERSONNEL WILL HANDLE THE MOVEMENT OF EXISTING MERCHANDISE FIXTURES THAT ARE NOT PERMANENTLY MOUNTED TO THE FLOOR OR WALLS. SALON SHELVING AND CASES, FEATURE WALLS, WALL STANDARDS, CASHWRAP AND OTHER BULKY AND HEAVY FIXTURES THAT REQUIRE DISASSEMBLY AND RE -ASSEMBLY ARE THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE GC TO RELOCATE. 32. SALON FIXTURES: GC TO REVIEW THE FIXTURE INSTALLATION MANUAL FOR INSTALLATION AND POWER REQUIREMENTS FOR SALON FIXTURES. 33. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR, GC, WILL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR ADHERING AND APPLYING FOR LOCAL, STATE, AND FEDERAL CODES AND REGULATIONS CONCERNING THE PERMITTING AND INSPECTION PROCESS FOR THE COMPLETION OF THIS PROJECT. 34. GC TO PROVIDE TEMPORARY POWER TO ALL TEMPORARY CASH WRAPS (POS). COORDINATE LOCATION WITH JCP ON -SITE REPRESENTATIVE OR JCP CONSTRUCTION PROJECT MANAGER. 35.IN SOME STORE STOCKROOMS A FOIL BARRIER HAS BEEN INSTALLED FOR RFID PURPOSES. IF THE PLANS CALL FOR MODIFYING THE FOIL BACK WALLS THEN THE GC MUST INSTALL/ "PUT BACK" A FOIL BACK DRYWALL BOARD, THE FOIL BACKING SHOULD FACE THE STOCKROOM. (REV. 03/08/18) LIFE SAFETY, FIRE PROTECTION & INTRUSION TYCO COORDINATION WORK 1. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR WILL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR THE MODIFICATIONS AND FINAL LOCATIONS OF THE FOLLOWING: EMERGENCY EXITING SIGNS, SPRINKLER WORK, FIRE EXTINGUISHERS, FIRE ALARM ACTIVATING DEVICES, SIGNALING, AND CONTROL EQUIPMENT. 2. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR WILL NEED TO COORDINATE WITH THE LOCAL TYCO REPRESENTATIVE CONCERNING THE INTRUSION ALARM SYSTEM. TYCO, UNDER SEPARATE JCP CONTRACT, WILL BE IN THE STORE UPGRADING OR INSTALLING NEW SECURITY SYSTEMS. GENERAL CONTRACTOR MUST COORDINATE, AT THE BEGINNING OF THE PROJECT, WITH TYCO, AND JCP REPRESENTATIVE, ON SCHEDULING, PHASING, AND ALL CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITIES. 3. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR MUST CONTACT, AT THE BEGINNING OF THE PROJECT, TYCO PROJECT MANAGER, FREDRICK RATHERS (800-453-2247 EXT 5706) FOR COORDINATION PURPOSES OF THE STOCKROOM LOCKUP AND FINE JEWELRY RELOCATIONS AS NEEDED. 4. TYCO MAY BE REQUIRED TO OBTAIN A SECURITY PERMIT BASED ON THE STORE LOCATION (AUTHORITY HAVING JURISDICTION AHJ) AND SCOPE OF WORK. THIS PERMIT MAY OR MAY NOT IMPACT JCP BUILDING PERMIT PROCESS. COORDINATION MAY BE REQUIRED TO ADDRESS FUTURE PERMIT/INSPECTION ISSUES. 5. PUBLIC VIEW MONITORS (PVM): THE STORE MAY HAVE EXISTING PVMs THAT MAY NEED TO BE RELOCATED: THE GC MUST PROVIDE BLOCKING, DATA, AND POWER TO THE NEW LOCATION FOR AT LEAST TWO PVM. PROVIDE AN ALLOWANCE FOR RELOCATING TWO PVM'S NO FURTHER THAN 50' FROM THE ORIGINAL LOCATION. IF REQUIRED, THIS COST WILL BE FUNDED SEPARATELY. 6. GENERAL CONTRACTOR TO ENGAGE A LICENSED SPRINKLER SYSTEM DESIGNER TO PROVIDE REVISED SPRINKLER DRAWINGS IN COMPLIANCE WITH NEW PLAN LAYOUT PER LOCAL, STATE AND FEDERAL CODES. 7. GENERAL CONTRACTOR OR SPRINKLER CONTRACTOR RESPONSIBLE FOR ADJUSTMENTS, MODIFICATIONS OR ADDITION OF SPRINKLER HEADS TO MEET REQUIRED COVERAGE. 8. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL HIRE THE SERVICES OF A LICENSED DESIGN BUILD FIRE PROTECTION CONTRACTOR. 9. DESIGN BUILD FIRE PROTECTION CONTRACTOR SHALL REVIEW THE EXISTING FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEM AND PROVIDE FIRE PROTECTION LAYOUT DRAWINGS THAT ARE IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS, JCPENNEY FIXTURE PLAN, JCPENNEY MASTER CONTRACT SPECIFICATIONS, NFPA, FACTORY MUTUAL, AND ALL APPLICABLE CODES. 10. DESIGN BUILD FIRE PROTECTION CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE ALL MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT AND PERFORM ALL LABOR AS WILL BE REQUIRED TO MODIFY THE EXISTING FIRE SPRINKLER SYSTEM IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE DRAWINGS AND PLANNED RENOVATION TO THE STORE. 11. THE MODIFICATIONS TO THE EXISTING FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEM SHALL BE DESIGNED HYDRAULICALLY OR PIPE SCHEDULE METHOD AS REQUIRED BY STATE OR LOCAL CODE. SEE MASTER CONTRACT SPECIFICATIONS FOR OCCUPANCY HAZARD REGULATIONS. 12. THE EXISTING SPRINKLER HEAD LAYOUT SHALL BE MODIFIED AS REQUIRED SO TO PROVIDE PROPER COVERAGE / CLEARANCE REQUIREMENTS BASED ON THE SPACE AND CEILING LAYOUT. 13. GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR OBTAINING THE SERVICES OF A QUALIFIED FIRE ALARM CONTRACTOR TO PERFORM ANY MODIFICATIONS TO THE EXISTING FIRE ALARM SYSTEM, WITHIN THE RENOVATED SPACE(S) AND AFFECTED ADJACENT SPACE(S), WHICH ARE NECESSARY AS A RESULT OF THIS SCOPE OF WORK. UPON COMPLETION, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL DELIVER A COMPLETE AND FUNCTIONAL FIRE ALARM SYSTEM WHICH COMPLIES WITH NFPA 72 AND ALL APPLICABLE CODES, STANDARDS AND REQUIREMENTS OF THE AUTHORITY HAVING JURISDICTION (AHJ). 14. ONLY FIRE ALARM CONTRACTORS/TECHNICIANS WHO MEET THE LICENSING/CERTIFICATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE LOCAL JURISDICTION SHALL BE PERMITTED TO EVALUATE AND PERFORM WORK ON THE FIRE ALARM SYSTEM. IF REQUIRED, THE FIRE ALARM CONTRACTOR/TECHNICIAN SHALL ALSO BE QUALIFIED TO WORK ON THE SPECIFIC FIRE ALARM SYSTEM (FACTORY TRAINED/CERTIFIED). 15. GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR ENSURING ALL PERMITS AND INSPECTIONS REQUIRED BY THE LOCAL JURISDICTION FOR WORK ON THE FIRE ALARM SYSTEM ARE PROPERLY OBTAINED AND COMPLETED. 16. ALL WORK ON THE FIRE ALARM SYSTEM, INCLUDING THE INSTALLATION AND/OR RELOCATION OF INITIATING DEVICES AND NOTIFICATION APPLIANCES, SHALL BE IN COMPLIANCE WITH NFPA 72 AND ALL APPLICABLE CODES, STANDARDS, AND THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE AHJ. 17. ALL DEVICES ADDED TO THE SYSTEM SHALL BE NEW, AND UL LISTED FOR USE WITH THE EXISTING FIRE ALARM CONTROL PANEL. 18. UPON COMPLETION OF WORK, GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL ENSURE THE BUILDING FIRE ALARM SYSTEM IS FUNCTIONING AND FULLY OPERATIONAL. PERFORM RE -ACCEPTANCE TESTING AS REQUIRED. 19. AFTER COMPLETION, GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE AS -BUILT DRAWINGS, INDICATING THE LOCATION OF ALL NEW AND RELOCATED DEVICES, AND THE WIRING OF THE DEVICES. GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL ALSO PROVIDE DOCUMENTATION INDICATING ACCEPTANCE OF THE SYSTEM MODIFICATIONS BY THE AHJ. (REV. 02/16/17) DEMOLITION NOTES 1. WHETHER INDICATED OR NOT, LIFE SAFETY SYSTEMS SUCH AS FIRE SPRINKLER, FIRE ALARM SYSTEM, AND EMERGENCY LIGHTING SYSTEM SHALL BE ADJUSTED AS NECESSARY AND AS REQUIRED TO MEET CODES IN COORDINATION WITH THE ENTIRE BUILDING. 2. PATCH AND REPAIR ALL CONSTRUCTION IN THE AREAS OF DEMOLITION, AS NECESSARY TO ACCOMMODATE NEW WORK AND FINISHES. THIS INCLUDES PATCHING HOLES, FILLING DEPRESSIONS, LEVELING SURFACES, AND SIMILAR WORK AS NECESSARY TO MAKE REPAIRED SURFACES APPEAR AS NEW. 3. PERFORM ALL NEW WORK INDICATED AND SUCH ADDITIONAL WORK AS NECESSARY TO ACCOMPLISH A COMPLETED PROJECT. COORDINATE NEW WORK WITH ARCHITECTURAL PLANS AND SCHEDULES, DISPLAY CASEWORK DRAWINGS, AND OWNER'S PURCHASE ORDER. 4. DRAWINGS ARE SCHEMATIC. EXTENT OF DEMOLITION SHOWN IS APPROXIMATE, FIELD VERIFY, 5. MECHANICAL, ELECTRICAL AND PLUMBING DRAWINGS ARE SCHEMATIC WITH ALL WORK TO BE COMPLETED BY CONTRACTOR AS REQUIRED TO PROVIDE COMPLETE WORKING SYSTEMS. 6. MAINTAIN ADEQUATE SUPPORT, INSULATION, WATERPROOFING, EMERGENCY LIGHTING, SECURITY, ALARMS, ETC. FOR ALL ITEMS OR PARTS OF ITEMS, WHICH ARE TO REMAIN. 7. PREPARE SURFACES AND REMOVE SURFACE FINISHES TO PROVIDE FOR PROPER INSTALLATION OF NEW WALL WORK AND NEW FINISHES. REMOVED SURFACE FINISHES ARE TO INCLUDE MIRRORED WALLS, TRIM, CASEWORK, AND BASES WHERE NEW FINISHES ARE TO BE INSTALLED. 8. REMOVE EXISTING FIXTURES AS REQUIRED BY JCPENNEY SUPPLIED FIXTURE PLANS AND DECOR DRAWINGS. VERIFY SALVAGE OF FIXTURES WITH OWNER. 9. REMOVE EXISTING FLOOR FINISHES AS REQUIRED DOWN TO EXISTING CONCRETE SLAB - PREPARE SLAB TO A SMOOTH LEVEL SURFACE READY TO RECEIVE NEW FINISHES (U.N.O.) 10. VERIFY WITH JCP CPM, ALL FIXTURES, EQUIPMENT AND DEVICES PRIOR TO REMOVAL OR RELOCATION, 11. GC TO COORDINATE DEMOLITION WITH ARCHITECTURAL, MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS. (REV. 11/21/16) SECURITY SERVICES SCHEDULING NEW REQUEST PROCEDURE BELOW IS THE PROCESS TO REQUEST SECURITY GUARD SERVICES FOR YOUR PROJECT. 1. CONTACT SECURITAS AT 800-482-9853 AND REFERENCE VIC 2224. 2. USE THIS NUMBER FOR ANY CHANGES OR CANCELLATIONS. CURRENTLY, THERE IS NO ONLINE SOLUTION FOR REQUESTING SERVICE WITH SECURITAS. BE SURE TO PROVIDE THEM WITH THE PROJECT NUMBER AND DESCRIPTION. IF SECURITAS CANNOT PROVIDE COVERAGE: 1. GENERAL CONTRACTORS MUST PARTNER WITH THE STORE TO COMPLETE THE US SECURITY (USSA) REQUEST FORM TO REQUEST GUARD SERVICE. IN ORDER TO AVOID EMERGENCY SERVICE RATES, SERVICE MUST BE SCHEDULED AT LEAST THFEE DAYS IN ADVANCE. 2. TO INSURE SERVICE IS SCHEDULED IN A TIMELY MANNER, COMPLETE ALL REQUIRED FIELDS ON THE FORM. IN THE SECURITY SERVICE TYPE REQUIRED FIELD, YOU MUST SELECT CONSTRUCTION OR FM PROJECT ON THE FORM. INCLUDE THE PROJECT NUMBER IN AOR TO BE CHARGED FIELD ON THE BOTTOM OF THE FORM. OTHERWISE, CHARGES MAY BE DIRECTED TO THE STORE INSTEAD OF THE PROJECT. 3, A USSA BRANCH AND NATIONAL ACCOUNT MANAGER WILL PROCESS YOUR REQUEST AFTER YOU HAVE COMPLETED THE ONLINE FORM. A. REQUESTS RECEIVED WITH A MINIMUM OF THREE DAYS NOTICE WILL BE ANSWERED THE NEXT BUSINESS DAY. B. A REQUEST SENT WITH LESS THAN THREE DAYS NOTICE WILL BE ANSWERED THE SAME DAY. USSA CANNOT GUARANTEE SERVICE FOR SAME DAY REQUESTS AND EMERGENCY SERVICE RATES WILL APPLY, C. A CONFIRMATION E-MAILED WILL BE SENT TO THE SERVICE REQUESTER AFTER SUBMITTING YOUR REQUEST ON ONLINE. D. CALL IN CHANGES OR CANCELLATIONS TO 888-223-7969 NEITHER PROVIDER CAN GUARANTEE SAME DAY SERVICE ESCALATING ISSUES WITH GUARD SERVICES THIS PROCESS BELOW SHOULD BE FOLLOWED BY STORE LEADERSHIP OR THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR TO ENSURE QUICK RESOLUTION OF ANY ISSUE WITH A SECURITY GUARD. 1. IF THE SECURITAS GUARD DOES NOT SHOW UP OR THERE IS SOME OTHER ISSUE, PLEASE CONTACT SECURITAS AT 800-482-9853. 2. IF THERE IS AN ISSUE WITH A USSA GUARD, CALL 888-223-7969. THIS NUMBER SHOULD ONLY BE USED TO REPORT AFTER HOUR ISSUES. DO NOT USE THIS NUMBER FOR SCHEDULING SECURITY GUARD SERVICE. 3. IF YOU HAVE A SERIOUS ISSUE WITH YOUR GUARD SUCH AS SLEEPING, INTEGRITY, PERFORMING UNSAFE ACTS, ETC., CONTACT THE APPLICABLE VENDOR ABOVE AND SEND AN E-MAIL TO MICHELLE BRAY, (MABRAY@JCP.COM). (REV. 11/21/16) RESPONSIBILITY LIST JC PENNEY #0696 TUKWILA, WA DESCRIPTION OF MATERIAL FURNISHED BY INSTALLED BY BY OTHERS NOT REQUIRED BY ALLOWANCE JCP GC JCP GC DOORS, FRAMES & HARDWARE X X DOORS, FRAMES & HARDWARE AT FITTING ROOMS X X SELF -CLOSING, DOUBLE ACTING DOORS (SECTION 08 30 00) X X MIRRORS X X FLOOR TILE, ALL (SECTION 09 30 00) X X FLOOR & WALL TRANSITION STRIPS (RUBBER/METAL) X X FLOOR & WALL TILE SETTING MATERIALS (thin set, additive, and grout) X X FLOOR CONCRETE FLOOR SEALERS X X FLOORING - CARPET (ROLL) X X CARPET ADHESIVE (ROLL & TILE) X X CARPET SEAM SEALER (ROLL) X X FLOORING VINYL BASE X X ACOUSTICAL CEILING TILE X X ACOUSTICAL CEILING GRID X X ACOUSTICAL CEILING GRID & TILE HANGERS, CLIPS AND ACCESSORIES X X PAINTING - INTERIOR SALES AREAS EXCEPT OFFICE, RESTROOM AND STOCK AREAS X X PAINTING - INTERIOR WALLS, CEILINGS, DOORS AND FRAMES AT OFFICE AND RESTROOMS X X WALLCOVERINGS (SECTION 09 72 00) X X FIRE EXTINGUISHERS (CERTIFICATIN BY GC) X X TESTING & AIR BALANCING (JCP PROVIDED VENDORS) X X CONTROL OR SUPERVISORY WIRING FOR DUCT SMOKE DETECTORS (DIVISION 28) X X RTU INTERFACE WIRING TO DUCT SMOKE DETECTORS (DIVISION 28) X X COMBINATION MOTOR STARTER/DISCONNECT (DIVISION 26) X X POWER WIRING FOR COMBINATION MOTOR STARTER/DISCONNECT X X CONTROL OR SUPERVISORY WIRING FOR COMBINATION MOTOR STARTER/DISCONNECT (SECTION 25 50 00) X X COMBINATION STARTER/DISCONNECT - OUTSIDE OF MCC'S X X DISCONNECT SWITCHES (DIVISION 26) - UNLESS PROVIDED WITH EQUIPMENT X X POWER WIRING FOR DISCONNECT SWITCHES (DIVISION 26) X X LIGHTING FIXTURES AND LAMPS (DIVISION 26) (U.N.O. ON PLANS) X X SPARE LAMPS, LIGHTING FIXTURE FUSES AND BALLASTS X SOUND SYSTEM SPEAKERS, MIC, BACK BOXES AND VOLUME CONTROLS (DIVISION 26) X X SOUND SYSTEM CONSOLE AND FINAL CONNECTIONS X X RFVIEWEr CODE F CO MRLI SOUND SYSTEM POWER, JUNCTION BOXES, WIRING,CONDUIT & TERMINATIONS (DIVISION 26) X X ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT PANELBOARDS (DIVISION 26) (U.N.O. ON PLANS) X X -APPROVE ELECTRICAL TRANSFORMERS - SECONDARY (DIVISION 26) (U.N.O. ON PLANS) X X POS/PC EQUIPMENT AND SIGNAL WIRING X X POS/PC POWER CONDUIT AND JUNCTION BOXES (DIVISION 26) X X AY 01 201 TELEPHONE SYSTEM, WIRE, EQUIPMENT & TERMINATIONS X X TELEPHONE CONDUIT AND JUNCTION BOXES (DIVISION 26) X X cI{y- Bl gf 1 uN CLOSED CIRCUIT TV SYSTEM X X CLOSED CIRCUIT TV POWER JUNCTION BOXES, CONDUIT AND ACCESSORIES (DIVISION 26) X X 1LD}(Fa__DLV) OCCUPANCY SENSORS (DIVISION 26) X X INTRUSION ALARM SYSTEM (DIVISION 28) X X INTRUSION ALARM SYSTEM POWER, JUNCTION BOXES, AND CONDUIT X X FIRE ALARM SYSTEM POWER, JUNCTION BOXES, AND CONDUIT X X FIRE ALARM SYSTEM (DIVISION 28) X X LIGHTING CONTROL CONTRACTORS CHANGES GENERATED BY BULLETINS X X RECEIVED FIXTURES - SALES, STOCKROOM & SALON X X - ,:(TYOFl UK'W FURNITURE - OFFICE X X SALES AREA HEADER X X A°R 02 2018 SALES AREA HEADER BRACKETS & TRIM X X WALL STANDARDS X X P%€LENT WALL AND DOOR PROTECTION X X DECOR TRIMS & MOLDINGS X X (REV. 12/11/17) ILA ER 2 Architecture, Engineering, Interior Design, Asset Management, Specialty Consulting 3121 Bridge Avenue Cleveland, Ohio 44113 URL: www.k2mdesign.com Building Relationships Based on Trust and Results Cleveland I Columbus I Indianapolis I Key Largo ( Key West l Marathon I Charlotte I Baltimore 1 Bentonville Seal: COILC,?NALDNEY STATE OF WASHt iG N Scott C. Maloney, WA License #10110 Expiration Date 3/2/2020 Consultants: MEP ENGINEER: K2M Design, Inc. Submissions: 03/08/18 PERMIT &BIDS Drawing Size 24x36 Project #: 18052 Drawn By: KAL Checked By: PN Title: RENOVATION GENERAL NOTES Sheet Number: A004 Date: March 8, 2017 02018 by K2M Design, Inc. ARCHITECT: M1 01 P1 Q1 R1 Si T1 V1 3E]' e OVERALL SCOPE PLAN SCALE: 1/16" = 1'-0" REFER TO A201 FOR GENERAL & SCOPE NOTES 0 NORTH "N8-06(18 REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED MAY 01 2018 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA APR 02 2018 PERMIT CENTER K? Architecture, Engineering, Interior Design, Asset Management, Specialty Consulting 3121 Bridge Avenue Cleveland, Ohio 44113 URL: www.k2mdesign.com Building Relationships Based on Trust and Results Cleveland I Columbus I Indianapolis I Key Largo I Key West I Marathon I Charlotte I Baltimore I Bentonville Seal: 0110 RF�GI,S ERE1 rARCHTEet SVPTT C. MAI STATE OF WASFIINGION. Scott C Moloney, WA License 810110 Expiration Date 3(2I2020 Consultants: MEP ENGINEER: K2M Design, Inc. Submissions: 03/08/1B PERMIT &BIDS O▪ c ZM N S ▪ ZCO 0 cm0-O cc It w Q 2 J WD z. O_ �� Ow O F-Y �E I— 0 D W ° (/)UI Zv Z6 LLI w J Os -� Drawing Size 24x36 Project #: 18052 Drawn By: KAL Checked By: PN Title: OVERALL SCOPE PLAN Sheet Number: A200 Date: March 8, 2017 ©2018 by K2M Design, Inc REMOVE ALL CEILING TILES WITHIN SALON SCOPE AREA; CEILING GRID TO REMAIN TNNIESr RAY IN Apwanata r �E`Ai A1i�i1 STAN SS NMI MINIIML SS 060 ENLARGED NEW WORK RCP PLAN SCALE: 1/8" = i'-0" 3 $$S10538 ST5Nlr55 TRAY 67054 F Er W67054-F W6" 0554- F��r� W w r I I%cis • c1�J - / 1 J 55 6 05itZ —F 4F.. NAGALNES 552011D GNMHIC 67054-FFRAME GRAPHIC 67054-F-F 30)5$NtS� 060Z5 30)SS1059Z3 eft�MIRROR WAZ5 10)Ss1060Az5 55ACNEI W67054-F LJ. 55. GROPHIG 5WalE ADD. FIXTURES (1) MOBILE WI (1) BEVERAGE NEW UNLIT SIGN The Salon by Insyle" 55106 ENLARGED NEW WORK SCOPE PLAN SCALE: 1/8" = -0" DISPENSARY 140FFICE CHILDRENS FITTING ROOM TREAFIEN NORTH )RDER DART OOLER NORTH DISPENSARY OFFICE CHILDRENS FITTING ROOM TREAT ROO 0 ANI/PEDI KEY PLAN DISPENSARY OFFICE CHILDRENS FITTING ROOM TREATMENT ROOM_ MANI/PEDI FLOORING PLAN KEYNOTES 01 PROVIDE NEW TRANSITION STRIP: TILE TO TILE. REFER TO FINISH TRANSITION DETAILS 08/A301. 7 7 7 ENLARGED EXISTING RCP PLAN SCALE: 1/8" = 1'-0" RCP SYMBOL LEGEND (AS APPLICABLE) - I- —I - a-- --I- EXISTING CEILING GRID AND ACOUSTICAL TILE TO BE REMOVED, NEW CEILING GRID AND ACOUSTICAL TILE. NEW NEW #165014 ACCENT LIGHTING. INSTALL PER LATEST JCPENNEY CRITERIA. Till' ENLARGED DEMOLITION SCOPE PLAN SCALE: 1/8" = 1'-0" DISPENSARY ',OFFICE CHILDRENS FITTING ROO TREATMENT ROOM NORTH NORTH GENERAL NOTES A. CONSTRUCTION ON JCPENNEY STORES MUST MEET ALL APPLICABLE AND JURISDICTIONAL CODE, SAFETY AND ENVIRONMENTAL REGULATIONS AS REQUIRED BY SPECIFIC STORE LOCATION. B. REMOVE ALL GRAPHIC FRAMES FROM WALLS. ONLY FRAMES SHOWN ON FIXTURE PLAN WILL BE REINSTALLED. C. REMOVE & DISCARD ALL SWITCH PLATES AND OUTLET COVERS. REPLACE WITH ALL NEW WHITE SWITCH PLATES & OUTLET COVERS (BY GC). D. REMOVE ALL WALL COVERING FROM WALLS IN SCOPE OF WORK AREA. E. REMOVE ALL EXISTING CHAIR RAIL TRIM THROUGHOUT SCOPE AREA. F. REMOVE ALL VINYL COVE BASE IN SCOPE OF WORK AREA. G. REMOVE ALL FURRING & BLOCKING FROM BACK WALLS AFTER FIXTURE DEMO. H. REPLACE ALL CEILING TILES THROUGHOUT SALON, WITH ONE ADDITIONAL BOX FOR ATTIC STOCK. J. REMOVE & DISCARD VINYL "SALON' DECAL AT SALON ENTRANCE. SCOPE NOTES - FIXTURE DEMO PLAN 0 REMOVE ALL EXISTING STYLING STATIONS, WET STYLING STATIONS, LEDGES & WALL MIRRORS. EXISTING POWER FROM PREVIOUS FIXTURES IS TO BE RE -USED & RELOCATED, AS NECESSARY, FOR THE NEW STYLING TOWERS. BEING REMOVED & NOT BEING REPLACED, Q REMOVE EXISTING WALL -MOUNTED SHAMPOO UNITS. EXISTING PLUMBING WATER SUPPLY & DRAINS ARE TO BE RE -USED WITH INSTALL OF NEW SHAMPOO UNITS. ® GC TO REMOVE & DISCARD EXISTING COFFEE BAR AND WALL -MOUNTED MAGAZINE RACKS, Q GC TO REMOVE & DISCARD ANY EXISTING RECEPTION CHAIRS, STYLING CHAIRS, SHAMPOO CHAIRS AND/OR DRYER CHAIRS THAT ARE BEING REPLACED WITH NEW. (VARIES PER SALON - REFER TO FIXTURE PLAN.) GC TO REMOVE AND DISCARD LARGE LIFESTYLE GRAPHIC & FRAME (9'-4"W X 6'-2"H) AT RECEPTION FOCAL WALL GENERAL NOTES A. CONSTRUCTION ON JCPENNEY STORES MUST MEET ALL APPLICABLE AND JURISDICTIONAL CODE, SAFETY AND ENVIRONMENTAL REGULATIONS AS REQUIRED BY SPECIFIC STORE LOCATION. B. GC TO INSTALL ALL NEW FIXTURES AS PER LOCATION ON FIXTURE PLAN. C. (P) ON FIXTURE PLAN DENOTES A FIXTURE THAT IS PRESENT & TO REMAIN. D. REFER TO FIXTURE DETAILS AND ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS FOR SPECIFIC POWER REQUIREMENTS. E. GC TO PROVIDE A DEEP CLEAN THROUGHOUT THE SALON AT THE END OF PROJECT. F. JCP TO COORDINATE WITH AUDIO ELECTRONICS FOR INSTALLATION OF NEW MUSIC SYSTEM. (NOT IN SCOPE OF WORK FOR GC.) SCOPE NOTES -FIXTURE INSTALL PLAN 0GC TO INSTALL NEW SS1014Z5 STYLING TOWERS AT EQUAL INTERVALS ALONG EACH WALL REFER TO ELEVATION ON THIS SHEET. EXISTING POWER FROM PREVIOUS FIXTURES IS TO BE REUSED & RELOCATED AS NECESSARY, FOR THE NEW STYLING TOWERS. 0 GC TO INSERT LOCALLY PURCHASED MIRRORS INTO SS1059Z3 FRAMES & INSTALL ON WALL AT 36" A.F.F. MIRRORS TO BE i" CLEAR GLASS WITH POLISHED EDGES & CATEGORY II SAFETY BACKING. REFER TO ELEVATION ON THIS SHEET. 0 GC TO INSTALL SS1060.25 SHELF FOR EACH STYLING STATION AT 30" TO TOP OF SHELF. SHELF CAN BE CUT TO FIT FOR WIDTH & IS TO 8E SECURED TO BACK WALL & TO TOWERS ON EACH SIDE, INSTALL SS1060A-Z5 SHELF BRACKET AT ENDS WITH NO TOWER. REFER TO ELEVATION ON THIS SHEET, 0 GC TO INSTALL NEW W67054-F, 55" GRAPHICS FRAMES AT 42" A.F.F. & AS PER LOCATIONS ON FIXTURE PLAN. O GC TO INSTALL EXISTING 22"X28" GRAPHICS FRAMES AT 48" A.F.F. & AS PER LOCATIONS ON FIXTURE PLAN. ALL OTHER GRAPHICS & FRAMES ARE TO BE REMOVED. 0 NEW SHAMPOO FIXTURES TO BE PURCHASED BY JCP & INSTALLED BY G.C. RE -USE EXISTING WATER SUPPLY & DRAIN. NEW PLUMBING FOR BOWLS TO BE INSTALLED & RUN THROUGH CHASE IN CABINETS. REFER TO JCP PLUMBING DETAIL. GC TO VERIFY THAT THE DIRECTION OF SINK VENTING IS CORRECT & THAT ALL SEWER LINES ARE CLEAR TO THE STREET. Q INSTALL NEW POWER SUPPLY IF THERE IS NONE EXISTING FOR THESE UNITS, 0 GC TO INSTALL NEW SS201_JD WALL MOUNTED MAGAZINE RACKS AT 24" A.F.F. & AS PER LOCATION(S) ON FIXTURE PLAN. Q GC TO LOCATE NEW SS1061 COFFEE BAR AS PER LOCATION ON FIXTURE PLAN &/OR NEAREST ELECTRICAL OUTLET. 0 GC TO INSTALL NEW WALL MOUNTED STANDARDS WITII IIARDWARE & GLAS.r SrrEc"v"E—SA�'?ia-Ri rArc 11 NEW RECEPTION CHAIRS, STYLING CHAIRS, SHAMPOO CHAIRS AND/OR DRYER CHAIRS TO BE SET BY G.C. (VARIES PER SALON). 12 NEW UNLIT SIGN, 'THE SALON BY INSTYLE", TO BE INSTALLED AT SALON ENTRANCE. SIGN TO BE SUPPLIED 8Y JCP AND INSTALLED BY GC AS PER SIGN COMPANY INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS. ELEVATION: TOWER, SHELF & MIRROR N.4 5 1MIRR R (4 II EQUAL EQUAL EQUAL SS1014Z5 STYLING TOWERS & MIRRORS TO BE INSTALLED EQUAL INTERVALS ALONG EACH WALL, AS SHOWN. AT 3S1059S ESOLOiti SS2011I. , Iiz,o,OME1) kAQ Mfg ANCI".• 1 36" A.F.F. 30" A.F.F. 24" A.F.F. MAY 01 2018 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA APR 02 2018 PERMIT CENTER ARCHITECT: Architecture, Engineering, Interior Design, Asset Management, Specialty Consulting 3121 Bridge Avenue Cleveland, Ohio 44113 URL: www.k2mdesign,com Building Relationships Based on Trust and Results Cleveland I Columbus [Indianapolis 1 Key Largo I Key West 1 Marathon !Charlotte 1 Baltimore 'Bentonville Scott C. Maloney, WA License M10110 Expiration Date 3/2/2020 Consultants: MEP ENGINEER: K2M Design, Inc. Submissions: 03/08/18 PERMIT &BIOS 0) co Elt 0 v, Drawing Size 24x36 Drawn By: KAL Project #: 18052 Checked By: PN Title: GENERAL NOTES, SCOPE NOTES AND LEGENDS, ENLARGED PLANS Sheet Number: Date: March 8, 2017 ©2018 by K2M Design, Inc. ARCHITECT: DCW7647 CCENT DCW7647JACCENT 1 li 111 1111 11 8 SQ. FT. DCW7647 ACCENT P1 DCW7647IACCEN ENLARGED NEW WORK DECOR PLAN SCALE 1/8" = NORTH DISPENSARY OFFICE CHILDRENS FITTING ROOM DCW7647 ACCENT TREATMEN MANI/PEDI KEY PLAN • rirrr 't II animPLIg t 9955 •.• •:.E — :.E • — W6lr'•�- W6 555 5Rpp 054-F ` 55 CI55PHIC FFnI5E �70S4-F �W6 W67Q54-FR / l • L , I ] ,, BRACKET / RQOM ( I� M , w o•, * -� DISPENSARY OFFICE O , �N � � 11��1�' N � ( `gyp "� UU . l � y� ' ,„ lid, 1 SS1053B o S� STANL RtAY BFACKEi 3Sia5Ssi t1CLfSS3i�Y • 3)) 5}d 51053B STN 05 1RAY fi p�t n ]� 30 SScS�11060Z5 )$N€li `= � 1' I' vs / 30)SS1059Z3 " .._.. QQ 1Q I }n Q MIRROR 1 Z5 S� c•- �' W67054 E F 5 H67054-F ' c Yrwue ' 2 1O)551060AZ5 , CHILDRENS ELTING ROOM L. �._ la BRACKn , 1t 7Alr AVM --�� / _ .i)�Z;i28 fRrlt{ES 0 BRACK i 1'�' #I.„ Ii ` , `----441"11- —! OSTYL NG cSJALb I fi �� \1 ■ 11 r � \ ■ %I\ [1-.11 r - TREA 7_ dM.. (7/ Bme Kn A=3068 E=1 SS2011r1D 1II o (— �` j BRACK�tI�i o f l t � a 1 ._ ��, uMi _J _ _ , cn 1 1 • n �._,—t ■BRACKET l...l ...�` I RS} �— B- _ 5wsaRT HIG FRAME ADD. FIXTURES R RDER Q \\ ( ( 1 ( (1) MOBILE WAX (1) BEVERAGE CART OOLER MANI/PEDI � [ au 67054-F SS10>611FFi �� 1. -LT _ 1-'7L1 (T NEW UNLIT SIGN L._`,1 1 "The Salon by Insyle" ....1.....1 1 di...,—.— � . . — . . — 1rFL1 L. ENLARGED NEW WORK FIXTURE PLAN SCALE: 1/8" = 1'-0" NORTH 62 GENERAL NOTES A. PATCH ALL DRYWALL, AS NEEDED, FROM FIXTURE DEMO & PREPARE WALLS FOR NEW FINISHES. B. PRIME & PAINT ALL DOORS, JAMBS, TRIMS & MOULDINGS IN SCOPE OF WORK AREA BM-2108-40 STARDUST SEMI -GLOSS. C. REPAIR CRACKED & BROKEN LAMINATE ON REMAINING EXISTING FIXTURES THROUGHOUT SALON. CC TO COORDINATE REPAIRS WITH SALON MANAGER. TWO SHEETS OF (MAPLE OR LACEWOOD) LAMINATE PROVIDED BY JCP. GC TO SUPPLY BLACK LAMINATE. D. GC TO PROVIDE & INSTALL NEW WHITE SWITCH PLATES & OUTLET COVERS THROUGHOUT. E. GC TO PROVIDE Sc INSTALL REPLACEMENT CEILING TILES, AS NEEDED, NEW CEILING TILES TO MATCH EXISTING IN TYPE & PROFILE. F. FOR SALONS ON "PRO -COAT" LIST ONLY: GC TO COORDINATE WITH PRO -COAT REP FOR APPLICATION OF NEW PRO -COAT FINISH ON CEILING GRID & TILES THROUGHOUT. COLOR TO BE PRO -COAT STANDARD WHITE. G. GC TO PROVIDE & INSTALL NEW VINYL WALL BASE THROUGHOUT: JOHNSONITE #32 PEBBLE WG 4". SCOPE NOTES — INTERIOR KEY PLAN 0 PAINT ENTIRE WALL BENJAMIN MOORE ABALONE 2108-60 EGGSHELL. PAINT UNDERSIDE OF SOFFIT, WHEN EXISTING, BM-OC-68 DISTANT GRAY (WHITE) EGGSHELL Q2 INSTALL NEW VINYL ACCENT WALL COVERING DCW7647 BLACK GOLD VINYL GRASSCLOTH ON ENTIRE WALL. INSTALL CLEAR CORNER GUARDS (BY GC) WHERE NEEDED. E-XTBTING RETAIL CADINETS. INSTALL DCW7595 WI IITC TEXTURED WALL COVERING ON ENTIRE BACK WALL ONLY OF CABINET. FOR EXISTING VERTICAL TRIM ON FACE OF CABINETS, PRIME & PAINT TRIM DM 2108 40 STARDUST, SEMI GLOSS. EXISTING FLAT RETAIL WALL PANEL: INSTALL DCW7595 ON ENTIRE FACE OF PANEL. NOTE. DO NOT INSTALL WALL COVERING ON CABINETS TIIAT ARC OPEN TO WINDOWS OR ON WALL PANELS 4 RETAIL WALL WITHMIRROR. INSTALL DCW7505 1IITC TEXTURED WALL £OVERINGG 0i E.CE 00 Eu Or. r TITr<I a OrTr EEC r STAND. 0f Q EXISTING CASHWRAP TO REMAINP& TO BE REFINISHED WITH A VINYL FILM. GC & JCP CPM TO COORDINATE WITH INSTALLER. INSTALLER TO PROVIDE MATERIALS & INSTALL NEW VINYL FILM ON FRONT, SIDES, TOP LEDGE & WORK COUNTER - COVERING ALL LACEWOOD & MAPLE LAMINATED SURFACES. ALL BLACK LAMINATED LEDGES, COUNTERTOPS & HORIZONTAL REVEALS ARE TO REMAIN AS IS. DI-NOC VINYL FILM: FINE WOOD FW-7007 SURFACEQUEST VINYL FILM: TBD Q SALON ENTRANCE WITH MIRRORED SURROUND: GC TO INSTALL LAMINATE OVER MIRROR. LAMINATE PROVIDED BY JCP: WILSONART MORELIA MANGO GLOSS 7985K-01 0 RESTROOMS: GC TO PROVIDE A DEEP CLEAN IN RESTROOMS, INCLUDING ALL TILE AND GROUT. REMOVE ANY EXISTING WALL COVERING, PATCH WALLS & PAINT BM-2108-60 ABALONE, EGGSHELL. PAINT ALL DOORS, TRIMS & JAMBS BM-2108-40 STARDUST, SEMI -GLOSS. ® PAINT ENTIRE HEADER INCLUDING TRIM AND UNDERSIDE BM-OC-68 DISTANT GRAY (WHITE) EGGSHELL. SCOPE NOTES - FLOORING PLAN 0 DEMO EXISTING FLOORING IN AREAS RECEIVING NEW FLOOR TILE. PREPARE FLOOR FOR NEW FINISH. • DEMO ALL VINYL COVE BASE IN AREAS RECEIVING NEW FLOOR TILE, O INSTALL NEW FLOOR TILE AS PER FLOOR FINISH PLAN & FLOOR FINISH LEGEND. • INSTALL NEW VINYL WALL BASE AS PER FLOOR FINISH LEGEND IN ALL AREAS RECEIVING NEW FLOOR TILE. FLOOR FINISH LEGEND `, FLOOR MATERIAL DIRECTION PORCELAIN TILE 12X24 ARIZONA TILE COMPANY - RESIDE ASH SEMI -POLISHED, 3 RUNNING BOND PATTERN SUPPLIED BY JCP & INSTALLED BY GC FT56 GROUT MAPEI KERACOLOR S GROUT MAPEI 02 PEWTER OR EQUAL SUPPLIED & INSTALLED BY GC VINYL WALL BASE VINYL WALL BASE JOHNSONITE #32 PEBBLE WG 4" SUPPLIED & INSTALLED BY GC TILE PATTERN 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 I I 111 1 11 11 11 11 11 11111111 1 11 11 11 11 111111111111 111 II 1 11 11 11 11 11 11 11l 1 11 I I 1 I 1 1 11 1 I 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 RUNNING BOND PATTERN t-' FLOOR TILE TRANSITION INSTALL 6" TRANSITION BORDER TILE AS SHOWN. 6" TRANSITION BORDER TILE NEW FLOOR TILE RFVIsWED p CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED MAY 01 2018 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION EXISTING FLOOR TILE DESIGNATION RECEIVED CITY OF TIJKWILA APR 02 2010 PERMIT CENTER 2 0 i { Architecture, Engineering, Interior Design, Asset Management, Specialty Consulting 3121 Bridge Avenue Cleveland, Ohio 44113 URL: www.k2mdesign.com Building Relationships Based on Trust and Results Cleveland 1 Columbus 1 Indianapolis I Key Largo I Key West I Marathon 'Charlotte 1 Baltimore I Bentonville Seal: 1 1 REGISTV1ED ARCHlIgITEC 1( Ecj„ SCOTT C„MAs,l s5. iTATEbf WASHTON colt C. Maloney, WA License #10110 Expiration Date 3/2/2020 Consultants: MEP ENGINEER: K2M Design, Inc. Submissions: 03/08/18 PERMIT & BIDS Drawing Size 24x36 Project #: 18052 Drawn By: KAL Checked By: PN Title: ENLARGED SALON REFRESH PLANS Sheet Number: A202 Date: March 8, 2017 ©2018 by K2M Design, Inc. ARCHITECT: FLOOR TILE "A" SECTION "A" ALUMINUM EDGE TILE TO TILE TRANSITION FLOOR TILE "B" .11 TILE "A' PLAN NOTE: APPROVED PRODUCTS - 3/8' HEIGHT SCHLUTER DECO - AE100D, SATIN ANODIZED ALUMINUM CERAMIC TOOL COMPANY - CTC EDGE 38, CLEAR ANODIZED ALUMINUM APPROVED PRODUCTS - 1/2" HEIGHT SCHLUTER DECO - AE125D, SATIN ANODIZED ALUMINUM CERAMIC TOOL COMPANY - CTC EDGE 12, CLEAR ANODIZED ALUMINUM TILE "B" ALUMINUM EDGE TILE TO T1LE .TRANSITION VERIFY CONDITIONS PRIOR TO ORDERING MATERIALS in FLOOR TILE TO FLOOR TILE TRANSITION DETAIL SCALE: 6"=1 '-0" 04-15-14 3 5/8"METAL STUDS (TYP) 1x3 FRT BLOCKING ATTACHED TO METAL WALL STUDS - USE L-BRACKET FOR ATTACHMENT OF FIXTURE TO WALL (PAINT OUT BLOCKING TO MATCH WALL) I/2"GYP BD (TYP) NOTE: SEE PLAN FOR LOCATION OF SSW FIXTURES SSW001 TO SSW009 FIXTURE (WIDTH VARIES BUT HEIGHT IS CONTSTANT) FINISHED FLOOR 4" VINYL BASE EXIS-LNG SALON PRODUCT WALL BLOCKING AT SALON PRODUCT WALL SCALE: 3/4"=1'-0" 06 10 59A/11-10-10 A GROUT JOINT ..p FLOOR TILE CRACK ISOLATION MEMBRANE PER MCS 09300 JOINT BRIDGING SOFT JOINT OF POLYURETHANE SEALANT . FLOOR SLAB GROUT JOINT ALL EXPANSION, CONSTRUCTION OR CONTROL JOINTS ORTAR GROUT JOINT FLOOR TILE B CRACK ISOLATION MEMBRANE PER MCS 09300 SOFT JOINT OF POLYURETHANE SEALANT JOINT BRIDGING GROUT JOINT - FLOOR SLAB ALL EXPANSION, CONSTRUCTION OR CONTROL JOINTS MORTAR GROUT JOINT - FLOOR JOINT CRACK ISOLATION MEMBRANE PER MCS 09300 SOFT JOINT OF POLYURETHANE SEALANT CRACK GROUT JOINT MORTAR CRACK ISOLATION NOTE: SHEET WIDTH - 3 TILES MINIMUN (ONE FULL TILE OVER JOINT PLUS ONE ROW ADJACENT TO JOINT) FLOOR TILE JOINT DETAILS NOT TO SCALE 09302/12-03-04 1/2" GYP. BD. OVER 3 5/8' MTL. STUD FRAMING ® 12" 0.C. MAX TO DECK ABOVE CEILING PER SCHED. FRAME PER DECOR DRAWINGS FORSTED TEMP GLASS f�REF DECOR AND MASTER SPEC 08 81 00 SECTION 48" HIGH WALL PLAN o .,\�--__ -I-- -I II �� III III III III III II} 1 I __1__II III III 6'-4" 1 COFFEE BAR AT SALON ELEVATION CABINETS BY JCPENNEY: REF DECOR -BRUSH STAINLESS TRIM REF DECOR FORSTED TEMP GLASS REF DECOR AND MASTER SPEC 08 81 00 REF DECOR FOR WALL PAINT COLOR 4" BACKSPLASH: REF DECOR CABINETS BY JCPENNEY : REF DECOR UNDER COUNTER REFRIGATOR BY OTHER 06 20 25/06-30-11 TILE PATTERN 111111111 1111111111111111111I 11111111111111II 111 111111111 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 111 1 11 1 11I 1 1 11 II 1I 11 I1 1I I RUNNING BOND PATTERN -l� FLOOR TILE TRANSITION INSTALL 6" TRANSITION BORDER TILE AS SHOWN. 6" TRANSITION BORDER TILE NEW FLOOR TILE EXISTING FLOOR TILE DESIGNATION 6" TRANSITION BORDER TILE DETAIL NOT TO SCALE LINE OF CEILING. 2X4 TOP PLATE SECURED TO PLYWOOD ABOVE. (I) LAYER 6 MIL OPAQUE WHITE VISQUEEN (FIRE RATED AS REQUIRED BY CODE) WRAPPED OVER 2X4 TOP AND BOTTOM PLATES. SECURE TAUT TO FRAMING WITH NO VISIBLE WRINKLES. NO TEXT SHOULD BE VISIBLE FROM THE OUTSIDE OF THE BARRICADE. VERTICAL SEAMS TO BE WRAPPED TO INTERIOR OF PARTITION AT VERTICAL JOINTS. VERTICAL JOINTS SHALL BE AT ALL CORNERS. SPANS BETWEEN VERTICAL JOINTS SHALL BE NO LESS THAN 30' SECTION ATTACH TO 1/2" PLYWOOD (FIRE RATED AS REQUIRED BY CODE), INSTALLED IN CEILING GRID IN PLACE OF CEILING TILE. SAND SMOOTH, PRIME AND PAINT BENJAMIN MOORE 2148-70 MOUNTAIN PEAK WHITE. LIGHTING COORDINATED WITH BARRIER WALL. REMOVE PERIMETER CEILING TILES AND REPLACE WITH PLYWOOD AS STATED ABOVE. FASTEN TOP PLATE OF WALL INTO PLYWOOD INSTALLED INTO CEILING GRID. INSIDE OF WORK AREA 2X4 BOTTOM PLATE SECURED TO THE CONCRETE FLOOR. BARRICADE DETAIL - VISQUEEN ONLY SCALE: 1/2" = 1'-0" 01 50 00C/ 11-21-16 ELEVATION: TOWER, SHELF & MIRROR I'30' MAGAZINES MIRROR j % / - o 'l- -CD I N o - SHELF TOWER - _ 1 -) - - - - \ \ EQUAL / EQUAL / EQUAL \ SS101 LZ5 STYLING EQUAL INTERVALS IvOUNTIHG -EIGHTS: TOW-3S A_0\G EAC- & VlfflORS WALL, AS TO BF I\STAL-ED S-OWN, Al SS1059Z3 VIRRN AND FRAME 36'A.F.F. SS1060Z5 STYLING SHELF (T0 TOP) 30" A.F.=. SS2011 D NAGAZ NE AC< 24" A.F.F. 05 SALON ELEVATIONS SCALE: NTS LINE OF CEILING. 2X4 TOP PLATE SECURED TO PLYWOOD ABOVE. (1) LAYER 6 MIL OPAQUE WHITE VISQUEEN (FIRE RATED AS REQUIRED BY CODE) WRAPPED OVER THE TOP, BOTTOM AND SIDES OF THE FRAMING. SECURE TAUT TO FRAMING WITH NO VISIBLE WRINKLES. NO TEXT SHOULD BE VISIBLE FROM THE OUTSIDE OF THE BARRICADE. VERTICAL SEAMS TO BE WRAPPED TO INTERIOR OF PARTITION AT VERTICAL JOINTS. VERTICAL JOINTS SHALL BE AT ALL CORNERS. SPANS BETWEEN VERTICAL JOINTS SHALL BE NO LESS THAN 30' 1/2" PLYWOOD (FIRE RATED AS REQUIRED BY CODE) EXTENDING TO 4'-0" AFF. SECURE TO FRAMING WITH SCREWS. PATCH OVER SCREWS. SAND SMOOTH, PRIME AND PAINT CENJAMIN MOORE 2148-70 MOUNTAIN PEAK WHITE. (ALTERNATE TO PAINTED 1/2" PLYWOOD - PREFINISHED WHITE MASONITE. ENSURE DOORS AND TRW ARE PAINTED TO MATCH ) CO SECTION ATTACH TO 1/2" PLYWOOD (FIRE RATED AS REQUIRED BY CODE) INSTALLED IN CEILING GRID IN PLACE OF CEILING TILE. SAND SMOOTH, PRIME AND PAINT BENJAMIN MOORE 2148-70 MOUNTAIN PEAK WHITE. LIGHTING COORDINATED WITH BARRIER WALL. REMOVE PERIMETER CEIUNG TILES AND REPLACE WITH PLYWOOD AS STATED ABOVE. FASTEN TOP PLATE OF WALL INTO PLYWOOD INSTALLED INTO CEILING GRID. SECURE VISQUEEN TO TOP CONTINUOUS BLOCKING. INSIDE OF WO 2X4 BOTTOM PLATE SECURED TO THE CONCRETE FLOOR. RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA APR 02 2018 PERMIT CENTER BARRICADE DETAIL- NO 1X4 OUTSIDE TRIM SCALE: 1/2" = 1'-0" 01 50 OOB/ 11-21-16 vs u u m Architecture, Engineering, Interior Design, Asset Management, Specialty Consulting 3121 Bridge Avenue Cleveland, Ohio 44113 URL: www.k2mdesign.com Building Relationships Based on Trust and Results Cleveland I Columbus I Indianapolis I Key Largo I Key West 1 Marathon I Chanotte I Baltimore I Bentonville Seal: 1t1110 '"" SCFQTT`J2 MA4o01Ev ,STATE-OF-WASJIINGTON Scott C. Maloney, WA License #10110 Expiration Date 3/2/2020 :II Consultants: MEP ENGINEER. K2M Design, Inc. Submissions: 03/08/18 PERMIT 8 BIDS o 0) o t t0 VJ Drawing Size 24x36 Project #: 18052 Drawn By: KAL Checked By: PN Title: PARTITION TYPES & STANDARD DETAILS Sheet Number: A301 Date: March 8, 2017 ©2018 by K2M Design, Inc. ARCHITECT: kwita WA10696 PL 0 THREADED STEEL ROD WITH NUT AND WASHER BOTH SIDES (TYP) CLEVIS HANGER, SHOWN FOR CLARITY. SIZE HANGER FOR COLD PIPE OUTSIDE DIAMETER PLUS INSULATION THICKNESS. DO NOT PENETRATE INSULATION WITH HANGER PROVIDE A SECTION OF HIGH DENSITY INSULATION OR STYROFOAM BILLETS AT EACH HANGER OF COLD INSULATED PIPE PROVIDE SHORT INSULATION SHIELD FOR LAPPING INSULATION JACKET OVER HIGH DENSITY INSULATION OR STYROFOAM BILLETS. MAINTAIN VAPOR BARRIER COLD PIPE HOT PIPE REFER TO SPECIFICATIONS FOR INSULATION TYPES, INSULATION THICKNESSES, HANGER TYPES, HANGER ROD CONNECTIONS TO STRUCTURE, AND HANGER SPACING. INSULATED PIPE HANGER N.T.S. SECURE PIPE HANGER TO STRUCTURE (TYP) CLEVIS HANGER, SHOWN FOR CLARITY. SIZE HANGER FOR HOT PIPE OUTSIDE DIAMETER CUT INSULATION TO FIT AROUND HANGER. SEAL EXPOSED INSULATION ENDS WITH JOINT SEALANT NOTES: 1. VERIFY INSTALLATION WITH LOCAL INSPECTION AGENCY PRIOR TO INSTALLING. 2. PROVIDE BACKFLOW PREVENTION AND WATER HAMMER ARRESTORS AS REQUIRED. 3. ALL PIPING FOR ISLAND SHAMPOO SINKS TO BE CONCEALED WITHIN CABINETRY OR UNDER FLOOR. FIGURE IN TRENCHING TO THE NEAREST PARTITION FOR VENT RISER AND SUPPLY LINES. 4. HAIR INTERCEPTORS TO BE FURNISHED BY OWNER AND INSTALLED BY CONTRACTOR. 5. ROUTE PLUMBING LINES TO LEAVE ACCESS FOR CLEANING HAIR INTERCEPTORS. 6. PROVIDE SANITARY CLEANOUTS. FLOOD RIM (TIP.) PRODUCT TRAYS FLEXIBLE TAILPIPE TO BE FURNISHED BY OWNER, INSTALLED BY CONTRACTOR (TYPICAL EACH SINK) HAIR INTERCEPTO (TYPICAL EACH SINK) ACCESS REQUIRED T PULL INTERNAL SCREEN. RIGIDLY SUPPORT HAIR INTERCEPTOR AND/OR PIPING WITH PIPE CLAMPS AND THREADED SUPPORTS DOWN TO FLOOR (TYP) 1/2" CW & TEMPERED LINE TO EACH BOWL. PROVIDE SHUT OFF FOR EACH LINE. NOTE: PROVIDE PIPE SUPPORTS. PIPE SUPPORTS ARE TO BE ANCHORED TO FLOOR. SUPPORTS ARE NOT ALLOWED TO BE 11ED DIRECTLY INTO CABINETRY. BOWL AND DRARBOARD TOP 111001 2" (MIN.) BOWL TEMP MIXING VALVE VENT WATER LINES HAIR INTERCEPTOR WASTE SHAMPOO ISLAND CABINET VENT FILLER CABINET PARTITION THRU CEILING CLEANOUT, ORIENTATE FOR PROPER ACCESS (SALON ON GRADE) ALTERNATE SUPPORT: 1 X 4 WOOD BLOCKING CAN BE ADDED TO BACK OF CABINET AND USED WITH ALL -THREAD ROD OR UNISTRUT AND PIPE CLAMP TO SECURE HAIR INTERCEPTOR. TYPICAL OF (2) LOCATIONS, INLET AND OUTLET. ALL THREAD ROD WITH PIPE CLAMP VENT 1-1/2" VENT (MINIMUM) LONG SWEEP FITTINGS. SIZE PER FIXTURE OR TAP INTO EXISTING IF ADEQUATE. 45 DEGREE FITTINGS FOR EASY CLEANING. CLEANOUT (IF SALON IS ON UPPER LEVEL) ISLAND PIPING INSTALLATION DETAIL NTS PLUMBING PLAN /8" = 1'-0" HOT WATER 7\ TEMPERING VALVE COLD WATER SHUT OF VALVE (TIP.) COLD WATER TO SHAMPOO BASIN TEMPERED WATER TO SHAMPOO BASIN VALVE PIPING PLUMBING GENERAL NOTES 1. NOTES APPLY TO ALL PLUMBING SHEETS. 2. EACH CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR HAVING THOROUGH KNOWLEDGE OF ALL DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS AS THEY RELATE TO THIS WORK. NO ADDITIONAL COMPENSATION SHALL BE ALLOWED DUE TO LACK OF THIS KNOWLEDGE. 3. PROVIDE ALL MATERIALS FOR A COMPLETE INSTALLATION IN ALL RESPECTS READY FOR INTENDED USE AND IN STRICT ACCORDANCE WITH STATE AND LOCAL CODES AND MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS. OBTAIN AND PAY FOR ALL PERMITS REQUIRED BY THIS WORK. 4. EXISTING CONDITIONS WERE TAKEN FROM ORIGINAL DRAWINGS AND SITE VISITS AND MAY NOT REFLECT EXACT "AS -BUILT" CONDITIONS. COORDINATE NEW WORK AND DEMOLITION WITH OTHER DISCIPLINES AND EXISTING CONDITIONS PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION. 5. DRAWINGS ARE DIAGRAMMATIC ONLY AND REPRESENT THE GENERAL SCOPE OF WORK. REVIEW THE GENERAL NOTES AND PLANS FOR ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS THAT MAY NOT BE SPECIFICALLY CALLED OUT IN THIS PORTION OF THE CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS. NOTIFY THE ARCHITECT OR OWNER'S CONSTRUCTION MANAGER OF ANY CONFLICTS OR DISCREPANCIES. 6. PROVIDE TO THE ARCHITECT OR OWNER'S CONSTRUCTION MANAGER A COPY OF INSPECTION REPORTS AND APPROVAL CERTIFICATES FROM LOCAL AND STATE INSPECTIONS. 7, PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS GOVERN WHERE THEY EXCEED CODE REQUIREMENTS. 8. REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL PLANS FOR EXACT LOCATION AND MOUNTING HEIGHTS OF PLUMBING FIXTURES. 9. DO NOT SCALE FLOOR PLANS FOR EXACT HORIZONTAL LOCATION OF PIPE ROUTING. 10. INSTALL CONCEALED PIPING TIGHT TO THE STRUCTURE AND AS HIGH AS POSSIBLE. INSTALL EXPOSED PIPING TIGHT TO THE STRUCTURE, WALL OR CEILING AND AS HIGH AS POSSIBLE. COORDINATE WITH OTHER TRADES TO AVOID CONFLICTS. COORDINATE LOCATIONS OF PIPING IN EXPOSED AREAS WITH ARCHITECT. 11. COORDINATE PIPING INSTALLATION WITH STRUCTURAL GRADE BEAMS, FOOTINGS, COLUMN PIERS, ETC. SLEEVE PIPING THROUGH GRADE BEAMS, FOOTINGS, ETC. WHERE REQUIRED AND AS NOTED ON PLANS. 12. COORDINATE PIPE ROUTING AWAY FROM ELECTRICAL PANELS. DO NOT INSTALL PIPING OVER ELECTRICAL PANELS. 13. ALL SEWER PIPING BELOW SLAB TO BE 2" DIAMETER MINIMUM. 14. PROVIDE ACCESS DOORS TO ALL CONCEALED VALVES AND CLEAN -OUTS; AND NOT ABOVE AN ACCESSIBLE CEILING. 15. PROVIDE INSULATION ON HOT AND COLD WATER PIPING, ROOF DRAIN BODIES, AND HORIZONTAL ROOF DRAIN PIPING. 16. INSTALL WATER PIPE ON INSIDE OF EXTERIOR WALL INSULATION TO PREVENT FREEZING. 17. PROVIDE FIRE SEAL WHERE PIPES PENETRATE FIRE RATED ASSEMBLY. 18. PROVIDE AND INSTALL WATTS 8A VACUUM BREAKER ON ANY THREADED EXTERIOR OR INTERIOR FAUCETS. 19. VALVES SHALL BE LINE SIZE UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. 20. ALL WATER SHUT-OFF VALVES SHALL BE "BALL LOCK" TYPE. PROVIDE SHUT-OFF VALVES AT EACH TERMINATION PONT OF ASSOCIATED EQUIPMENT. 21. WATER HAMMER ARRESTORS SHALL BE SIZE "A" UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. PROVIDE WATER HAMMER ARRESTORS AS REQUIRED BY AHJ AND/OR CODE OR AS RECOMMENDED BY EQUIPMENT MANUFACTURERS. 22. CLEAN FAUCET AERATORS AND PIPE STRAINERS PRIOR TO TURNING BUILDING OVER TO THE OWNER. PLAN NOTES OREPLACE EXISTING PLUMBING FIXTURE WITH NEW PER ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS. EXISTING WATER SUPPLY AND DRAIN LINES TO BE RE -USED FOR NEW SHAMPOO UNITS. RECONNECT WATER AND WASTE LINES TO NEW SHAMPOO BOWL. PROVIDE ALL NECESSARY PIPING AND ACCESSORIES TO PROVIDE A COMPLETE INSTALLATION. PIPING TO BE SUPPORTED FOR CONNECTION TO SHAMPOO BASIN. PIPING TO BE PROPERLY SUPPORTED TO ALLOW MOVEMENT WITH SHAMPOO STATION. PROVIDE AND INSTALL FLEXIBLE STAINLESS STEEL BRAIDED TUBING FOR WATER CONNECTION TO SINK. LINES SHALL BE ADEQUATE IN LENGTH TO PROVIDE A LOOP IN LINE TO ALLOW PROPER MOVEMENT OF SINK. INSTALL NEW HAIR INTERCEPTORS AT ARTICULATING SHAMPOO STATIONS. HAIR INTERCEFIEWED FOR INSTALLED IN CABINET BELOW SINK: FURNISHED BY • _ MPLIANCE INSTALLED BY CONTRACTOR. USE IN LIEU OF STAND w ROVED COORDINATE INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS WITH \VITH Hli� INTERCEPTOR PROVIDED. PIPING TO BE PROPERLY SUPPORTED AND SECURED. REFER TO ISLAND PIPING INSTALLATION DI�1Lo THIS SHEET. 1 2018 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA APR 02 2018 PERMIT CENTER Architecture, Engineering, Interior Design, Asset Management, Specialty Consulting 3121 Bridge Avenue Cleveland, Ohio 44113 URL: www.k2mdesign.com Building Relationships Based on Trust and Results Cleveland I Cotumbus I Indianapolis I Key Largo I Key West I Marathon I Charlotte I Baltimore I Bentonville Seal: 0 / , "REGISTERED ARCH)`YE'CT r tl ,I r \° SCdTi" C MALO E —STATE OF WASfRNG-TON Scott C. Maloney, WA License M10110 Expiration Date 3t2/2020 Consultants: MEP ENGINEER, K2M Design, Inc. Submissions: 03/08/18 PERMIT & BIDS PLOTTED: 3/8/2018 4:11 PM Drawing Size 24x36 Drawn By: FWS Title: Project #: 18052 Checked By: JCW PLUMBING PLAN Sheet Number: Date: March 8, 2017 02018 by K2M Design, Inc. ARCHITECT: ELECTRICAL SCOPE AND DEMO VOTES A. ALL ELECTRICAL WORK TO BE PERFORMED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE SPECIFICATIONS BELOW, JCPENNEY MASTER CONTRACT SPECIFICATIONS (IN LUCERNEX), AND ALL LOCAL AND NATIONAL CODES AND ORDINANCES. EC SHALL INSTALL ALL EQUIPMENT IN A NEAT AND WORKMANLIKE MANNER, AND ALIGN, LEVEL, AND ADJUST FOR SATISFACTORY OPERATION. B. DEMOLMON: 1. WHERE IDENTIFIED ON PLAN, DEMOED DATA AND PHONE 'PARING SHALL BE REMOVED BACK TO NEAREST HUB OR CLOSET. 2. TRACE THE ENTIRE CIRCUIT OF ANY EXISTING WIRING TO BE PARTIALLY REMOVED. BEFORE REMOVAL MARK, LABEL OR TAG REMAINING PORTIONS OF THAT CIRCUIT FOR TYPE OF CIRCUIT (NORMAL EMERGENCY, ETC). 3. EXISTING CONDUIT REMAINING IN PLACE MAY BE REUSED, PROVIDED CONDUIT IS THOROUGHLY CLEANED AND TESTED FOR CONTINUITY BEFORE NEW WIRE IS INSTALLED. 4. EXISTING CONDUIT REMAINING IN PLACE, AND TO BE REUSED, SHALL RUN IN SAME DIRECTION THAT NEW CONDUIT WOULD RUN, IF NEW CONDUIT WERE INSTALLED. REMOVE AND DISPOSE ALL CONDUIT AND WIRE NOT USED. 5. IF AN EXISTING ELECTRICAL ITEM TO BE REMOVED IS LOCATED IN THE MIDDLE OF AN EXISTING CIRCUIT, WITH OTHER EXISTING ITEMS ON THAT CIRCUIT TO REMAIN, THE EXISTING CIRCUIT SHALL BE MADE CONTINUOUS. 6. IF AN EXISTING ELECTRICAL ITEM TO BE REMOVED IS LOCATED ON THE END OF AN EXISTING CIRCUIT, THE EXISTING WIRE AND EXPOSED CONDUIT BACK TO THE NEXT ACTIVE ITEM ON THAT CIRCUIT SHALL BE REMOVED. 7. IF AN EXISTING ELECTRICAL ITEM TO BE REMOVED IS THE ONLY ITEM ON THE CIRCUIT, REMOVE THE EXISTING WIRE AND EXPOSED CONDUIT SHALL BE REMOVED BACK TO THE PANELBOARD. EC TO VERIFY, BEFORE REMOVING, WHETHER THE CIRCUIT COULD BE USED FOR AN "ADDED' ITEM IN THE SAME VICINITY. IF CIRCUIT IS NOT REUSED, EC SHALL LABEL IT AS A "SPARE" BREAKER IN THE PANELBOARD SCHEDULE. 8. WHERE AN EXISTING, OR PORTION OF AN EXISTING CONDUIT RUN TO BE REMOVED IS PARTIALLY EXPOSED AND PARTIALLY CONCEALED, THE EXPOSED PORTION SHALL BE REMOVED TO A CONCEALED POINT BEYOND THE SURFACE, LE. A WALL, A CEILING, A FLOOR AND THE SURFACE SHALL BE PATCHED TO MATCH EXISTING. 9. UNLESS INDICATED OTHERWISE, WHERE REMOVAL OF EXISTING WIRING, OR EXISTING ASSOCIATED WIRING, IS INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS, WORK SHALL ALSO INCLUDE REMOVAL OF ALL ASSOCIATED RACEWAYS, UNLESS EMBEDDED IN CONCRETE. 10. PATCH ALL REMAINING WALL, AND FLOOR PENETRATIONS TO MATCH EXISTING FOR ALL ELECTRICAL ITEMS BEING REMOVED. SEAL ABANDONED CORED FLOOR PENETRATIONS WITH FIRE PROOF SEALANT, OR AS REQUIRED BY LOCAL CODE. C. LIGHTING: 1. ALL LIGHTING IS TO BE CONSIDERED EXISTING TO REMAIN UNLESS NOTED AS BEING NEW OR RELOCATED ON PLAN. RELOCATED LIGHT FIXTURES SHALL BE CLEANED AND IN GOOD WORKING CONDITION. CONTACT THE JCP PM IF LIGHTS INDICATED TO BE RELOCATED ARE BROKEN. 2. NEW LIGHT FIXTURES TO BE PROVIDED BY JCPENNEY AND INSTALLED BY THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR (EC), UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE ON CONSTRUCTION PLANS. REFER TO THE ARCHITECTURAL REFLECTED CEILING PLAN FOR EXACT LIGHTING LOCATIONS. 3. COORDINATE ALL NEW LIGHTING LOCATIONS WITH EXISTING LIGHTING, HVAC, SPEAKERS, AND SPRINKLERS TO AVOID CONFLICTS. CONTACT THE JCPENNEY PROJECT MANAGER IF THERE ARE ANY QUESTIONS AS TO WHERE LIGHTS SHOULD BE INSTALLED WHEN CONFLICTS ARISE WITH EXISTING CEILING LIGHTING OR DEVICES. 4. EC SHALL SUPPORT NEW LIGHT BAR FIXTURES, TYPE 014 AND 015, PER THE MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS INCLUDED IN THESE CONSTRUCTION PLANS. ALL OTHER TYPES OF LIGHT FIXTURES TO BE SUPPORTED PER MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS. 5. LIGHT FIXTURES SHALL BE SECURELY FASTENED TO SUSPENDED CEILING FRAMING MEMBERS PER THE NATIONAL ELECTRIC CODE. SUPPORT FROM CEILING TILE IS PROHIBITED. 6. EC SHALL PROVIDE THE NECESSARY HARDWARE TO SUPPORT LIGHT FIXTURES FROM STRUCTURE, INDEPENDENT FROM CEILING GRID, IF REQUIRED PER LOCAL CODE/ORDINANCE. PROVIDE NUMBER OF SUPPORTS AS DICTATED BY LOCAL CODE/ORDINANCE. 7. EC SHALL ORIENT DIRECTIONAL ACCENT LIGHTING FIXTURES AS CLOSE AS POSSIBLE TO WHAT IS INDICATED ON CONSTRUCTION PLANS. ROTATION AND ADJUSTMENT OF EACH NEW OR REUSED DIRECTIONAL FIXTURE SHALL BE CHECKED PRIOR TO AND AFTER INSTALLATION, ENSURE ABILITY TO EASILY ADJUST FIXTURE. REPAIR OR REPLACE AS NECESSARY. D. WIRING: 1. WIRE SHALL NOT BE LESS THAN 98 PERCENT CONDUCTIVITY COPPER, TYPE THHN/THWN, OR XHHW INSULATION WITH 600 VOLT INSULATION. MINIMUM SIZE FOR BRANCH CIRCUITS SHALL BE #12 AWG. SOLID CONDUCTORS REQUIRED FOR #12 AWG AND SMALLER PER JCPENNEY SPECIFICATIONS. MC IS APPROVED FOR USE IF ALLOWED BY LOCAL CODE. 2. COLOR CODE ENTIRE WIRING SYSTEM FROM SERVICE DISCONNECT OR TRANSFORMER THROUGHOUT ALL BRANCH CIRCUITS AS FOLLOWS (UNLESS REQUIRED OTHERWISE BY LOCAL CODE AUTHORITIES USE THE FOLLOWING COLOR CODING SCHEME): FOR 120/208 VOLT SYSTEM, PHASE A - BLACK, PHASE B - RED, PHASE C - BLUE, NEUTRAL - WHITE, GROUNDING CONDUCTOR - GREEN; FOR 277/480 VOLT SYSTEM, PHASE A - BROWN, PHASE B - ORANGE, PHASE C - YELLOW, NEUTRAL - GRAY, GROUNDING CONDUCTOR - GREEN. 3. ALL CONDUIT OR MC MUST MAINTAIN AT LEAST 18" CLEARANCE ABOVE FINISHED CEILINGS. 4. USE OF 277V:120V STEP DOWN TRANSFORMERS TO PROVIDE 120V POWER TO NEW LIGHTING IS STRICTLY PROHIBITED. 5. NEW ELECTRICAL POWER MAY BE NECESSARY AT PARTIAL HEIGHT WALLS PER SCOPE REQUIREMENTS. PROVIDE AT LOCATIONS AS SHOWN ON PLANS. IF THE WALL IS ON THE LOWER LEVEL OF THE STORE, EC SHALL EXTEND CONDUCTORS THROUGH A Yz" CONDUIT INTO THE TOP OF THE WALL IN LIEU OF TRENCHING. CONDUIT SHALL BE PAINTED WHITE. ON UPPER LEVELS, EC SHALL EXTEND WIRING THROUGH THE SLAB FROM BELOW USING APPROPRIATE POKE-THRU DEVICES. 6. LOW -VOLTAGE WIRING: a. CABLE INSTALLED WITHOUT CONDUIT SHALL NOT BE VISIBLE IN ANY AREA ACCESSIBLE TO THE PUBLIC. b. LOW -VOLTAGE W1RE SHALL BE ROUTED IN ALL AREAS SO AS TO MINIMIZE MECHANICAL DAMAGE. c, CABLE SHALL BE SUPPORTED BY CABLE TIES FROM STRUCTURE ABOVE. LEAVING CABLE ON TOP OF CEILING TILE IS PROHIBITED. 48.-0" Li , / 2. MOUNTING PARTS UST SURFACE MOUNT LT] UGHT BAR BACK PLATE PENDANT MOUNT 121 UGHT BAR FRONT PLATE LAMP III LAMP HOLDER MAXIMUM TOTAL WATTAGE: 70 WATTS [1] FINISH WHITE POWDER COAT (4) MAX. 15 WATT PAR 38 LED SPOT LAMPS OR (3) MAX 15 WATT PAR 38 LED SPOT AND APPROVED MANUFACTURES (1) MAX. 20 WATT PAR 38 LED FLOOD REFER TO SPECIFICATIONS SYMBOL F Revisions: JCPenney CONSTRUCTION 6501 Legacy Drive SERVICES Plano, Texas 75024-3698 Description: 4-HEADED LIGHT BAR Scale: NONE By, Dote: Detail Number: 165014 Type 165014 or 165015 RETRO MOUNT KIT LIGHT BAR CEILING PANEL MOUNT SP28651-MTG INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS -POSITION AND MOUNT LIGHT BAR FIXTURE TO CEILING PANELS WITH 2 MOUNTING SCREWS AND 2 TOGGLE WING NUTS PROVIDED WITH THIS MOUNTING KIT, TOGGLE WING NUTS SHOULD ONLY BE FINGER -TIGHTENED. -ABOVE CEILING PANEL HANGER GRID, POSITION HANGER BARS ON GRID USING BRACKETS ON EACH END OF HANGER BAR TO SNAP ONTO CEILING GRID RAILS. -POSITION HANGER BARS AND SLIDING BRACKET SO SLIDING BRACKET HOLES LINE UP WITH MOUNTING SCREW. INSERT MOUNTING SCREW THROUGH BOTH HOLES IN SLIDING BRACKET. -INSTALL KEPS NUT ON MOUNTING SCREW TO SECURE SLIDING BRACKET ON MOUNTING SCREW. -SECURE HANGER BARS TO CEILING GRID WITH GRID SCREWS PROVIDED IN HANGER BAR BRACKETS. GRID SCREW CEILING GRID HANGER BAR BRACKET CEILING PANEL HB-2 HANGER HB-2 HANGER CEILING PANEL SP28661 LIGHT BAR END VIEW SP28651 LIGHT BAR KEPS NUT HANGER BAR BRACKET CEILING GRID SLIDING BRACKET MOUNTING SCREW TOGGLE WING NUT GRID SCREW CAUTION: DO NOT USE TOGGLE WING NUTS AS ONLY FASTENER FOR MOUNTING LIGHT BAR TO CEILING PANELS. THEY MUST BE USED WITH SP28651-MTG KIT AS STATED IN THIS INSTRUCTION SHEET, ZZZ-P5990 REV-6/14 JUNO LIGHTING GROUP - 1300 S. WOLF ROAD - DES PLAINES, IL soon PHONE (847) 827-9880 - FAX (847) 827-2925 Visit us atwww.junolightinggraup.com u Revisions: JCPenney CONSTRUCTION SERVICES 6501 Legacy Drive Plano, Texas 75024-3698 Description: MANUFACTURER'S INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS Scale: NONE By: Date: Detail Number. 1650HB LIGHT FIXTURE SCHEDULE SYMBOL FIXTURE TYPE VOLTAGE RATED WATTS FIXTURE DESCRIPTION ITEM NUMBER MOUNTING LAMP TYPE LAMP CODE LAMP QTY. �� 014 120 70W LIGHT BAR WITH 4 HEADS 165014 SURFACE 15W PAR 38 LED SPOT 78351 4 F NEW ELECTRICAL SHEET LIST E-000 ELECTRICAL NOTES AND DETAILS E-100 ELECTRICAL LIGHTING/POWER PLAN REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED MAY 01 2018 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA APR 02 2018 PERMIT CENTER Architecture, Engineering, Interior Design, Asset Management, Specialty Consulting 3121 Bridge Avenue Cleveland, Ohio 44113 URL: www.k2mdesign.com Building Relationships Based on Trust and Results Cleveland I Columbus I Indianapolis I Key Largo I Key West I Marathon I Charlotte I Baltimore I Bentonville Seal: ISCDIC.,MALONEY STATE OF VrITINGI,ON^ Scott C. Maloney, WA License #10110 Expiration Date 3/212020 Consultants: MEP ENGINEER: K2M Design, Inc. Submissions: 03/08/18 PERMIT & BIDS PLOTTED: 3/6/2018 8:14 AM Drawing Size 24x36 Project #: 18052 Drawn By: JMC Checked By: JDL Title: ELECTRICAL NOTES AND DETAILS Sheet Number: E001 Date: March 8, 2017 ©2018 by K2M Design, Inc. ARCHITECT: 5: cR ,Lir f Rr�.MI 7' / , CR^;PHI(' FPAmE , GRAPH C I R M. 55" RAMC I l E � , _�'' , - - ) �I _ .. _.I ) f Ertl t} —___, 1 L .y.. f.J. f. _, } / 1 (15 l "'I F !) \ 'I � µif - 1 / (//; r C.t r-("-i\ /1 •. \ C:, ) ) 1 1) ._) �)" U �?/ r ; -L , SM ..:) ,Tv]NI ES4 1R, r IT 1 's / sZLO LIB ` J` 1��?. I / (r ,. :/ /) - 0)U<'J � r i t>IAIILI>) TRAY 5 IiCESRA _ {l — ( 1 _f_I 1_.' ..::' /. d ; j1) )`>`� fir}Cl _ /; /� HIRR(k �` t.. 7_..,, • if ,I _� T I lj(lj�lc,1f111"� � 'r IH`A( l � �,� (,f,/t i11C�1t1r�R `R //-(= ..�:) CI�I1fl FRAME � 7 W E) l) 1 W6/054-r" I >1tJr,fTr RACK TT LPL 11J I / G .�, \ ( { J _... Jri �� -ICU _. • ' tr, MII RUR M RROR =�-f=' T_: r.t. ' / fe/_ - �^ n _.� FRAMES �-.-, V' BRACI t�- MI SRO R MIRROR MI[vF t\c w `�' ' \ i ----- -- )III ..--- - �- 2 ----r r. ,ti - f ITAr l t7 0 �011 -) 2 ... l E,� (r; 2 > 11FZA�,hI r -!- f / /.7� "Y,--,.,..:::.t• ir) (A) `,( Q\ V tJ 4 Cry L..r.. ;Y (:' (/) , in / —=� . ..Jf { L 3RJC1 EI / l r —C1-7 L 1 �� =' 1 . `�" UfI IIU ERlil•1 NEW 4 ., y _ 0; w,�, j NEW - j, ; �- 1CaF)1 i7' rs IF �r� .,C, NE>%i`74 BRACKET J I - -- ------- r r)5 CRAPiIf MA � �cn I --- --- - - _ / -- -- .._ .....-. ........ .,_ ,... ... - ,. NEW .._ \Nb At .-----.) NEW NE I 1 L .__ _.. I ,,,,, ,,L. \\ (TYP) ELECTRICAL LIGHTING PLAN SCALE: 1/4" = LIGHTING/POWER KEY NOTES QCONNECT NEW LIGHT BARS TO EXISTING 120V CIRCUIT CONTROLLED ON THE ACCENT LIGHTING FUNCTION, "F4", VERIFY CIRCUIT HAS ADEQUATE AVAILABLE CAPACITY PRIOR TO ADDING NEW LOAD. OEXISTING STYLING TOWERS TO BE REPLACED WITH NEW. CONNECT TO EXISTING POWER AS REQUIRED. RELOCATE ELECTRICAL OUTLET AS NECESSARY TO POWER NEW STYLING TOWERS. ONEW COFFEE BAR. LOCATE AS SHOWN OR AT LOCATION OF NEAREST 120V ELECTRICAL OUTLET. REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED MAY 01 2018 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION RECEIVED CITY OF T UKWILA APR 02 2018 PERMIT CENTER Architecture, Engineering, Interior Design, Asset Management, Specialty Consulting 3121 Bridge Avenue Cleveland, Ohio 44113 URL: www.k2mdesign.com Building Relationships Based on Trust and Results Cleveland I Columbus I Indianapolis I Key Largo I Key West I Marathon I Charlotte I Baltimore I Bentonville Seal: REGISTERED -7 ARCINT CT .01 fi P rl f ii ' ✓ SCOTT1C.'MALONC'' STATE 0EWASHINGTON Scott C. Maloney, WA License #10110 Expiration Date 3t2/2020 Consultants: MEP ENGINEER: K2M Design, Inc. Submissions: 03/08/1B PERMIT &BIDS PLOTTED: 3/6/2018 8:14 AM Drawing Size 24x36 Project #: 18052 Drawn By: JMC Checked By: JDL Title: ELECTRICAL LIGHTING/POWER PLAN Sheet Number: 100 Date: March 8, 2017 02018 by K2M Design, Inc.